Home

SINUS H USER MANUAL

1. 3 phase AC input Motor Size B B1 B2 C Mj I e eeeeeee i too Ha HILL LLL m m n b H U U U H LI m f 1 j m 1 UI LI U LI Ren sen T L3 B p P2 NE U V w RN 3 phase AC input Motor 36 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter Size D E F Eg RED S L2 rts Ptt P209 E T
2. 3 phase AC input Motor Power Terminal Labels and Descriptions Terminal Labels Name Description R L1 S L2 T L3 AC power input terminal Mains supply AC power connections P2 N DC link terminal DC voltage terminals DC reactor wiring connection When you P1 P2 DC reactor terminal pat use the DC reactor must remove short bar P2 B Brake resistor terminals Brake resistor wiring connection 3 phase induction motor wiring U Motor output terminals NN P connections Note e For SINUS H 25 line Single Phase the AC Power input terminals to be use are R L1 and T L3 Onthis line Terminal S L2 is providerd with no screw Note e Use STP Shielded Twisted Pair cables to connect a remotely located motor with the inverter Do not use 3 core cables e Male sure that the total cable length does not exceed 200m 674ft For inverters lt 4 okW capacity ensure that the total cable length does not exceed 50m 168ft 3 38 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter e Long cable runs can cause reduced motor torque in low frequency applications due to voltage drop Long cable runs also increase a circuit s susceptibility to stray capacitance and may trigger over current protection devices or result in malfunction of equ
3. CARRARO GROUP Troubleshooting Type Cause Remedy power source has a faulty connection Low Voltage2 The input voltage has decreased duringthe Determine if the input voltage is above operation the specified value An input phase loss has occurred Check the input wiring The power supply magnetic contactor is Replace the magnetic contractor faulty GroundTrip A ground fault has occurred in the inverter Check the output wiring output wiring The motor insulation is damaged Replace the motor E Thermal The motor has overheated Reduce the load or operation frequency The inverter load is greater than the rated Replace the inverter with a model that capacity has increased capacity The set value for electronic thermal Set an appropriate electronic thermal protection is too low level The inverter has been operated at low Replace the motor with a model that speed for an extended duration supplies extra power to the cooling fan Output Phase The magnetic contactor on the output side Check the magnetic contactor on the Open has a connection fault output side The output wiring is faulty Check the output wiring Input Phase The magnetic contactor on the input side Check the magnetic contactor on the Open has a connection fault input side The input wiring is faulty Check the input wiring The DC link capacitor needs to be replaced Replace the DC link capac
4. Comm Address Parameter ohooo8 Decelerationtime o S RW ohooog Output current 0 1 A R S ohoooA Output frequency 0 01 Hz R ohoooB Output voltage 1 V R ohoooC DC link voltage 1 V R ohoooD Output power 0 1 kW IR ohoooE Operation status R Bas o Remote 1 Keypad Local B14 1 Frequency command source by communication built in option B13 1 Operation command source by communication built in option B12 Reverse operation command B11 Forward operation command B10 Brake release signal B9 Jog mode B8 Drive stopped B7 DC Braking B6 Speed reached B5 Decelerating B4 Accelerating B3 Fault Trip operates according to Pr 30 setting B2 Operating in reverse direction Bi Operating in forward direction Bo Stopped ohoooF Fault trip R B15 Reserved information B14 Reserved B13 Reserved B12 Reserved B11 Reserved B10 H W Diag Bg Reserved B8 Reserved B7 Reserved B6 Reserved Bs Reserved B4 Reserved B3 Level Type trip B2 Reserved Ba Reserved 253 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features Comm Address Parameter RW Assigned Content by Bit Bo Latch Type trip ohoo10 Input terminal R B15 Reserved information B7 B6 P7 B5 P6 B4 P5 B3 P4 B2 P3 Bi P2 Bo P1 ohoo11 Output terminal R Bas Reserved information B14 Reserved B13
5. 37 PP 122 communication function sees 122 master parameter eee 122 c nio 122 123 slave parameter 122 HOGA ATV STON aata 58 display changed parameter 189 hide parameters eee 187 initialization eee 186 parameter lock seene 188 parameter setting o tentent et ttesuutes 58 Sl 187 188 read write save essere 185 parameter view lock part names parts illustrated password ccelo 188 phase to phase voltage 346 PID conttol ortus du 150 basic PID operation uo testes 151 COnfiQUratiori inss 150 Differential time PID D Time 154 integral time PID Time essere 154 eel pfo p E 154 Ip 153 Z SANTERNO R Technical Specification CARRARO GROUP PID feedback ette 341 PID Operation Sleep mode 157 PIDGUEDUE isisisi i ast trita Eie n 153 RIST tertias aada 38 ERR 153 R S T terminals nent 37 345 PID SWING TE TET 158 Pre PID Operation 156 jl 356 PNP mode Source ee 44 braking resistance rated capacl 373 rtedinputuu ai attt eite ecd Eds 356 PNP NPN mode selection switch SW 1 39 Rated NPN aeie eT esee 45 PNP mode Source se
6. sse 215 6 1 3 Stall Prevention and Flux Braking i rientro nte 216 6 2 Inverter and Sequence Protection eee 220 6 2 1 Open phase Protection sse 220 6 2 2 ExternalTrip Sid rencontre eee 221 6 2 3 Inverter Overload Protection sese 222 6 2 4 Speed Command Loss sss 223 6 2 5 Dynamic Braking DB Resistor Configuration 225 6 3 Under load Fault Trip and Warning sss 226 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Contents 631 JFanFaultDetettloriuosessoed o Tag Mes a ua qui Om epp DE 228 6 3 2 Lifetime diagnosis of components sse 228 633 Low Voltage Fault Trip ertet thier siu rete tnde saut uU 231 6 3 4 Output Block by Multi Function Terminal sese eee esse eee 231 6 3 5 Trip Sus Reset a scadtsanndaxaeaatbareaedenscdscduenceneneedzcusbiucseenaonnsaucs 232 6 3 6 Inverter Diagnosis State sese sees eers eee 232 6 3 7 Operation Mode on Option Card Tp sss esse essere eee 232 6 3 8 duo gro EE EE 233 6 3 9 Low Vvollage trip 3 ouo Pe npe HER EIN UN NE SEED E 233 ba Fault Warning seems 234 7 R5 485 Communication Features cesses nennen 236 71 Communication Standards sss sese 236 7 2 Communication System Configuration sees eee eee eee eee eee eee 237 7 21 Communication Line Connection ss sse ee eee ee eee eee eee ee 237 7 2 2 Set
7. sss 24 WINN m 30 Installation Mounting the Inverter sess 26 installation considerations 17 350 353 Pl 361 Technical Specification Keypad Keypad Language sss 209 keypad display keypad key A JW E aK key 54 ESC GE 54 RUNKE 54 STOP RESET key s 54 L latch LCD keypad LCD brightness contrast adjustment 192 wiring length vl M Lifetime diagnosis of components lifetime diagnosis for fans 230 lift type load linear pattern n 104 linear V F pattern operation 107 linear V F pattern Operation basefrequeriGy sese 108 Start fr qUelicyc o aei ta incenso en desinit 108 local operation ESC OE 94 Local Remote Mode Switching 94 remote peration mmenuvnvvvrevvrrereverrerevernrseserrrvesernrsnn 95 local Operation ttn 95 locating the installation site 18 ec 18 388 Technical Specification command loss fault trip warning 235 command loss trip sese 235 low voltage 231 low voltage fault trip sss 231 low voltage trip 2 esee 234 Low Voltage ttt 235 340 low voltage fault trip sss 235 LowLeakage PWM 180 M M2 2
8. 290 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm Initial Se Name LCD Display Setting Range Value 54 TIS p 86 Multi function 85 oh1555 inputterminal DIOn Delay o 10000 ms 10 O A 10 10 p 121 On filter Multi function 86 oh1556 inputterminal DIOff Delay 0 10000 ms 3 O A O O p 121 Off filter P7 P1 Multi function toniae 87 ohags7 DAM DINC NOSel NO 000003 XA o lo p 121 selection 1 Beontact NO Multi step 89 oh1559 command InCheckTime 1 5000 ms 1 X A JO 10 p 89 delay time Multi function is Off 90 oh155A inputterminal DI Status i 000003 JA O JO p 121 status 1 On Pulse input 91 oh155B amount E 0 00 50 00 kHz 0 00 JA 10 JO p 86 display Tlinput filter 92 oh155C ime conin TI Filter 0 9999 ms 10 O A 10 10 p 86 93 oh155D TI Pls x1 0 00 32 00 kHz 0 00 OJA 10 O p 86 Tl output at mn 94 oh153E Minimum TI Perc ya 0 00 100 00 0 00 OJA O 01p 86 sie pulse FA 95 oh155F Warn TI Pls x2 0 00 32 00 kHz 32 00 O A 10 10 p 86 2 TI Output at 96 oh1560 Maximum TI Perc y2 0 100 100 00 OJA O 10 p 86 pulse Tl rotation o No 97 o0h1561 direction TI Inverting o No OJA JO 10 p 86 change 1 Yes B 38 Displayed when Ps is selected on Px terminal function 39 The initial value 0000 will be displayed on the keypad as A H H H 291 CARRARO GR
9. i 2 minimum 2 minimum 21 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter 1 5 Cable Selection When you install power and signal cables in the terminal blocks only use cables that meet the required specification for the safe and reliable operation of the product Refer to the following information to assist you with cable selection Caution e Wherever possible use cables with the largest cross sectional area for mains power wiring to ensure that voltage drop does not exceed 2 e Use copper cables rated for 600V 75 C for power terminal wiring e Use copper cables rated for 300V 75 C for control terminal wiring Ground Cable and Power Cable Specifications P Sinus H Model Si in S Voltage code kW mm 0001 0 4 0002 075 2 2 14 14 25 0003 15 O005 2 2 3 5 3 5 12 12 0001 o 35 uc 4 0002 0 75 0003 1 5 R i A 0005 2 2 eee 1 35 35 2 2 DO ESS 5 5 10 6 6 10 10 0014 7 5 0017 11 6 10 10 8 8 1 0020 15 16 16 6 6 0001 0 4 0002 0 75 0003 1 5 2 14 2 2 14 14 0005 2 2 0007 4 4T O011 5 5 m 2 5 2 5 14 14 0014 7 5 E m id 0017 11 3 3 0020 15 6 6 10 10 OG ES 14 6 10 10 8 8 0030 22 22 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter Signal Control Cable Specifications Signal Cable Withou
10. AP 29 PID Limit Hi Limits the output of the controller AP 30 PID Limit Lo AP 32 PID Out Scale Adjusts the volume of the controller output AP 42 PID Unit Sel Sets the unit of the control variable available only on the LCD keypad Setting Function o Displays a percentage without a physical quantity given 1 Bar Various units of pressure can be selected 2 mBar 3 Pa 4 kPa 5 Hz Displays the inverter output frequency or the motor 6 rpm rotation speed 7 V Displays in voltage current power horsepower 8 9 kw 10 HP 11 C Displays in Celsius or Fahrenheit 42 F AP 43 PID Unit Gain Adjusts the size to fit the unit selected at AP 41 PID Unit Sel AP 44 PID Unit Scale AP 45 PID P2 Gain 154 The PID controller s gain can be adjusted using the multi function terminal When a terminal is selected from In 65 71 and set to 24 P Gain2 and if the selected terminal is entered the gain set in AP 22 and AP 23 can be switched to the gain set in AP 45 CARRARO GROUP SANTERNO Learning Protection Features SN EA 584 Ald BL dv dno16 NO 0000000000 Je9 W3J Bunes Jeur UONDUNJ Nnw Z Ld uonejn6yuo 8 4 Ald FE Ses asind poAlesoy paAlesoy peAlosey snapp Paaassy 87 Jul cl CA poATosoH LA i s aging OT HUT did sjeIS o o PpaAlesoy ea Au 1NQ did INO did etd CI bSAISSSH C GD GEND e O SAIGSOH 016 NOW Sr snapp Vcdv S pand
11. 240 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP communication address sees 249 communication line connection 237 communication parameters sssss 238 communication speed 238 communication standards sss 236 MEMOry map tpe t nnda 242 duo 236 10 0 oe rei M 243 saving parameters defined by communication 241 setting virtual multi function input 240 Communication group CM Refer to Communication group compatible common area parameter 252 config CNF mode Considerations for the installation Air Pressure EEE 17 Altitude Vibration sese 17 Ambient Humidity sss 17 Environmental Factors sss 17 Considerations for the installation Ambient Temperature 17 contact IK CODLaCE T 222 B COnitaCt iine ett ente crc 222 Control group Refer to Cn Control group control terminal board winn 38 cooling fan fan Operation accumulated time 211 fan Operation accumulated time initialization 211 Cooling Fat asse petet cd nain 184 Fan Control 184 cooling fan malfunction ss 228 CPU Watch Dog fault trip 235 D DB resistor braking resistor circu 225 DB Wam BED aite itte en ettet DB Warn 96ED DC braking after start ss DC braking af
12. 9 3 Troubleshooting Other Faults When a fault other than those identified as fault trips or warnings occurs refer to the following table for possible causes and remedies Type Parameters cannot be set The motor does not rotate Cause The inverter is in operation driving mode Remedy Stop the inverterto change to program mode and setthe parameter The parameter access is incorrect The password is incorrect Checkthe correct parameter access level and setthe parameter Checkthe password disable the parameter lock and set the parameter Low voltage is detected The frequency command source is set Check the power input to resolve the low voltage and setthe parameter Checkthe frequency command source incorrectly setting The operation command source is set Checkthe operation command source incorrectly setting Power is not supplied to the terminal Checkthe terminal connections R S T R S T and U V W The charge lamp is turned off Turn on the inverter The operation command is off Turn on the operation command RUN The motor is locked Unlock the motor or lower the load level The load is too high Operate the motor independently An emergency stop signal is input Reset the emergency stop signal The wiring for the control circuit terminal is incorrect Check the wiring for the control circuit terminal The input option for the
13. Code Comm x T Ce ice Name LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value Property V F SL Ref gain 100 Flying Start 2 60031 Flying Start 1 Speed search E 200 30 S 7439 oh144A nee lea SS I Gain 0 9999 ENS OJA O p 174 Start 2 1000 Output blocking time SS Block 30 2 759 ohi44B tetsesueed mg 0 0 60 0 5 1 0 XJA O p 174 search Speedsearch Spd Est 30 1 0 9 pA DEE Estimator gain Gain 9935000 dus OG g Energy 0 No 7 ohi44D buffering KEB Select Ves o No XJA O p 168 selection Energy 7832 oh144E buffering a Stat 110 0 140 0 125 0 XJA O p 168 start level Energy 793 ohi44F buffering E 125 0 145 0 130 0 XA O p 168 stop level Energy 32 E 8032 0h1450 buffering gain KEBGain 1 20000 1000 OJA O p 168 Flux estimator 8533 oh1455 proportional Flux P Gain1 100 700 370 OJA O p 164 gain1 Flux estimator FluxP 863 oh1456 proportional E 0 100 0 OJA O p 164 Gain2 gain2 Flux estimator 873 oh1457 proportional Flux P Gain3 0 500 100 OJA O p 164 gain3 31 The initial value is 1200 when the motor rated capacity is less than 7 5 kW 32 Displayed when Cn 77 is set to 1 Yes 33 Displayed when Cn 20 is set to 1 Yes 286 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm fe Cn Address Name LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value Property V F SL Ref Flux estimator 33 S 8833 oh1458 cal Flux I Gain1 0 20
14. gt Errc gt ParaWrite Latch Displayed when communication fails during parameter Trip writing Occurs when using an LCD keypad due to a control cable fault or a bad connection OPT Option Trip 1 Latch Displayed when a communication error is detected between the inverter and the communication board Occurs when the communication option card is installed 9 1 2 Warning Messages Keypad Display LCD Display Description OLW Over Load Displayed when the motor is overloaded Operates when Pr 17 is set to 1 To operate select 5 Set the digital output terminal or relay 0U 31 or OU 33 to 5 Over Load to receive overload warning output signals Under Load Displayed when the motor is underloaded Operates when Pr 25 is set to 1 Set the digital output terminal or relay 0U 31 or OU 33 to 7 Under Load to receive underload warning output signals IOLW INV Over Displayed when the overload time equivalent to 60 of the inverter Load overheat protection inverter IOLT level is accumulated Set the digital output terminal or relay 0U 31 or OU 33 to 6 IOL to receive inverter overload warning output signals Lost Lost command warning alarm occurs even with Pr 12 set to o The Command warning alarm occurs based on the condition set at Pr 13 15 Set the digital output terminal or relay OU 31 or OU 33 to 13 Lost Command to receive lost command warning output signals If the communication settings and status a
15. STOP RESET key STOP stops the inverter RESET resets the inverter following fault or failure condition AG Ley trike Switch between codes or to increase or decrease parameter values COED dece Switch between groups or to move the cursor during parameter setup or modification Q ENT key Used to select confirm or save a parameter value 54 ESC key Caution A multi function key used to configure different functions such as e Jog operation Remote Local mode switching e Cancellation of an input during parameter setup Install a separate emergency stop switch in the circuit The STOP RESET key on the keypad works only when the inverter has been configured to accept an input from the keypad Z SANTERNO Learning to Perform Basic Operations CARRARO GROUP 3 1 3 Control Menu The Sinus H inverter control menu uses the following groups Group Display Description Configures basic parameters for inverter operation Operation These include reference frequencies and acceleration or poian 7 deceleration times Frequencies will only be displayed if an LCD keypad is in use Configures parameters for basic operations These Drive DR include jog operation motor capacity evaluation torque boost and other keypad related parameters Configures basic parameters including motor related Basic BA parameters and multi step frequencies C
16. Sinus H Model Terminal Screw Size Screw Torque Nm Voltage Code kW 0001 0 4 5 S 0002 0 75 M3 5 0003 15 0005 2 2 M4 0001 0 4 0002 0 75 0 2 0 6 0003 1 5 i 0005 22 2T 0007 4 0011 5 5 M4 0014 7 5 as Ms 0 4 1 0 0020 15 0001 0 4 0002 9 75 0003 1 5 M35 0005 2 2 0 2 0 6 0007 4 4l 0011 5 5 M4 0014 75 0017 11 0020 15 ve FE Ms 0 4 1 0 0030 22 Ta ge D a i GU oO 371 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification Control Circuit Terminal Screw Specification Terminal Screw Size Screw Torque Nm Pa P7 CM VR V4 I2 AO O3 EG 24 TI M2 0 22 0 25 TO SA SB SC S S SG A1 B1 C1 M2 6 0 4 Referto Step 4 ControlTerminal Wiring on page 27 Caution Apply the rated torque when tightening terminal screws Loose screws may cause short circuits and malfunctions Overtightening terminal screws may damage the terminals and cause short circuits and malfunctions Use copper conductors only rated at 600V 75 C for power terminal wiring and rated at 300V 75 C for control terminal wiring 372 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Technical Specification 11 7 Braking Resistor Specification 0001 0 4 RE2644300 300 100 55 0002 0 75 RE2644150 150 150 55 25 0003 15 RE2643600 60 300 55 0005 2 2 RE3063500 50 400 33 0001 0 4 RE2644300 300 100 55 0002 0 75 RE2644150 150 150
17. Analog input V 0 0 025 0 1 2 9 925 10 0 075 0 175 9 975 Vi Quantizing 4 1 3 2 Setting a Frequency Reference for 30 10V Input Set the Frq Frequency reference source code in the Operation group to 2 V1 and then set code 06 V1 Polarity to 1 bipolar in the Input Terminal group IN Use the output voltage from an external source to provide input to V1 Viterminal wiring 81 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features Forward frequency 10 OV 0 10V Input voltage Reverse frequency Bipolar input voltage and output frequency 82 LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit f Operation Frq requencyretelenee FreqRefSrc 2 Vi 0 12 source Fre quency at 01 maximum analog Freq at 10096 60 00 Hz i Frequency input 05 V1 input monitor Vi Monitor 0 00 0 00 12 00V V o6 V1 polarity options ViPolarity 1 Bipolar oa 12 NE V1 voltx1 10 00 10 00 0 00V V In voltage 13 hets iaai V1 Percy1 0 00 100 00 0 00 voltage 14 NS V1 Volt x2 10 00 12 00 0 00V V voltage 15 A Sa at m V1 Percy2 100 00 100 00 0 00 maximum voltage Rotational Directions for Different Voltage Inputs Command Voltage Input Input voltage 0 10V Reverse Reverse Forward CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features 10 10V Voltage Input Setting Details Code Description Sets the gradi
18. sss 185 5 21 Read Write and Save Parameters sse 185 5 22 Parameter Initialization sees eee eee ee 186 5 23 Parameter VIBW LOCK seene 187 viii Z SANTERNO Table of Contents CARRARO GROUP 524 Parameter Lele a2 b p Diu M sole a a E E 188 5 25 Changed Parameter Display eee eee 189 TE PENE NE EE EE EE 189 5 27 Easy Start Osoaren ieg ie ia aaa an ain aai a aeaa 191 Lone ied Dr vand 192 LONE Ia ea sdl se P EE E e 193 Le 194 531 Multi Function Output On Off Controls economia basa iis uk nisi 195 5 32 Press Regeneration Prevention sese eee esse eee eree ee eee 196 5 33 Analog OULIOUL TOR 107 5 33 1 Voltage and Current Analog Output sse 197 E355 Analog Pulse QUEISUL EEE 200 5 34 D NNA D PM 203 5 34 1 Multi function Output Terminal and Relay Settings 203 5 34 2 Fault Trip Output using Multi Function Output Terminal and Relay 207 5 34 3 Multi function Output Terminal Delay Time Settings 208 535 Keypad Language Settings iuniore eee eee 209 5 36 Operation State Monitor sese eee eee eee 209 5 37 Operation Time Monitor 211 6 Learning Protection Features uesone nenas aa ra ia s a a 213 6 1 Motor Protection 2uenicsenc staret cse stictiatoge heec tenete detenta t rM cs Eta 213 6 1 1 Electronic Thermal Motor Overheating Prevention ETH 213 6 1 2 Overload Early Warning and Trip
19. 2 0005 2 2 Eu_B 4T B A2 E E K 2 0007 4 Eu C2 4T 4T B A2 4 g K 2 0011 5 5 D 4T 3 phase B A2 2 IK 2 0014 7 5 D 4T 400 440Vac B A2 K 2 0017 11 E 4T B A2 K 2 0020 15 E 4T B A2 K 2 0025 18 5 F AT B A2 K 2 0030 22 F AT B A2 K 2 The motor power is based on 220Vac for models 2S T and on 380Vac for models 4T considering the Heavy load condition Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP 1 2 Part Names The illustration below displays part names Details may vary between product groups Size Eu A Eu B Eu C1 Eu C2 A1 A2 B1 B2 C2 Cooling fan cover e A e Top cover Option 2 Cooling fan GEM lA 95 VA Inverter body e Keypad Control terminal block Front cover L HE Front cover R 15 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter Size D E F Inverter body e Keypad Control terminal block Control terminal cover e Og e Front cover 16 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter 1 3 Installation Considerations Inverters are composed of various precision electronic devices and therefore the installation environment can significantly impac
20. 22 ground fault trip Refer to Ground Trip Ground Trip tt 234 340 grou n faUl tripsina 340 I I2 41 83 analog input selection switch SW 2 41 frequency setting current voltage terminal 41 IA illegal data address Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP ID illegal data value 247 IF illegal function 247 In Phase Open 234 340 In Input Terminal Block Function group 287 In Input Terminal group 55 input and output specification applied MOto inniinn 355 ACEC MPU uendra EEEa 355 fated output spsg cseteris 355 input open phase fault trip Refer to In Phase Open input phase open input open phase protection 220 input power frequency 185 input power voltage 185 input terminal 40 CM terminal itte toten ran reis 40 I terminal dioi reni ui Oed iat eer s 41 Pz P7 terminal senes 40 SA terminal rnt orant e batte tnter t Rara 41 SBterrmihi l iride nt 41 SCtermihalaziuine e En rt eb ee nad 41 Titermminaluausssunuckmnunnsmmumenkmigte 41 Vactermilals nee cte ce renuit to uis te e ie RE RIPE 41 VR termitial icr ttt enr ise e roe 40 Input Terminal group Refer to In input terminal group inspection annual inspection seen 351 bi annual inspection see 353 installation ette teg 24 Installation flowchart
21. 25 26 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter 2 1 Mounting the Inverter Mount the inverter on a wall or inside a panel following the procedures provided below Before installation ensure that there is sufficient space to meet the clearance specifications and that there are no obstacles impeding the cooling fan s air flow Select a wall or panel suitable to support the installation Refer to 11 3 External Dimensions IP 20 Type on page 362 and check the inverter s mounting bracket dimensions 1 Usea level to draw a horizontal line on the mounting surface and then carefully mark the fixing points 2 Drillthe two upper mounting bolt holes and then install the mounting bolts Do not fully tighten the bolts at this time Fully tighten the mounting bolts after the inverter has been mounted Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP 3 Mountthe inverter on the wall or inside a panel using the two upper bolts and then fully tighten the mounting bolts Ensure that the inverter is placed flat on the mounting surface and that the installation surface can securely support the weight of the inverter 27 28 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter Note The quantity and dimensions of the mounting brackets vary based on frame size Refer to 21 3 Exte
22. Maximum frequency setting dr 20 400Hz Auxiliary frequency bA o3 I2 Display by percentage 96 or auxiliary frequency Hz depending onthe operation setting condition Auxiliary reference gain bA 03 50 n 01 32 Factory default Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Example an input current of 10 4mA is applied to I2 with the frequency corresponding to 20mA of 60Hz The table below shows auxiliary frequency Aas 24Hz 6o0 Hz xf 10 4 mA 4 mA 2o0 mA 4 mA i or 40 100 x 10 4 MA 4 mA 20 mA mA Setting Calculating final command frequency 0 M Hz G A Hz 30Hz M 50 G x24Hz A 42Hz 1 M Hz G A 30Hz M x 50 G x40 A 6Hz 2 M Hz G A 30Hz M 50 G x40 A 150Hz 3 M Hz M Hz G A 30Hz M 30 Hz x 50 G x40 A 36Hz 4 M Hz G 2 A 50 Hz 30Hz M 50 G x2x 40 A 50 x60Hz 24Hz 5 MIBZ tGD 2 A 6 5o 6 1 30Hz M x 50 G x2x 40 A 50 3Hz Reverse 6 MIHZI IGD6 2 A 6 5o 6 3oHz M fgo96 G x2x 6096 4096 300Hz Reverse 7 M HZ M HZ G 96 2 A 96 30Hz M 30Hz M x50 G x2x 40 A 50 27Hz 50 M main frequency reference Hz or rpm G auxiliary reference gain A auxiliary frequency reference Hz or rpm or gain 96 f the frequency setting is changed to rpm it is converted to rpm instead of Hz Note When the maximum frequency value is high outpu
23. Normal load Rated Rated capacity Heavy 9 1 12 2 18 3 22 9 29 7 34 3 output kVA load Normal 12 2 17 5 22 9 29 0 33 5 44 2 load Rated current Heavy 12 0 16 0 24 0 30 0 39 0 45 0 A load Normal 16 0 23 0 30 0 38 0 44 0 58 0 load Output frequency 0 400 Hz IM Sensorless 0 120 Hz Output voltage V 3 phase 380 480V Rated input Working voltage V 3 phase 380 480VAC 15 to 10 Input frequency 50 60 Hz 5 Rated current Heavy 12 9 17 5 26 5 33 4 43 6 50 7 A load Normal 17 5 25 4 33 4 42 5 49 5 65 7 load Weight Ib kg 7 313 3 7 5 3 4 10 1 4 6 10 5 4 8 16 5 7 5 16 5 7 5 The standard motor capacity is based on a standard 4 pole motor The standard used for 200 V inverters is based on a 220 V supply voltage and for 400V inverters is based on a 440 V supply voltage The rated output current is limited based on the carrier frequency set at Cn o4 Za ge D Sy a au ES 5 359 Z SANTERNO 11 2 Items Control CARRARO GROUP Control method Technical Specification Product Specification Details Description VIF control slip compensation sensorless vector Frequency settings power resolution Digital command 0 01 Hz Analog command o 06 Hz 60 Hz standard Frequency accuracy 196 of maximum output frequency VIF pattern Linear square reduction user V F Overload capacity He
24. Table of Functions Code Comm M2 Address LCD Display CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Setting Range Initial Value Prpety V F SL Motor no load M2 Noload 13 oh1CoD ert Curr 0 5 1000 0 A XJA O 10 p 181 Motor rated M2 Rated 14 oh1CoE voltage Volt 170 480 V X A O O p 181 Motor M2 O 15 oh1CoF EE Efficiency 70 100 X A O O p 181 Load inertia M2 Inertia 16 oh1C10 Rt 0 8 X A O O p 181 Stator 17 m M2 Rs X A O O p 181 Leakage Dependent on il i inductance Mee motor settings um O O pii Stator 19 hductarc M2 Ls X A O O p 181 Rotor time 55 S 20 ee M2 Tr 25 5000 ms XJA O O p 181 o Linear 25 oh1C19 V F pattern M2 V F Patt 1 Square o Linear XJA O O p 181 2 User V F Forward Torque M2 Fwd 26 oh1C1A boost Boos 0 0 15 0 X A O JO Reverse Torque M2 Rev i 27 oh1C1B boost Boost 0 0 15 0 X A O JO 28 0hiC1iC Ee M2 Stall Lev 30 150 150 X A O JO Electronic 29 ohiCiD thermal1 UM 100 200 150 XA lo lo minute rating Electronic thermal M2 ETH 30 ohiCiE ee Cont 50 150 100 X A O JO rating 35 Displayed when M2 08 is set to 4 IM Sensorless 311 T ac oS o2 fe 5 2 8 12 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP User Sequence group US Table of Functions This group appears when AP 02 is set to 1 Yes or CM 95 is set to 2 P2P Master The parameter cannot be changed while the
25. Technical Specification SINUSH Size W1 W2 Hi H2 H3 D1 0007 2T C2 140 5 51 132 2 5 20 128 5 04 120 7 4 75 37 0 15 145 5 72 A 3 9 0 15 4 4 0 17 4 5 0 18 366 0005 2S 0007 4T EMCType Eu Ca Eu C2 140 5 51 132 5 20 180 7 09 170 6 69 5 0 20 140 5 51 0 16 0 16 4 2 0 17 Units mm inches CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Technical Specification Size D E F SINUSH Size W1 W2 Hi H2 H3 D1 A B 0 00112T D 160 137 232 216 5 10 5 140 5 5 6 3 5 39 9 13 8 52 0 41 5 51 0 20 0 20 0014 2T D 0 180 157 290 12737 113 163 5 5 00372T E 7 0 6 18 11 4 10 8 0 44 6 42 0 20 0 20 9 220 193 8 350 331 13 187 16 6 F 18 6 7 63 13 8 13 0 0 51 7 36 0 24 0 24 6 D 1160 137 232 1216 5 10 5 140 5 5 5 B 6 3 5 39 9 13 8 52 0 41 5 51 0 20 0 20 0 00174T E 180 157 290 12737 113 1163 5 5 E F F 0020 2T 0011 4T 0014 4T 7 0 6 18 11 4 10 8 0 44 6 42 0 20 0 20 0020 4T 220 193 8 350 331 33 187 16 6 8 6 7 63 13 8 13 0 0 51 7 36 0 24 0 24 0030 4T 6 Units mm inches 00
26. ape Name LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value Property V F SL Ref 4 V2 5 12 6 Int 485 7 FieldBus Positive pr FWD Speed 0 00 Maximum 26 2 632 oh143F d speed es frequency Hz 50 00 OJA O Negative EM REV Speed 0 00 Maximum 26 k 64 0h1440 ES mt frequency Hz 50 00 OJA O Speed limit Speed Lmt 26 0 6526 0h1441 sperdemspin eir 100 5000 500 OJA O h o Flying Start 127 O 7 i Lih xe SS Mode Flying X A O p 174 144 mode selection 1 Flying Start 2 sStart 1 bit 0000 1111 Selection of 0001 speed search on acceleration When starting 0010 on initialization Speed search Speed after fault trip 71 0h1447 operation Ra When 000028 XIA O p 174 selection restarting after 0100 instantaneous power interruption m au iodo When starting o nim with power on D e Speed search o SS Sup gt 29 200 9 7229 oh1448 reference Curent 80 200 150 O A O current Speed search i Flying 30 E 2 7330 oh1449 aussen SS P Gain 0 9999 pan OJA O p 174 27 Will not be displayed if dr og is set to 4 IM Sensorless 28 The initial value 0000 will be displayed on the keypad as S H H H 29 Displayed when any ofthe Cn 71 code bits are set to 1 and Cn70 is set to o Flying Start 1 30 Displayed when any ofthe Cn 71 code bits are set to 1 285 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions
27. 39 AP Application Function group 302 AP Application group 55 Application group Refer to AP Application group ARM short current fault trip Refer to Over Current2 ASCI COA Erienn rii ial 247 asymmetric ground power 46 Technical Specification asymmetric ground structure EMC filter asynchronous communications system auto restart settings 178 auto torque boost 111 auto TUNING Hae 111 158 auto TUNING ioana odo bes DER OUO 158 All rotating 159 All static 159 Tr static 159 AUG TUNNO EE 274 auxiliary frequency 135 auxiliary frequency reference configuration 136 auxiliary reference eee 135 auxiliary reference gain sss 136 configuration 135 final command frequency calculation 137 main reference seene 135 B B terminal Normally Closed 121 bA Basic function group 272 bA Basic group tonnant atao unto 55 Basic group Refer to bA Basic group basic operation tte 52 bit 121 Dit Off rcr eerie cec ins 121 lg 9 121 bitsetting niuuannudmnnsnmminnsennnmmuve 121 multi function input setting 121 multi function output setting 207 speed search setting sees 175 stall prevention 217 Bootlace Ferrule 43 Drake conto lissu 194 BR Control ieie 194 brake eng
28. SL Sensorless vector control function dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value Propety V F SL Ref oo Jump Code JumpCode 1 99 20 O O O p 57 None V1 V2 o None X A JO 10 p 135 I2 Pulse M G A Mx G A M G A M M G A Auxiliary M G 2 A 026 oh1202 command Aux Calc Type 50 o M GA XA O O p 235 calculation type Mx G 2 A yp 50 MITG 2 A 50 M M G 2 A 7 150 Auxiliary o1 0h1201 reference Aux Ref Src source RK WINITP O DIF W RO UT 6 Auxiliary Ser command gain AuxRefGain 200 0 200 0 100 0 OJA O O p 135 Keypad Fx Rx 1 Fx Rx 2 Int 485 FieldBus Keypad 1 Keypad 2 V1 V2 12 Int 485 FieldBus 04 0h1204 SHE comin Cmd 2nd Src enue XJA 10 O p 120 Fx Rx 1 2nd frequency source O o5 oh1205 Keypad 1 Freq 2nd Src O A O JO p 120 olonu A IN iejo A WIN BJ O 6 Displayed if bA 01 is not set to o None 272 Table of Functions Code Comm CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO bA Addes Name LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value Propety V F SL Ref 12 Pulse o Keypad 1 1 Keypad 2 2 Vi 2nd Torque a e 067 oha206 command Trq 2nd Src O ee 5 l2 Keypad 1 6
29. Step 3 Power Terminal Wiring The following illustration shows the terminal layout on the power terminal block Refer to the detailed descriptions to understand the function and location of each terminal before making wiring connections Ensure that the cables selected meet or exceed the specifications in 2 5 Cable Selection on page 22 before installing them Caution e Tighten terminal screws to their specified torque Loose terminal screws may allow the cables to disconnect and cause short circuit or inverter failure Over tightening terminal screws may damage the terminals and cause short circuits and malfunctions e Use copper cables rated for 600V 75 C for power terminal wiring e Use copper cables rated for 300V 75 C for control terminal wiring e Bower supply cables must be connected to the R S and T terminals Connecting power cables to the U V and W terminals will cause internal damage to the inverter Connect motors to the U V and W terminals Phase sequence arrangement is not necessary 35 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter Size A A1 A2 aN VY
30. User function input3 B User Input3 B o oxFFFF XJA 12 14 ohiEoE User function input3 C User Input3 C o oxFFFF XJA 12 15 oh1EoF User function output3 User Output3 32767 32767 12 16 oh1E10 User function User Func4 NOP ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS NEGATE MPYDIV 0 o00 1 mln 1 EF ni H O REMAINDER Gl Q Dl O COMPARE GT COMPARE GEQ N COMPARE EQUAL 13 14 COMPARE NEQUAL TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 17 AND OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR o NOP XJA RI ERI b B 12 318 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Setting Range Initial Property ple Ref UF Address Value 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PI CONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT 17 User function User 0 0xFFFF 0 XA 10 O p 12 oh1E11 input4 A Input4 A 18 User function User o oxF FFF 0 XA 10 O p 12 oh1E12 input4 B Input4 B 19 User function User o oxF FFF 0 XA 10 O p 12 oh1E23 input4 C Input4 C 20 dabo User function User 32767 32767 0 A O O p 12 output4 Output 21 User functions User Funcs RI R B R E NOP o NOP X A JO O p 12 ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER COMPARE GT COMPARE GEQ COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPAR
31. auto restart operation Structure Cooling type Forced fan cooling structure working Forced cooling type environment Protection structure IP 20 UL Open Type 361 362 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Items Technical Specification Description UL Enclosed Type 1 is satisfied by conduit installation option Ambient temperature Heavy load 10 50 C 14 122 F normal load 10 40 C 14 104 F No ice or frost should be present Working under normal load at 50 C 122 F it is recommended that less than 80 load is applied Ambient humidity Storage temperature Relative humidity less than 90 RH to avoid condensation forming 20 C 65 C 4 149 F Surrounding environment Prevent contact with corrosive gases inflammable gases oil stains dust and other pollutants Pollution Degree 2 Environment Operation No higher than 3280ft 1 000m Less than 9 8m sec 16 altitude oscillation Pressure 70 106 kPa 11 3 External Dimensions IP 20 Type Size Eu A A1 A2 Z SANTERNO Technical Specification CARRARO GROUP 000641 H2 lu gy e Mr B L wi x i SINUSH Size W3 W2 H H2 H3 D1 A L 0 68 61 1 128 119 5 128 13 5
32. 0 0 600 0 s 40 0 OJA 102 time5 Multi step 8011 oh1250 acceleration Acc Time 6 0 0 600 0 S 30 0 OJA p 102 time6 Multi step 8111 0h1251 deceleration DecTime 6 0 0 600 0 s 30 0 OJA 102 time6 Multi step 8211 0h1252 acceleration AccTime 7 0 0 600 0 s 20 0 OJA 102 time7 Multi step 8311 0h1253 deceleration DecTime 7 0 0 600 0 5 20 0 OJA p 102 time7 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions 8 4 Expanded Function group PAR gt Ad In the following table the data shaded in grey will be displayed when a related code has been selected SL Sensorless vector control dr o9 OJX Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common Comm Address Setting Range Initial Value oo Jump Code Jump Code 1 99 24 OJA p 57 Acceleration 01 oh1301 pattern Acc Pattern o Linear XJA p 104 Deceleration Linear 02 oh1302 pattern Dec Pattern 1 S curve X A p 104 S curve 0312 oh1303 vene Acc S Start 1 100 40 XJA p 104 gradient S curve 0412 oh1304 acceleration end Acc S End 1 100 40 X A p 104 point gradient S curve 0513 oh1305 Se DecS Start 1 100 96 40 X A p 104 gradient S curve o6B oh1306 ge eraron Dec S End 1 100 40 XJA p 104 end point 47m gradient tc OI 07 0h1307 Start Mode Start Mode gt aes O Acc X A p 112 og 1 DC Start G o Dec gt 1 DC Brake 08 oh1308 Stop Mode Stop Mode 2 Free Ru
33. 326 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Setting Range Initial Property ple Ref UF X Address Value Func12 ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN 1 2 3 4 5 MAX 6 7 8 9 ABS NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER 10 COMPARE GT 11 COMPARE GEQ EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PLCONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT 57 User function User o oxF FFF 0 XJA O JO p 125 oh1E39 input12 A Input12 A 58 User function User o oxFFFF 0 X A JO JO p 125 oh1E3A input12 B Input12 B 59 oh1E3B User function User o oxF FFF 0 XA O JO p 125 u SL D uon gt un3 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions Code Comm Name Setting Range Initial Property V F SL Ref UF Address Value input12 C Input12 C 60 User function User 32767 32767 0 IA O JO p 125 oh1E3C output12 Outputi2 61 User function13 User Func13 o NOP o NOP IXA JO O p 125 1 ADD 2 SUB 3 ADDSUB 4 MIN 5 MAX 6 7 8 9 ABS NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER 10 COMPARE GT 11 COMPARE GEO 12 COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE oh1E3D NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITT
34. 60 User function output 12 User Output 12 32767 32767 61 Userfunction 13 User Func13 0 28 62 User function input 13 A User Input 13 A o oxFFFF 63 User function input 13 B User Input 13 B o oxFFFF 64 User function input 13 C User Input 13 C o oxFFFF 65 User function output 13 User Output 13 32767 32767 66 Userfunction 14 User Func14 0 28 67 User function input 14 A User Input 14 A o oxFFFF 127 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features Code Name LCD Display ParameterSetting SettingRange Unit 68 User function input14 B User Input 14 B o oxFFFF 69 User function inputi4 C User Input 14 C o oxFFFF S 70 User function output14 User Output 14 32767 32767 71 User function 15 User Func15 0 28 E 72 User function input 15 A User Input 15 A o oxFFFF 73 User function input 15 B User Input 15 B o oxFFFF 74 User function input 15 C User Input 15 C o oxFFFF 75 User function output 15 User Output 15 32767 32767 76 User function 16 User Func16 0 28 77 User function input 16 A User Input 16 A o oxFFFF 5 78 User function input 16 B User Input 16 B o oxFFFF N UE 79 User function input 16 C User Input 16 C o oxFFFF S 80 User function output 16 User Output 16 32767 32767 81 User function 17 User Func17 0 28 82 User function input 17 A User Input 17 A o oxFFFF x 83 User function input 17 B User Input 17 B o oxFFFF 8
35. Code Description Frequent regeneration voltage from a press load during constant speed motor operation may force excessive work on the brake unit which may damage or Ad 74 R A i SENI ASEAN shorten the brake life To prevent this situation select Ad 74 RegenAvd Sel to control DC link voltage and disable the brake unit operation Ad ga Rega wale Set brake operation prevention level voltage when the DC link voltage goes up due to regeneration expense Set alternative frequency width that can replace actual operation frequency during regeneration prevention Ad 77 RegenAvd Pgain To prevent regeneration zone set P gain l gain in the DC link voltage supress PI Ad 78 RegenAvd gain controller 196 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features Ad 75 Regeneration prevention level DC voltage Vdc Ad 76 Compensation freq limit Output frequency Hz Cmd freq j U I 1 1 1 1 U 1 mid eee L 1 1 D i 1 1 1 I V r Regeneration prevention On Note Press regeneration prevention does not operate during accelerations or decelerations but it only operates during constant speed motor operation When regeneration prevention is activated output frequency may change within the range set at Ad 76 CompFreq Limit 5 33 Analog Output An analog output terminal provides output of o 10V voltage 4 20mA current or 0 32kHz pulse 5 33 1 Voltage and Current Analog Output An output size
36. Step Instruction Press the ENT key 9 press the ENT key The new parameter value will flash The Frq code in the Operation group is set to o Keypad Press the 4 key to change it to 2 Potentiometer and then Keypad Display Press the ENT key once again 10 The Frq code is displayed again The frequency input has been configured for potentiometer Press the Y key 4 times here frequency setting values can be monitored jos D Uns A G o E 12 frequency reference to 10Hz Adjust the potentiometer to increase or decrease the Press the RUN key on the keypad 13 The RUN indicator light flashes and the FWD indicator light RUN comes on steady The current acceleration frequency is displayed STOP RESET key on the keypad Wiring Diagram Note When the frequency reaches the reference 10Hz press the The RUN indicator light flashes again and the current deceleration frequency is displayed When the frequency reaches oHz the RUN and FWD indicator lights turn off and the frequency reference 10 00Hz is displayed again aa Returns to the first code of the Operation group 0 00 From 10Hz Frequency RUN key STOP RESET key L Operation Pattern The instructions in the table are based on the factory default parameter settings The inverter may not work correctly if the default parameter settings are changed after the inverter is purchased In
37. e 15P0176B100 6 SINUS H VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE USER MANUAL Installation and Programming Instructions Issued on 28 10 15 R oo Software Version 32 41 English This manual is integrant and essential to the product Carefully read the instructions contained herein as they provide important hints for use and maintenance safety This device is to be used only for the purposes it has been designed to Other uses should be considered improper and dangerous The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages caused by improper erroneous and irrational uses Elettronica Santerno is responsible for the product in its original setting Any changes to the structure or operating cycle of the product must be performed or authorized by Elettronica Santerno Elettronica Santerno assumes no responsibility for the consequences resulting by the use of non original spare parts Elettronica Santerno reserves the right to make any technical changes to this manual and to the product without prior notice If printing errors or similar are detected the corrections will be included in the new releases of the manual The information contained herein is the property of Elettronica Santerno and cannot be reproduced Elettronica Santerno enforces its rights on the drawings and catalogues according to the law SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Elettronica Santerno S p A Via della Concia 7 40023 Castel Guelfo BO Italy Tel 390542489711 Fa
38. et c mi D wn Setting Range Unit UO D9 01d Parameter Setting LCD Display Name Group Code 2nd Motor 2 Motor Operation Setting Details Code Description Set one of the the multi function input terminals P1 P5 to 26 2 Motor to display M2 2 motor group group An input signal to a multi function terminal set to 2 motor will operate the motor according to the code settings listed below However if the inverter is in operation input signals to the multi function terminals will not read as a 2 motor parameter Pr 5o Stall Prevent must be set first before M2 28 M2 Stall Lev settings can be used Also Pr 40 ETH Trip Sel must be set first before M2 29 M2 ETH 1min and M2 30 M2 ETH Cont settings In 65 71 Px Define 181 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Parameter Setting at Multi function Terminal Input on a 2 Motor Learning Protection Features Code Description Code Description M2 04 Acc Time Acceleration time M2 16 Inertia Rt Load inertia rate M2 05 DecTime Deceleration time M2 17 Rs Stator resistance M2 06 Capacity Motor capacity M2 18 Lsigma Leakage inductance M2 07 Base Freq Motor base frequency M2 19 Ls Stator inductance M2 08 Ctrl Mode Control mode M2 20Tr Rotor time constant M2 10 Pole Num Pole number M2 25 VIE Patt V F pattern M2 11 Rate Slip Rated slip M2 26 Fwd Boost Forward torque boost M2 12 Rated Curr Rated current
39. 10 2 1 Storage If you are not using the product for an extended period store it in the following way Store the product in the same environmental conditions as specified for operation refer to 1 3 Installation Considerations on page 17 353 TERNO CARRARO GROUP 9JULUSJUIEN 354 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Maintenance When storing the product for a period longer than 3 months store it between 10 C and 30 C to prevent depletion of the electrolytic capacitor Donot expose the inverter to snow rain fog or dust Package the inverter in a way that prevents contact with moisture Keep the moisture level below 70 in the package by including a desiccant such as silica gel 10 2 2Disposal When disposing of the product categorize it as general industrial waste Recyclable materials are included in the product so recycle them whenever possible The packing materials and all metal parts can be recycled Although plastic can also be recycled it can be incinerated under contolled conditions in some regions Caution If the inverter has not been operated for a long time capacitors lose their charging characteristics and are depleted To prevent depletion turn on the product once a year and allow the device to operate for 30 60 min Run the device under no load conditions CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Technical Specification 11 Technical Specification 11 1 Input and Output Specification Sinus H 2
40. 174 Flying Startet ise gini tete 175 Flying Start 2 aententia ttn thence 175 options PIG AUN 177 Square reduction Square reduction load sss 108 392 Technical Specification VIF pattern Operation sees ereer 108 stall Bit Oh Off ntes 217 stall prevention eene 216 SG 216 start at DOWeLI On coetrrttt entente 96 start mode tt 112 acceleration start see 113 start after DC braking ss 113 cop 124 Station Jaandi bei ie 249 stop mode cicer ie apa dde 114 DC braking after stop eee 114 deceleration stop esee 114 free TUI Stopdiar 116 power braklng rerit itte 116 Storag E 353 Storing Temperature 17 Surge killer attain 38 SE Refer to PNP NPN mode selection switch SW1 SW2 Refer to analog input selection switch SW2 SW3 Refer to analog output selection switch SW3 SJ GE EEE analog input selection switch SW2 analog output selection switch SW3 PNP NPN mode selection switch SWn 39 T target frequency Cm lEreqUenGy NR 267 technical specification 355 termina ee ce 121 Aterinal ierit 121 208 Bterrillial uei rens trea 121 208 terminal for frequency reference setting Refer to VR terminal id cr 50 Ico 41 time scale OLOUS CC TIMIDI 100 Technical Specificat
41. 40 is set to 1 Above Level the operation starts when the feedback variable is higher than the value set at AP 39 If AP 40 is set to 2 Beyond Level the operation starts when the difference between the reference value and the feedback variable is greater than the value set at AP 39 PID Sleep Freq AP 38 PID WakeUp Lev PID AP 39 Feedback l r l frequency FX PID control ON Ar i PID Sleep Delay Time AP 37 157 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 8 4 PID Switching PID Openloop When one of the multi function terminals In 65 71 is set to 23 PID Openloop and is turned on the PID operation stops and is switched to general operation When the terminal turns off the PID operation starts again Operation mode PID On Normal Op PIDOn PID Openloop 5 9 Auto Tuning The motor parameters can be measured automatically and can be used for auto torque boost or sensorless vector control Example Auto Tuning Based on 0 75kW 200V Motor Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range dr 14 _ Motor capacity Motor Capacity 1 0 75 kW 0 15 bA 11 Motorpolenumber PoleNumber 4 2 48 12 Rated slip speed Rated Slip 40 0 3000 rpm 13 Rated motor current Rated Curr 3 6 1 0 1000 0 A 14 Motor no load Noload curr 1 6 0 5 1000 0 A current 15 Motor rated voltage Rated Volt 220 170 480 V 16 Motor efficiency Efficien
42. Auto Restart Setting Details Code Description Only operates when Pr o8 RST Restart is set to 1 Yes The number of attempts to try the auto restart is set at Pr og Auto Restart Count If a fault trip occurs during operation the inverter automatically restarts after the set time programmed at Pr 10 Retry Delay At each restart the inverter counts the number of tries and subtracts it from the number set at Pr og until the retry Pr o8 RST Restart Pr og Retry Number number count reaches o After an auto restart if a fault trip does not occur within 60 sec it will increase Pr 10 Retry Delay the restart count number The maximum count number is limited by the number set at Pr og Auto Restart Count If the inverter stops due to low voltage emergency stop Bx inverter overheating or hardware diagnosis an auto restart is not activated At auto restart the acceleration options are identical to those of speed search operation 178 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Description Codes Cn 72 75 can be set based on the load Information about the speed search function can be found at 5 14 Speed Search Operation on page 174 V Trip occurs Normal Op Frequency 1 Voltage XP se me Reset K search emma mm doen 60 seconds Example of auto restart with a setting of 2 TI D GU et d TD n uoIp3JOLJ Caution If the auto restart number
43. Data frame Err Err Frame S A 92 oh175C oe Num 0 65535 0 O O O NAK frame NAK Frame 93 oh175D cunt Num 0 65535 0 O A O JO ae Communication Comm 0 No N JA o lo Sh l data upload Update Yes sakes i i H 46 Displayed only when a communication option card is installed 300 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm Initial DI 1 CM Address hai LED Display Setting Rande Value jue VF s js 95 ohiy6o communication Int 485 Func Disable X A O O p 122 2 P2PSlave selection All 3 KPD Ready Bit 000 111 un Analog output Multi DO setting j 47 96 Kr P2P OUT Sel 010 function o No OIA O lO p 122 relay Multi 100 function output 47 Displayed when AP o1 is set to 2 Proc PID 301 re 9 D uon gt ung Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions 8 9 Application Function group PAR AP In the following table the data shaded in grey will be displayed when a related code has been selected SL Sensorless vector control dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common poA Setting Range oo Jump Code Jump Code 1 99 20 OJA O O pz Application o None o1 oh1801 function App Mode 1 l i XA O JO p 151 j None selection 2 ProcPID 02 ED User Seq En AAL o No X A O O p 125 sequence 1
44. N O 10 gr MER deletion 1 Yes iid i 54 Will not be displayed when an LCD keypad is in use 309 2 8 11 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions 2nd Motor Function group PAR gt M2 The 2nd Motor function group will be displayed if any of In 65 71 are set to 26 2nd MOTOR In the following table the data shaded in grey will be displayed when a related code has been selected SL Sensorless vector control dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value 310 oo Jump Code Jump Code 1 99 14 OJA p 57 Acceleration M2 Acc 04 oh1Co4 fime Time 0 0 600 0 5 20 0 O A p 181 Deceleration M2 Dec 05 oh1Cos me Time 0 0 600 0 5 30 0 OJA p 181 o 0 2 kW 1 10 4 kW 2 10 75 kW 3 iikW 4 1 5kW 5 2 2 kW 6 3okW 06 oh1C06 Motor capacity M2 Capacity 8 4 0kW XJA p 181 9 5 5kW 10 7 5 kW 11 11 0 kW 12 15 0 kW 13 18 5 kW 14 22 0 kW 15 30 0 kW M2 Base 30 00 07 oh1Co7 Base frequency Fea MENT 50 00 X A p 181 o V F Slip 08 ohiCo8 Control mode een g Compen o V F X A p 181 Mode M Sensorless Number of M2 Pole i Je motor poles Num ee AG p181 11 oh1CoB Karad elip Markaren 0 3000 rpm Dependent X A p 181 speed Slip on motor Motor rated M2 Rated settings 12 oh1CoC Ce Curr 1 0 1000 0 A X A p 181
45. Sel 1 Yes setting 21 0h1415 Sensorless ASR SL 0 5000 Dependent O A p 164 3 n case of 0 4 4 0kW the setting range is 2 0 15 0 kHz 24 In case of 0 4 4 okW the setting range is 2 0 5 0 kHz 282 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm x m E CU Adde LCD Display Setting Range InitialValue Propety V F SL Ref speed P Gain1 on motor controller setting proportional gain1 Sensorless speed ASR SL I i 22 oh1416 controller Gaini 10 9999 ms O A X 10 p 164 integral gain1 Sensorless speed 232 oh1437 controller Eu 1 0 1000 0 OJA X 10 p 164 proportional gain2 Sensorless speed ASR SL I 25 E 9 242 oh1418 ee aie 1 0 1000 0 OJA X 10 p 164 integral gain2 Sensorless speed ASR SL I 25 E tS controller Gaino 1 0 999 9 ms ONS integral gain o Flux estimator 262 oh141A ee FluxP Gain 10 200 Dependent O A X 10 p 164 2 m estimator T um od 2775 oha41B irseel cs Flux IGain 10 200 setting O A X O p 164 Speed 283 oh141C UT iud 0 32767 OJA X 10 p 164 5 gain S Speed S Est 29 oh141D estimator Cairi 100 1000 OJA X 10 p 164 integral gain1 on S Estl 302 oha4aE estimator Gana 100 10000 O A X 10 p 164 integral gain2 Sensorless 312 ohi41F E T SE 10 1000 O A X O p 164 proportional 25 Displayed when dr og is set to 4 IM Sensorless and Cn 20 is set to
46. dCL 17 O 10 p zo current voltage ohiFoB Inverter output VOL 47 O 10 p 70 voltage oh1FoC Out of order nOn 47 O Jol signal oh1FoD Select rotation drC F Forwardrun F O 7 O O direction r Reverse run 266 Table of Functions 2 8 2 Drive group PAR dr SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP In the following table data shaded in grey will be displayed when the related code has been selected SL Sensorless vector control dr o9 OJX Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common LCD Display Setting Range Initial Property VIE SL value oo Jump Code JumpCode 1 99 9 O A O 10 p 57 om oh1101 Target Cmd Start frequency 0 00 O L O JO p 62 frequency Frequency Maximum frequency Hz 02 oh1102 Torgus CmdTorque 180 180 0 0 O A X JOll command 03 oh1103 Acceleration AccTime 0 0 600 0 s 20 0 O L O JO p 98 time 04 oh1104 Deceleration DecTime 0 0 600 0 s 30 0 OI O 10 p 98 time 06 oh1106 Command Cmd Source o Keypad SE XL 10 O p 91 source 1 Fx Rx 2 FX Rx 1 2 Fx Rx 2 3 Int 485 4 Field Bus 07 oh1107 Frequency FreqRefSrc o Keypad 1 0 XL O JO p 76 reference 3 Keypad 2 Keypad 1 source 2 Va 4 V2 5 I2 6 Int 485 8 Field Bus 12 Pulse o8 oh1108 Torque TrqRefSrc jo Keypad 1 0 XA X IOl reference 1 Keypad 2 Keypad 1 setting 2 Va 4 V2 5 I2 6 Int 485 8 FieldBus Displaye
47. q key to change the first place value to 3 of the target code 93 Press the 4 key to move to the 10s place position 03 will be displayed Press the 4 or v key to change the o to 9 of the target code 93 Press the ENT key Code dr 93 will be displayed Press the ENT key once again 7 The current parameter value for code dr 93 is set to o Do not initialize Press the 4 key to change the value to 1 All Grp and then press 8 the ENT key The parameter value will flash Press the ENT key once again 9 Parameter initialization begins Parameter initialization is complete when code dr 93 reappears on the display Z J a a Mo Mo Note Following parameter initialization all parameters are reset to factory default values Ensure that parameters are reconfigured before running the inverter again after an initialization 65 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning to Perform Basic Operations Frequency Setting Keypad and Operation via Terminal Input Step Instruction Keypad Display 1 Turnonthe inverter Ensure that the first code of the Operation group is selected and code 0 00 Command Frequency is displayed then press the 0 0 ENT key S The first digit on the right will flash Press the key 3 times to go to the 10s place position 3 EK 0 00 The number o at the 10s place position will flash P
48. refer to 3 2 4 Configuring the ESC Key on page 59 Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Range Igo ESC key functions m Local Remote o 2 dN Command source Fx Rx 1 Displayed under DRV 06 on the LCD keypad Unit dr Operation Local Remote Mode Switching Setting Details Description Set dr go to 2 Local Remote to perform local remote switching using the ESC dr 90 key Once the value is set the inverter will automatically begin operating in remote ESC key functions mode Changing from local to remote will not alter any previously configured parameter values and the operation of the inverter will not change 94 Learning Basic Features Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Press the ESC key to switch the operation mode back to local The SET light will flash and the inverter will operate using the RUN key on the keypad Press the ESC key again to switch the operation mode back to remote The SET light will turn off and the inverter will operate according to the previous drv code configuration Note Local Remote Operation Full control of the inverter is available with the keypad during local operation local operation During local operation jog commands will only work if one of the Pa P7 multi function terminals codes In 65 71 is set to 13 RUN Enable and the relevant terminal is turned on During remote operation remote operation the inverter w
49. 0 32 kHz Low Level 0 0 8V High Level 3 5 12V Output Multi Fault output and inverter Lessthan DC 24V 5omA function operation status output open collector terminal Multi Less than N O N C AC250V 1A function Less than DC 30V 1A relay terminal Analog 0 12Vdc 0 24mA Select frequency output current output output voltage DC terminal voltage and others Pulse train Maximum 32 kHz 10 12V Protection Trip e Over current trip Over voltage trip function Externalsignaltrip Temperature sensortrip e ARM short circuit current trip Inverter over heat Over heat trip Option trip Input imaging trip Output imaging trip Ground trip e Inverter overload trip Motor over heat trip Fantrip e O board link trip Pre PID operation failure Nomotortrip External breaktrip Parameter writing trip Lowvoltagetrip during Emergency stoptrip operation Command loss trip e Low voltage trip External memory error Safety ABB trip e CPU watchdog trip Analog input error Motor normal load trip Motor overload trip Alarm Command loss trip alarm overload alarm normal load alarm inverter overload alarm fan operation alarm resistance braking rate alarm number of corrections on rotor tuning error Instantaneous Heavy load less than 15 ms normal load less than 8 ms blackout continue operation must be within the rated input voltage and rated output range Heavy load more than 15 ms normal load more than 8 ms
50. 0xFFFF 0 XA JO O t c os ohaE2F input10 A Input10 oa ot _ A o 48 User function User 0 0xFFFF 0 XA JO JO 5 oh1E30 input10 B Input10 B 49 User function User 0 0xFFFF 0 XJA O JO p 125 oh1E31 input10 C Input10 C 50 User function User 32767 32767 0 IA O O p 125 oh1E32 output10 Output10 51 User function11 User o NOP o NOP IXJA O O p 125 Funci1 ADD oh1E33 2 SUB 3 ADDSUB 325 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Code Comm Name UF Address Setting Range MIN MAX ABS NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER COMPARE GT COMPARE GEQ COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PI CONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 28 UPCOUNT DOWNCOUNT Initial Value Table of Functions Property m Ref 52 oh1E34 User function inputii A User Input11 A o oxFFFF XJA 12 E 53 54 oh1E35 oh1E36 User function inputii B User function input11 C User Inputii B User Inputii C o oxFFFF o oxFFFF XJA X A 12 12 55 oh1E37 User function output11 User Output11 32767 32767 12 56 oh1E38 User function12 User NOP o NOP X A RI RE B 12
51. 1 Noise generation 1 4 Leakage current ji Carrier Frequency at Factory Default Settings 0 4 22kW Normal load 2kHz Max 5kHz e Heavy load 3kHz Max 15kHz Sinus H Series Inverter Derating Standard Sinus H inverter is designed to respond to two types of load rates Heavy load heavy duty and normal load normal duty The overload rate represents an acceptable load amount that exceeds rated load and is expressed in a ratio based on the rated load and the duration The overload capacity on the Sinus H series inverter is 150 1min for heavy loads and 120 1min for normal loads The current rating differs from the load rating as it also has an ambient temperature limit For derating specifications refer to 11 8 Continuous Rated Current Derating on page 374 Current rating for ambient temperature at normal load operation Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 100 80 40C 50C Ambient temperature versus current rating at normal load Guaranteed carrier frequency for current rating by load Inverter capacity Normal load Heavy load 0 4 22kW 2kHz 6kHz 5 17 2 Motor Operation The 2 motor operation is used when a single inverter switch operates two motors Using the 2 motor operation a parameter for the 2 motor is set The 2 motor is operated when a multi function terminal input defined as a 2 motor function is turned on TI MD L lt
52. 142 5 4 3 Wire es c e nee rer nye ey en ener reer eer eee 144 5 5 Safe Operation Mode essen 145 56 Dwell Operation Lurer 147 5 7 Slip Compensation OperatiODi esser noceret eee 149 18060 EL aeaaea M 150 5 8 1 PID Basic Operation s ssssvsssesvsssseses veer vese seer ne seene onner nenen 151 552 Pre PID Operations sieniin oaget to qp tus dae pu dus ane tM UK DRUG 156 5 8 3 PID Operation Sleep Mode sees 157 5 8 4 PIDSwitching PIDOpenlo Op magasin 158 EO FO NG eeo miuntgne 158 5 10 Sensorless Vector Control tenente nenne 161 5 10 1 Sensorless Vector Control Operation Setting 163 5 10 2 Sensorless Vector Control Operation Guide 167 5 11 Kinetic Energy Buffering Operation esee 168 PEE lS ON ce 169 5 13 Energy Saving PN ene idde 173 5 13 1 Manual Energy Saving Operation sse 173 5 13 2 Automatic Energy Saving Operation esses 173 5 14 Speed Search Operation seene eee 174 5 15 Auto zT ae alas e 178 5 16 Operational Noise Settings carrier frequency settings 179 5 47 o Motor Operation ss ssssssssenissirseeresoeiestrsttrssnrrsstrseerasnrnsstrsterr ornest rrenrra ne 181 5 18 Mo dne icc 183 5 19 Cooling Fan Control Lavere 184 5 20 Input Power Frequency and Voltage Settings
53. 195 100 0006 100 00 output 68 0h1344 DTE a Off Ctrl Level contact on level 10 00 X A p 195 Safe operation z o BANG 70 0h1346 Run En Mode Di ys XJA p 145 1 Enable Dependent Free Run Safe operation Q Stop o Free 20 s OS stop options Run Dis Stop Q Stop Run le Resume Safe operation 7220 0h1348 deceleration O StopTime 0 0 600 0 5 5 0 OJA p 145 time Selection of o No regeneration 74 oh134A evasion f n tion RegenAvd Sel 1 lons o No X A p 196 for press 19 Displayed if Ad 50 is not set to o None 20 Displayed when Ad 70 is set to 1 DI Dependent 280 Table of Functions Comm Address LCD Display 2 Setting Range Initial Value SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Property VIE SL Voltage level of 200V 300 400V 350 regeneration RegenAvd XIA f R evasion motion Level 400V 600 800V 700 M heals for press Compensation frequency limit CompFreq 21 00 10 A p 196 76 oh134C ofregeneration Limit 0 00 10 00Hz 1 00 XI O JO pa evasion for press Regeneration RECN d 77 o0h134D evasion for press p a 0 0 100 0 50 0 O A JO JO p 196 P gain 3 Regeneration Sane Al 7821 oh134E evasion for press p 20 30000 ms 500 OJA JO JO p 196 gain 3 None Fire mode 1 Fire Mode i N X A X p 80 oh1350 selection Fire Mode Sel Fire Mode 9 None O p 132 Test Fire mode Fire Mode 22 00 60 00 H i A X p 81 oh
54. 2 7 Total Memory Map for Communication Communication Area Memory Map Details Communication common compatible ohoooo Sinus M compatible area area ohooFF Parameter registration type area oho100 oho1FF Areas registered at CM 31 38 and CM 51 58 oho200 oho23F Area registered for User Group 0ho240 0ho27F Area registered for Macro Group oho280 Reserved oho2FF Sinus H communication common area oho300 0ho37F Inverter monitoring area oho380 Inverter control area oho3DF oho3Eo oho3FF Inverter memory control area oho400 Reserved ohoFFF oh1100 dr Group oh1200 bA Group oh1300 Ad Group oh1400 CnGroup oh1500 InGroup oh1600 OU Group oh1700 CMGroup oh1800 AP Group oh1Boo Pr Group oh1Coo M2 Group 7 2 8 Parameter Group for Data Transmission By defining a parameter group for data transmission the communication addresses registered in the communication function group CM can be used in communication Parameter group for data transmission may be defined to transmit multiple parameters at once into the communication frame Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Settingrange Unit CM 31 38 Output communication Para Status x oooo FFFF Hex address x 51 58 Inputcommunication Para Control x oooo FFFF Hex address x 242 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features Currently Registered CM Group Parameter Address Parameter Assigned co
55. 258 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features Comm Address Parameter Scale Unit Assigned content by bit B5 Error while writing parameter B4 Reserved B3 FAN Trip B2 PTC Thermal sensor Trip Bi Reserved Bo MC Fail Trip oho332 Leveltype trip B15 Reserved information B8 Reserved B7 Reserved B6 Reserved B5 SafetyB B4 SafetyA B3 Keypad Lost Command B2 Lost Command B1 LV Bo BX oho333 H W Diagnosis Trip B15 Reserved information Reserved B6 Reserved A B5 Queue Full E B4 Reserved E B3 Watchdog 2 error B2 Watchdog 1 error S Ba EEPROM error Bo ADC error oho334 Warning B15 Reserved information Reserved B10 Reserved B9 Auto Tuning failed B8 Keypad lost B7 Encoder disconnection B6 Wrong installation of encoder B5 DB B4 FAN running B3 Lost command B2 Inverter Overload Bi Underload Bo Overload 259 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features Comm Address Parameter Scale Unit Assigned content by bit oho335 oho33F Reserved E oho340 OnTime date 0 Day Total number of days the inverter has been powered on oho341 On Time minute 0 Min Total number of minutes excluding the total number of On Time days oho342 RunTime date 0 Day Total number of days the
56. 3 1 6 0 9 6 12 0 18 0 load Output frequency 0 400 Hz IM Sensorless 0 120 Hz Output voltage V 3 phase 200 240 V Rated Working voltage V 3 phase 200 240 VAC 15 to 41096 input Input frequency 50 60 Hz 1596 Rated current Heavy 2 2 4 9 8 4 11 8 18 5 A load Normal 3 0 6 3 10 8 13 1 19 4 load Weight Ib kg 2 0 9 2 0 9 2 86 1 3 33 15 44 2 0 The standard motor capacity is based on a standard 4 pole motor The standard used for 200 V inverters is based on a 220 V supply voltage and for 400V inverters is based on a 440 V supply voltage The rated output current is limited based on the carrier frequency set at Cn o4 356 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Technical Specification Sinus H 2T 5 5 15 kW Model SINUS H xxxx 2T Applied motor Heavy load Normal load Rated Rated Heavy 9 1 12 2 17 5 22 9 output capacity load KVA Normal 11 4 15 2 21 3 26 3 load Rated current Heavy 24 0 32 0 46 0 60 0 A load Normal 30 0 40 0 56 0 69 0 load Output frequency 0 400 Hz IM Sensorless 0 120 Hz Output voltage V 3 phase 200 240V Rated input Working voltage V 3 phase 200 240VAC 15 to 10 Input frequency 50 60 Hz 5 Rated current Heavy 25 8 34 9 50 8 66 7 A load Normal 32 7 44 2 62 3 77 2 load Weight Ib kg 7 3 3 3 7 3 3 3 10 4 6 16 7 1 e The standard motor capacity is based on a standard 4 pole motor The standard used for 20
57. 3 C2 382 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification STANDARD Filters Sinus H Model Voltage code kW Nom Max 0001 0 4 AC1710123 10 220 480 0 5 27 255X50X126 25X240 1 1 AC1810302 0002 9 75 0003 1 5 AC1710237 20 220 480 0 5 27 335x60x150 35X320 1 8 AC1810302 0005 2 2 0007 49 AC1710343 30 220 480 0 5 27 335X60X150 35x320 18 AC1810302 2T 0011 55 AC1710511 42 220 480 0 5 27 330x70x185 45X314 2 8 AC1810402 0014 75 AC1710601 55 220 480 0 5 27 330x80x185 55X314 3 1 AC1810402 0017 11 AC1710810 75 220 480 0 5 27 330x80x220 55X314 4 0 AC1810603 0020 15 AC1711006 100 220 480 0 5 27 380x90x220 65x364 5 5 AC1810603 0025 18 5 meet AC1711410 130 220 480 0 5 27 440110X240 80X414 7 5 AC1810603 0030 Domestic and industrial environment EN550 11 A class gt EN61800 3 C3 L R 1 D p a w E e 383 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Index 2 square reduciOn tenereat 74 24 terminal ttn 2nd Motor group 2nd Motor Operation 181 2nd Operation mode 120 2 command source sse 120 Shared command Main Source 120 3 3 phase 200V 5 5415 kW 357 3 phase 400V 5 5422 kW 359 3 Wire Operation 144 4 4 pole standard motor 355 358 359 7 7 segment display 53 letters tdi traite i etm Sera tts 53 NUM DONS t 53 A A terminal Norm
58. 306 Table of Functions Code Pr Address Comm Name LCD Display En M Setting Range Initial Value SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Property V F SL Ref selection 1 Free Run 2 Dec Underload fault ULTrip 28 oh1B1C time Time 0 0 600 0 5 30 0 O A O p 226 Underload lower UL LF 0 29 oh1B1D limit level Level 10 30 30 O A O p 226 Underload upper UL BF 30 ohiBiE limit level Level 30 100 30 O A O p 226 i o None No motor motion No Motor 31 oh1B1F er Trip Ge o None O A O p 233 No motor No Motor 32 oh1B20 detection current Level 1 100 5 OJA O p 233 level No motor No Motor 33 oh1B21 detection delay Time 0 1 10 0 5 3 0 O A O p 233 None Electronic thermal ETH Trip 40 oh1B28 ee Sel Free Run o None O A O p 213 2 Dec Motor cooling fan Mot AE net Self otor cooling fan otor o Self 1 oh1B2 i OJA O p 21 4 3 type Cooling 1 Forced cool cool T p 213 42 oh1B2A Siectionie teal ETHamin 120 200 150 OJA O 1 minute rating ag ee 06 120 TOA o continuous rating aoe Free R 45 oh1B2D BX trip mode BX Mode zal X A O ec bit 0000 1111 0001 Accelerating Stall prevention Stall 0 oh1B32 motion and flux 0000 X A O p 216 3 1 Prevent At constant braking 0010 speed 0100 at deceleration 307 9 qer uondun4 PZ SANTERNO Q Code Comm Pr
59. 53 I2 Curr xa 4 00 0 00 20 00 mA current I2 output at minimum I2 Perc ya 0 00 906 current N vri l2 maximum input 55 I2 Currx2 20 00 0 00 24 00 mA n current l2 output at maximum 6 l2 Perc y2 100 00 00 100 5 current T aaa Nass i I2 rotation direction l 61 l2 Inverting o No 0 1 options T O 0 04 62 I2Quantizing level I2 Quantizing 0 04 Mn E 96 Quantizing is disabled if o is selected Input Current I2 Setting Details Code In o1 Freq at 100 In 50 12 Monitor Description In 56 is set to 100 Configures the frequency reference for operation at the maximum current when e Ifln o1is set to 40 00Hz and default settings are used for In 53 56 20mA input current max to l2 will produce a frequency reference of 40 00Hz Ifln 56 is set to 50 00 and default settings are used for In o1 60Hz and In 53 55 20mA input current max to I2 will produce a frequency reference of 30 00Hz 50 of 60Hz Used to monitor input current at I2 In 52 I2 Filter In 53 12 Curr x1 In 56 12 Perc y2 84 In 56 Frequency Reference Configures the time for the operation frequency to reach 63 of target frequency based on the input current at I2 Configures the gradient level and off set value of the output frequency I2 input Gradient and off set configuration based on output frequency CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features 4
60. 58 oh163A frequency FDT Band frequency Hz 10 00 O A O JO p 203 band o Frequency 1 Output Current 2 OutputVoltage 3 DCLink Voltage 4 Torque 5 Output Power Pulse output ees S 61 0h163D ain P TO Mode 7 lqse Frequen O A O JO p 200 g 8 Target Freq cy 9 Ramp Freq 10 Speed Fdb 12 PID RefValue 13 PID Fdb Value 14 PID Output 15 Constant 62 oh163E ep ees TO Gain 1000 0 1000 0 100 0 OJA JO O p 200 63 o0h163F TO Bias 100 0 100 0 0 0 O A O O p 200 64 oh1640 c E TO Filter o 10000 ms 5 O A O O p 200 Pulse output TO K 0 65 oh1641 constant Const 0 0 100 0 0 0 O A 10 O p 200 output 2 Pulse output 66 0h1642 mantap TO Monitor 0 0 1000 0 0 0 IA O JO p 200 296 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions 8 8 Communication Function group PAR gt CM In the following table the data shaded in grey will be displayed when a related code has been selected SL Sensorless vector control dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common ee eee LCD Display Setting Range dux CM Address Value oo Jump Code Jump Code 1 99 20 O A O O p 57 Built in 01 oh1701 communication Int485 StID 1 250 1 OJA O O p 238 inverter ID o 1200 bps 1 2400 bps 2 4800bps 2 oh sail nication lp 31980005 13 oja lo O p 238 et Md n caton Baugg 4 19200bps 9600
61. 6 CM 75 B4 Virtual DI 5 CM 74 B3 Virtual DI 4 CM 73 B2 Virtual DI 3 CM 72 Bi Virtual DI 2 CM 73 Bo Virtual DI 1 CM 70 oho323 Display the o ast motor 1 2nd motor 257 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Comm Address Parameter Unit RS 485 Communication Features Assigned content by bit selected motor Scale oho324 Al 0 01 Analog input Va I O board oho325 Reserved 0 01 oho326 Al3 0 01 Analog input V2 I O board oho327 Al4 0 01 Analog input 12 I O board oho328 AO1 0 01 Analog output 1 I O board oho329 AO2 0 01 Analog output 2 I O board oho32A AO3 0 01 Reserved oho32B AO4 0 01 Reserved oho32C Reserved oho32D Reserved oho32E Reserved oho32F Reserved oho330 Latch type trip Bis Fuse Open Trip information 1 Bl4 Over Heat Trip Bl3 Arm Short Bl2 External Trip Bla Overvoltage Trip Blo Overcurrent Trip Bg NTCTrip B8 Reserved B7 Reserved B6 Input open phase trip Bs Output open phase trip B4 Ground Fault Trip B3 E Thermal Trip B2 Inverter Overload Trip Bi Underload Trip Bo Overload Trip oho331 Latch type trip Bis Reserved information 2 Bl4 Reserved Bl3 Safety option to block inverter output at the terminal block input only for products rated at go kW and above Bla Reserved Bla Reserved Blo Bad option card Bg No motor trip B8 External brake trip B7 Bad contact at basic I O board B6 Pre PID Fail
62. B Source the V1 terminal cannot be set to the PID reference source PID Ref Source To set V1 as a reference source change the feedback source Setting Function o Keypad Keypad 1 Va 10 10V input voltage terminal 3 V2 I2 analog input terminal 4 12 When analog voltage current input terminal selection switch SW2 at the terminal block is set to I current input 4 20mA current If it is set to V voltage input o 10V voltage 5 Int 485 RS 485 input terminal 7 FieldBus Communication command via a communication option card 11 Pulse TI Pulse input terminal o 32kHz Pulse input When using the keypad the PID reference setting can be displayed at AP 37 When using the LDC keypad the PID reference setting can be monitored from the config mode CNF 06 08 set to 17 PID Ref Value AP 21 PID F B Source Selects feedback input for PID control Items can be selected as reference input except the keypad input Keypad 1 and Keypad 2 Feedback cannot be set to an input item that is identical to the item selected as the reference For example when Ap 20 Ref Source is set to 1 V1 for AP 21 PID F B Source an input other than the V1 terminal must be selected When using the LCD keypad the volume of feedback can be monitored using a code from the config mode CNF 06 08 by setting it to 18 PID Fbk Value AP 22 PID P Gain AP 26 P Gain Scale Setsthe output ratio
63. CM is is the common ground terminal for all analog inputs at the terminal and P24 is 24V internal source If you are using an external 24V source build a circuit that connects the external source and the CM terminal Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP PNP NPN NPN Mode Sink Select NPN using the PNP NPN selection switch SW1 Note that the factory default setting is NPN mode CM is is the common ground terminal for all analog inputs at the terminal and P24 is 24V internal source PNP NPN P1 FX P2 RX 45 46 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter Step 6 Disabling the EMC Filter for Power Sources with Asymmetrical Grounding EMC filter is built in the next two products Sinus H 2S and Sinus H 4T An EMC filter prevents electromagnetic interference by reducing radio emissions from the inverter EMC filter use is not always recommended as it increases leakage current If an inverter uses a power source with an asymmetrical grounding connection the EMC filter MUST be turned off Asymmetrical Grounding Connection R L1 R L1 Osee Intermediate of a delta S point on one connection is phase of a S L2 delta S L2 grounded T connection T L3 S T L3 R L1 L R L1 The end of A 3 phase S L2 a single connection phase is without S L2 grounded N grounding T L3 7 T3 Danger e Donotactivate the EMC filter if the inverter uses a power source
64. DEVICES oii e die icotdanasuen baci aeea Ea aE E EERE E 368 11 5 Fuse and RestorSpecMestionsuuuaasassmmmseusqmmaannamndessinnin 368 11 6 Terminal Screw Spe chicationy scssccscscssscscensisvassesescsansesabasesanssssundisstendedustesnanetas 371 11 7 Braking Resistor SpecifICablOi seene eee 373 118 Continuous Rated Current Derating eene 374 t9 Heat EMMISSION Io mE 376 Product Warranty CH 377 NTE ed 384 xii Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP 1 Preparing the Installation This chapter provides details on product identification part names correct installation and cable specifications To install the inverter correctly and safely carefully read and follow the instructions 1 1 Product Identification The SINUS H Inverter is manufactured in a range of product groups based on drive capacity and power source specifications Product name and specifications are detailed on the rating plate The illustration on the next page shows the location of the rating plate Check the rating plate before installing the product and make sure that the product meets your requirements For more detailed product specifications refer to 11 1 Input and Output Specification on page 355 Note Check the product name open the packaging and then confirm that the product is free from defects Contact your supplier if you have any issues or questions about your product E195081 UL us L
65. Filters FILTER Q ee B ao EG d lui e FFM Filters Footprint Standard Filters Y 381 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification FFM Filters Footprint Sinus H Model Voltage code kW Nom 0001 0 4 AC1710121 10 250 33 176x71 5x45 162x50 0 6 Mg AC1810302 E 0002 0 75 AC1710233 16 250 33 176x103 5x45 162x82 08 M4 AC1810302 0003 15 AC1710235 20 250 3 3 176x103 5x45 162x82 08 M4 AC1810302 0005 2 2 AC1710341 30 250 33 176x143 5X45 162x122 0 9 Mg AC1810302 Nom Max m AC1710122 10 250 0 3 18 176X71 5X45 162X50 1 6 M4 pr 0003 15 AC1810302 JE AC1710236 20 250 0 3 18 176x103 5X45 162x82 1 6 M4 2T 0007 4 AC1710342 30 250 0 3 27 176X143 5X45 162x122 1 8 M4 AC1810302 0011 55 0014 7 5 caw Not available see Standard Filters 0020 15 Nom Max AC1710120 6 380 400 0 338 176X71 5X45 162X50 1 6 M4 ee 0003 15 AC1710122 10 380 400 0 3 18 176x71 5X45 162x50 1 6 M4 AC1810302 0005 22 AC1710234 16 380 400 0 348 176x103 5x45 162x82 1 6 M4 AC1810302 0007 4 AC1710236 20 380 400 0 3 27 176x103 5X45 162x122 1 8 M4 AC1810302 4T 0011 5 5 0014 7 5 0017 11 Not available see Standard Filters 0020 15 0025 18 5 0030 22 Domestic and industrial environment EN550 11 B class gt EN61800
66. Functions of Speed Search Setting Setting Function bit bit3 bit2 bita Y Speed search for general acceleration Y Initialization after a fault trip Y Restart after instantaneous power interruption Y Starting with power on Speed search for general acceleration If bit 1 is set to 1 and the inverter operation command runs acceleration starts with speed search operation When the motor is rotating under load a fault trip may occur if the operation command is run for the inverter to provide output voltage The speed search function prevents such fault trip from occurring Initialization after a fault trip If Bit 2 is set to 1 and Pr o8 RST Restart is setto 1 Yes the speed search operation automatically accelerates the motorto the operation frequency used before the fault trip when the Reset key is pressed orthe terminal block is initialized after a fault trip Automatic restart after reset of a fault trip If bit 3 is set to 1 and if a low voltage trip occurs due to a power interruption but the power is restored before the internal power shuts down the speed search operation accelerates the motor back to its frequency reference before the low voltage trip If an instantaneous power interruption occurs and the input power is disconnected the inverter generates a low voltage trip and blocks the output When the input power returns the operation frequency before the low voltage trip and the voltage
67. Int 485 8 FieldBus 12 Pulse o Linear VIF pattern 1 Square 0 ur OG options kina 2 UserV F Linear Na p 107 3 Square 2 Acc dec o MaxFreq 08 oh1208 2 RampT Mode 1 Delta Fr Max Freq X A p 98 requency o 0 01 sec og oh1209 pn sealg Time Scale 1 O 1sec roasec X A p 98 settings 2 isec 10 oh120A Hb adii 60 50 Hz Sel S see 1 50Hz X A p 185 frequency 1 50Hz 11 oh120B bris Pole Number 2 48 4 XJA p 149 12 oh120C ke ap Rated Slip 0 3000 Rpm X A p 149 Motor rated Dependent 13 oh120D impe Rated Curr 1 0 1000 0 A on motor XJA Motor noload d 14 oh120E Noload Curr 0 0 1000 0 A X A current 15 oh120F mr Rated Volt 170 480 V 0 XJA Motor Dependent 16 oh1210 Efficiency 70 100 onmotor X A p 149 efficiency setting 17 0hi211 en mete Inertia Rate o 8 0 XJA p 149 18 oh1212 Taa POET Trim Power 70 130 100 OJA display 19 0h1213 us AC Input Volt 170 480V 220 380V O A p 185 7 Displayed when dr o9 is set to 4 IM Sensorless 273 jqeL uon gt un3 AA Q Comm SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions Address Name LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value Propety V F SL Ref o None All Rotation type ALL Static Auto S type 20 oh1214 AutoTuning Tuning Rs Lsigma o None XJA X JO p 158 3 Rotation type Tr Static 6 type Stator 21 0h1215 jedem Rs X A X O p 158 22 0h1216 z e Lsigma P
68. Keypad Display LCD Display Description 340 Over Heat Latch Displayed when the tempertature of the inverter heat sink exceeds the specified value Over Latch Displayed when the DC circuit in the inverter detects a Current2 specified level of excessive short circuit current ExternalTrip Latch Displayed when an external fault signal is provided by the multi function terminal Set one of the multi function input terminals at In 65 71 to 4 External Trip to enable external trip Troubleshooting Keypad Display LCD Display Type CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Description BX BX Level Displayed when the inverter output is blocked by a signal provided from the multi function terminal Set one of the multi function input terminals at In 65 71 to 5 BX to enable input block function i H W Diag Fatal Displayed when an error is detected in the memory EEPRom analog digital converter output ADC Off Set or CPU watchdog Watch Dog 1 Watch Dog 2 EEP Err An error in reading writing parameters due to keypad or memory EEPRom fault ADC Off Set An error in the current sensing circuit U V W terminal current sensor etc NTC Open Latch Displayed when an error is detected in the temperature sensor of the Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor IGBT FanTrip Latch Displayed when an error is detected in the cooling fan Set Pr 79 to o to activate fan trip fo
69. LCD Display Setting Range Initial Property V F SL dr Address value 18 oh1112 Base Base Freq 30 00 400 00 HZ 50 00 X A O JO p 107 frequency 19 oh1113 Start Start Freq 0 01 10 00 Hz 0 50 XA O JO p 107 frequency 20 oh1114 Maximum Max Freq 40 00 50 00 XA O JO p 117 frequency 400 00 Hz V F Slip Compen 40 00 120 00 HZ IM Sensorless 21 oh1115 Selectspeed Hz RpmSel o Hz Display 0 Hz OL O O p 88 unit 1 Rpm Display Display 224 oh1116 Torque gain TrqGain 50 0 150 0 100 0 O A X O 23 oh1117 Torque gain Trq Gain 50 0 150 0 100 0 O A X JOJ 244 oh1118 eie TrqGaino 50 0 150 0 80 0 OJA X O 25 oh1119 ies Trq Offset 0 0 100 0 40 0 OJA X 10 805 0h1150 Selectranges Select ranges o run O7 O lol at power input inverter displays at frequency power input 0 Run frequency 1 Acceleration time 2 Deceleration time ME 3 Command oS source ma 4 Frequency o reference 3 source 5 Multi step speed frequency1 6 Multi step speed frequency2 7 Multi step 4 Displayed when dr 10 is set to 1 YES 5 Will not be displayed when an LCD keypad is in use 269 Z SAN TERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions 270 Code Comm Name LCD Display Setting Range Initial Property VIE SL Ref dr EE value speed frequency3 8 Output curr
70. LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 23 BITSET BITCLEAR 24 25 LOWPASSFILTER PI CONTORL 26 27 28 PI PROCESS UPCOUNT DOWNCOUNT Initial Value Table of Functions Property m Ref 42 oh1E2A User function inputg A User Inputg A o oxFFFF XJA 12 43 oh1E2B User function inputg B User Inputg B o oxFFFF X A 12 4h oh1E2C User function inputg C User Inputg C o oxFFFF XJA 12 45 oh1E2D User function outputg User Outputg 32767 32767 12 46 oh1E2E User function1o User Func10 NOP ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NEGATE o NOP XJA 12 BE R B B b 324 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm Name Setting Range Initial Property V F SL Ref ee ha 8 MPYDIV REMAINDER 10 COMPARE GT 11 COMPARE GEQ 12 COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PLCONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT ee E 47 47 User function User 0
71. Lost Command Command loss fault trip warning Over Load Overload warning Under Load Under load warning Inverter OLT Inverter overload warning Fan Warning Fan operation warning DB Warn ED Braking resistor braking rate warning Retry Tr Tune Rotor time constant tuning error CAP Exchange Capacitor replacement warning FAN Exchange Fan replacement warning Applies only when an option board is used Displayed on an LCD keypad only 235 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features 7 RS 485 Communication Features This section in the user manual explains how to control the inverter with a PLC or a computer over a long distance using the RS 485 communication features To use the RS 485 communication features connect the communication cables and set the communication parameters on the inverter Refer to the communication protocols and parameters to configure and use the RS 485 communication features 7 1 Communication Standards Following the RS 485 communication standards Sinus H products exchange data with a PLC and computer The RS 485 communication standards support the Multi drop Link System and offer an interface that is strongly resistant to noise Please refer to the following table for details about the communication standards Communication method Transmission type RS 485 Bus type Multi drop Link System Inverter type name Sinus H Number of connected inverters Transmission distance M
72. M2 27 Rev Boost Reverse torque boost M2 13 Noload Curr No load current M2 28 Stall Lev Stall prevention level M2 14 Rated Volt Motor rated voltage M2 29 ETH amin Motor heat protection amin rating M2 15 Efficiency Motor efficiency M2 30 ETH Cont Motor heat protection continuous rating Example 2nd Motor Operation Use the 2nd motor operation when switching operation between a 7 5kW motor and a secondary 3 7kW motor connected to terminal P3 Refer to the following settings Group Code LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit In 67 Terminal P3 configuration P3 Define 26 2ndMotor M2 o6 Motor capacity M2 Capacity 3 7kW 08 Control mode M2 CtrlMode o VIF Motor 7 5kW Inverter Motor 3 7kW 182 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 5 18 Supply Power Transition Supply power transition is used to switch the power source for the motor connected to the inverter from the inverter output power to the main supply power source commercial power source or vice versa Group Code LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Px terminal Px Define Px P1 In 65 71 configuration Py 16 jExchange E Multi function relay1 Inverter 31 Relay1 17 OU items Line 33 oo SEU Q1 Define 18 Comm Line Supply Power Transition Setting Details When the motor power source changes from inverter output to m
73. Multi function Relay1 Relay1 13 Lost 33 Multi function output Q1 Define Command 1 as D G et D Ln Speed Command Loss Setting Details Code Description Pr 12 Lost Cmd Mode In situations when speed commands are lost the inverter can be configured to operate in a specific mode uonpejoJd Setting Function 0 None The speed command immediately becomes the operation frequency without any protection function 1 Free Run The inverter blocks output The motor performs in free run condition 2 Dec The motor decelerates and then stops at the time set at Pr o7 Trip Dec Time 3 Hold Input The inverter calculates the average input value for 10 seconds before the loss of the speed command and uses it as the speed reference 4 Hold Output The inverter calculates the average output value for 10 seconds before the loss of the speed command and uses it as the speed reference 5 Lost Preset The inverter operates at the frequency set at Pr 14 Lost Preset F Pr 15 Al Lost Level Configure the voltage and decision time for speed command loss when using Pra3LstCmdTime analog input Setting Function 223 CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Z SANTERNO 0 Half of x1 Based on the values set at In o8 and In 12 protective operation starts when the input signal is reduced to half of the initial value of the analog input set using the speed command F
74. NEGATE Output the negative value of the A parameter A This operation does not use the B or C parameter S 3 REMAINDER Remainder operation ofA and B A B This operation does not use the C parameter 9 MPYDIV Multiplication division compound operation A x B C 129 2 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Number Type Description If the C parameter is oxoooo output the multiplication operation of A x B 10 COMPARE GT greater than Comparison operation if A gt B the output is C if A lt B the output is o If the condition is met the output parameter is C If the condition is not met the output is o False If the C parameter is oxoooo and if the condition is met the output is 1 True 11 COMPARE GTEO greatthan or equal to Comparison operation if A gt B output is C if A B the output is o If the condition is met the output parameter is C If the condition is not met the output is o False If the C parameter is oxoooo and if the condition is met the output is 1 True 12 COMPARE EQUAL Comparison operation if A B then the output is C For all other values the output is o If the condition is met the output parameter is C if the condition is not met the output is o False If the C parameter is 0x0000 and if the condition is met the output is 1 True B COMPARE NEQUAL Comparison operation if A B then the output is C For a
75. Overload Early Warning and Trip Setting Details Coden Description 0 Pr o4 Load Duty Selectthe load level Setting Function Normal Used in underloads like fans and pumps overload Duty tolerance 12096 of rated underload current for 1 minute Used in heavy loads like hoists cranes and parking 1 Heavy Duty devices overload tolerance 15096 of rated heavy load current for 1 minute Pr 17 OL Warn Select If the overload reaches the warning level the terminal block multi function output terminal and relay are used to output a warning signal If 1 Yes is selected it will operate If o No is selected it will not operate Pr 18 OL Warn Level When the input current to the motor is greater than the overload warning level Pr 19 OL WarnTime OL Warn Level and continues at that level during the overload warning time OL Warn Time the multi function output Relay 1 Q1 sends a warning signal When Over Load is selected at OU 31 and 33 the multi function output terminal or relay outputs a signal The the signal output does not block the inverter output Pr 20 OL Trip Select Select the inverter protective action in the event of an overload fault trip Setting Function o None No protective action is taken In the event of an overload fault inverter output is blocked and the motor will free run due to inertia 3 Dec If a fault trip occurs the motor decelerates and stops 1 Free Ru
76. PID reference monitor PID Ref Value 18 PID feedback monitor PID Fdb Value 19 PID reference setting PID Ref Set 50 00 100 00 100 00 20 PID reference source PIDRefSource o Keypad 0 11 21 PID feedback source PIDF BSoure o Vi 0 10 22 PID controller PID P Gain 50 0 0 0 1000 0 proportional gain 23 PID controller integral PID I Time 10 0 0 0 200 0 sec time 24 PID controller PID D Time 0 0 1000 mse differential time c 25 PID controller feed PID F Gain 0 0 0 1000 forward compensation gain 26 Proportional gain P Gain Scale 100 0 0 0 100 0 scale 27 PID output filter PID Out LPF o 0 10000 ms 29 PID maximum PID Limit Hi 50 00 300 00 Hz frequency 300 00 30 PID minimum PID Limit Lo 50 00 300 00 Hz frequency 300 00 31 PID output reverse PID Out Inv o No 0 1 32 PID output scale PID OutScale 100 0 0 1 1000 0 34 PID controller Pre PID Freq 0 00 o Maximum Hz motion frequency frequency 35 PID controller Pre PID Exit 0 0 0 0 100 0 motion level 36 PID controller Pre PID Delay 600 0 9999 sec motion delay time 37 PID sleep mode PID Sleep DT 60 0 0 999 9 Sec delay time 38 PID sleep mode PID Sleep Freq 0 00 o Maximum Hz frequency frequency 151 2 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Unit LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range AP 39 PID wake up level PID WakeUp Lev 35 0 100 40 PID wake up mode PID Wak
77. Pulse output terminal Refer to TO terminal terminal PM a 179 run prevention iar aiee 179 Fluene 96 Q Revsnes 96 OI termilialiessoece totem ES 42 S 0USanUZIHO siiis Refer to Quantizing SE Te gcauscnmnninionninnnnrnemmamionnnnnueniede 192 QUANtZING ser 80 keypad rs pcr etc 192 Ee bena 192 S S SG terminal ene 42 391 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SA terminal EEE 41 Safe Operation mode 145 safety information ii safety input power terminal Refer to SC terminal safety inputA terminal Refer to SA terminal Safety inputB terminal Refer to SB terminal SB terminal tts A1 SC terminal screw specification control circuit terminal screw essere 372 S CULVe patter N genn tatis gd 104 actual Acc Dec Ume 106 sensorless vector control 161 configuration Hold TIME oue tes PI 164 IM Sensoriess enesenn 163 PM ude 164 pre exciting time ntes 164 sensorless vector control operation guide 167 sequence common terminal Reftrer to CM terminal serge killer tn 48 setting virtual multi function input 240 Sinus H expansion common area parameter control area parameter Read Write 260 memory control area parameter Read Write 262 monitor area parameter read only 255 speed command loss 223 speed search operation
78. Reserved B12 Reserved B11 Reserved B10 Reserved Bg Reserved B8 Reserved B7 Reserved B6 Reserved Bs Reserved B4 Reserved B3 Reserved B2 Reserved Bi MO Bo Relay 1 ohoo12 Vi 0 01 R Vi input voltage ohoo13 V2 0 01 R V2 input voltage ohoo14 l2 0 01 R I2 input current ohoo15 Motor rotation 1 rem IR Displays existing motor rotation speed speed ohoo16 Reserved ohoo19 ohoo1A Select Hz rpm R o Hz unit 1 rpm unit ohoo1B Display the number R Display the number of poles for the of poles forthe selected motor selected motor 254 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features 7 5 Sinus H Expansion Common Area Parameter 7 5 1 Monitoring Area Parameter Read Only Comm Address Parameter Scale Unit Assigned content by bit oho300 Inverter model Sinus H ooo6h oho301 Inverter capacity 0 4 KW 1900h 0 75 kW 3200h 1 1 kW 4011h 1 5 KW 4015h 2 2 kW 4022h 3 7 KW 4037h 4 0 KW 4040h 5 5 kW 4055h 7 5 kW 4075h 11 kW 40Boh 15 kW 4oFoh 18 5 kW 4125h 22 kW 4160h oho302 Inverter input 100V single phase self cooling 0120h 200 V 3 voltage power phase forced cooling o231h Single phase 3 100 V single phase forced cooling 0121h 400 V phase cooling single phase self cooling 0420h method 200 V single phase self cooling 0220h 400 V 3 phase self cooling 0430h 200 V 3 phase self cooling 0230h 400V single phase forced cooling 0421h 200 V single p
79. S DecTi 7 X XX 0 0 600 0 sec 71 83 deceleration time1 7 Sr XCEL L Pxterminal Px Define E 65 71 configuration Px Pa P7 E EM 054 In g TT fag XGELH 89 Mult aep catnmang InCheckTime 1 1 5000 ms delay time Acc Dec Time Setup via Multi function Terminals Setting Details Code Description bA 70 82 Acc Time 1 7 Set multi step acceleration time1 7 bA 71 83 Dec Time 1 7 Set multi step deceleration time1 7 Choose and configure the terminals to use for multi step Acc Dec time inputs Configuration Description 11 XCEL L Acc Dec command L 12 XCEL M Acc Dec command M 49 XCEL H Acc Dec command H In 65 71 PE Acc Dec commands are recognized as binary code inputs and will controlthe acceleration and deceleration based on parameter values set with bA 70 82 and bA 71 83 If for example the P4 and P5 terminals are set as XCEL L and XCEL respectively the following operation will be available 102 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features Code Description Runcmd XE Acc Dec time P5 P4 o E 3 1 A 2 v z 3 Y Y Set the time for the inverterto check for other terminal block inputs If In 89 is set to 100ms and a signal is supplied to the P4 terminal the inverter searches for other inputs over the next 100ms When the time expires the Acc Dec time will be set based on the input received at P4 In 89 In Check Tim
80. Set multi function output terminal or relay to be used as a timer to 28 Timer OU 33 O1 Define out Input a signal On to the timer terminal to operate a timer output Timer out after the time set at OU 55 has passed When the multi function input terminal is off multi function output or relay turns off after the time set at OU 56 OU 55 TimerOn Delay OU 56 TimerOff Delay OU 56 Px Timer In Q1 Timer Out 193 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 30 Brake Control Brake control is used to control the On Off operation of electronic brake load system LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit dr 09 Control mode Control Mode jo VIF 41 Brake open current BR RIs Curr 50 0 0 0 180 42 Brake open delay time BRRIs Dly 1 00 0 0 10 0 Sec Brake open forward BRRIsFwdFr 100 o Maximum Hz frequency frequency Ad T Brake open reverse BRRisRevFr T nu o Maximum Hz frequency frequency 46 Brake close delay time BR Eng Dly 1 00 0 00 10 00 sec 47 Brake close frequency BR Eng Fr 2 00 Aaa Hz frequency Multi function relay1 31 iter Relay 1 BR I og Multi function output1 f 35 ad 33 item Q1 Define When brake control is activated DC braking Ad 12 at inverter start and dwell operation Ad 20 23 do not operate Brake release sequence During motor stop state if an operation command is entered the inverter accelerates up
81. Setting Range Ad 08 Stop mode Stop Mode 0 Dec o 4 Frequency Run cmd 4 Deceleration time 4 17 2Stop After DC Braking When the operation frequency reaches the set value during deceleration DC braking frequency the inverter stops the motor by supplying DC power to the motor With a stop command input the inverter begins decelerating the motor When the frequency reaches the DC braking frequency set at Ad 17 the inverter supplies DC voltage to the motor and stops it 114 Group Code LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit 08 Stop mode Stop Mode 0 Dec 0 4 14 ria Sih ms DC BlockTime 10 10 0 00 60 00 sec Ad efore braking 15 DC braking time DC BrakeTime 1 00 0 60 sec 16 DC braking amount DC Brake Level 50 0 200 17 DC braking frequency DC Brake Freq 5 00 0 00 60 00 Hz Learning Basic Features CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO DC Braking After Stop Setting Details Code Ad 14 DC Block Time Description Set the time to block the inverter output before DC braking If the inertia of the load is great or if DC braking frequency Ad 17 is set too high a fault trip may occur due to overcurrent conditions when the inverter supplies DC voltage to the motor Prevent overcurrent fault trips by adjusting the output block time before DC braking Ad 15 DC Brake Time Ad 16 DC Brake Level Ad 17 DC Brake Freq Set the time duration for the D
82. These devices MUST not be installed on the output side of the inverter Are STP shielded twisted pair cables used for control terminal wiring Is the shielding of the STP wiring properly grounded If 3 wire operation is required are the multi function input terminals defined prior to the installation of the control EG B Power Terminal p 22 Wiring Control Terminal Wiring 48 Installing the Inverter Check Point SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP wiring connections Are the control cables properly wired Are the control terminal screws tightened to their specified torques Is the total cable length of all control wiring lt 165ft 100m p43 Is the total length of safety wiring lt 100ft 30m Miscellaneous Note Are optional cards connected correctly Is there any debris left inside the inverter p 30 Are any cables contacting adjacent terminals creating a potential short circuit risk Are the control terminal connections separated from the power terminal connections Have the capacitors been replaced if they have been in use for 2 years Have the fans been replaced if they have been in use for 3 years Has a fuse been installed for the power source Are the connections to the motor separated from other connections STP Shielded Twisted Pair cable has a highly conductive shi
83. User function User 0 0xFFFF 0 XA JO O p 125 oh1E58 input18 B Input18 B 89 User function User 0 0xFFFF 0 XA O O p 125 oh1E59 input18 C Input18 C 90 User function User 32767 32767 0 IA O O p 125 oh1E5A output18 Output18 334 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions 8 14 Groups for LCD Keypad Only 8 14 1Trip Mode TRP Last x LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value 00 Trip type display Trip Name x 01 Frequency reference attrip Output Freq 02 Output current at trip Output Current js Acceleration Deceleration ETEN i i i state at trip 04 DC section state DCLink Voltage 05 NTC temperature Temperature 06 Input terminal state DI Status 0000 0000 07 Output terminal state DO Status 000 08 Trip time after Power on Trip OnTime 0 00 00 00 00 A AT f S TAB ne afe opera Trip Run Time 0 00 00 00 00 10 start Delete trip hist Trip Delete NE 10 elete trip histo rip Delete P b P 1 Yes 8 14 2 Config Mode CNF ie uon gt un3 LCD Displa Setting Range Initial Value Ref play g Rang oo Jump code Jump Code 1 99 42 p 57 Keypad language or alection Language Sel o English o English p 209 02 LCDconstrast adjustment LCD Contrast p 192 03 Multi keypad ID Multi KPD ID 3 99 3 p 123 10 Inverter S W version Inv S W Ver S p 192 11 LCD keypad S W version Keyp
84. Yes 1648 0h1810 PID output PID Output 0 00 A 10 10 p 151 monitor 1749 oh1811 tomes PID RefValue 50 00 JA O 10 p 151 PID feedback 18 0h1812 MONROE PID FdbValue 96 0 00 A 10 10 p 151 1949 o0h1813 TUNE PID Ref Set m 50 00 O A O 10 p 151 o Keypad 1 Vi PID reference PID EX RUE 0 20 apt Source Ref Source ENE Keypad X jO JO pas 5 Int485 7 FieldBus 11 Pulse o Vi 2 ee PID feedback PID 3 l2 I source F B Source 4 Int485 ds X jO O pa52 6 FieldBus 10 Pulse PID controller 227 0h1816 proportional PID P Gain 0 0 1000 0 50 0 O A O JO p 151 gain 302 48 Displayed when AP o1 is set to 2 Proc PID 49 Displayed when AP o1 is set to 2 Proc PID Table of Functions Comm Address PID controller LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 49 Ti 0 200 A 23 oh1837 fiisasllim PID I Time 0 0 200 0 5 10 0 Ol p 151 PID controller 2449 oh1818 differentiation PIDD Time 0 1000 ms o OJA p 151 time PID controller feed forward gt 49 0 o 9 A p 15 25 oh1819 REE PID F Gain 0 0 1000 0 0 0 O 151 gain 2649 oh181A ig P Gain Scale 0 0 100 0 100 0 X A p 151 27 oh181B PID output filter PID Out LPF 0 10000 ms o O A p 151 Process PID 2879 oh181C PID Mode PID Mode 0 X A i Normal PID PID r limit PI
85. Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features e The addresses oho3E7 and oho3E8 are parameters for entering the password When the password is entered the condition will change from Lock to Unlock and vice versa When the same parameter value is entered continuously the parameter is executed just once Therefore if the same value is entered again change it to another value first and then re enter the previous value For example if you want to enter 244 twice enter it in the following order 244 gt 02 244 Caution It may take longer to set the parameter values in the inverter memory control area because all data is saved to the inverter Be careful as communication may be lost during parameter setup if parameter setup is continues for an extended period of time 264 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions 8 Table of Functions This chapter lists all the function settings for Sinus H series inverter Set the parameters required according to the following references If a set value input is out of range the following messages will be displayed on the keyboard In these cases the inverter will not operate with the ENT key Setvalue not allocated rd Setvaluerepetition multi function input PID reference PID feedback related OL Setvalue not allowed select value V2 I2 no 8 1 Operation Group The Operation group is used only in the basic keypad mode It will not be displayed on an LCD key
86. accept inputs at the FX RX terminals p 92 block inputs OE Configures the inverter to accept communication signals from pas ee upper level controllers such as PLCs or PCs communication Configures the inverter to switch between local and remote operation modes when the ESC key is pressed RSS Ine When the dora is operated using re inputs any input TE other than one from the keypad this con iguration can be used p 94 to perform maintenance on the inverter without losing or altering saved parameter settings It can also be used to override remotes and use the keypad immediately in 2 Basic Tasks SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Description Learning Basic Features emergencies 74 Motor rotation control Configures the inverter to limit a motor s rotation direction p 96 Configures the inverter to start operating at power on With this configuration the inverter begins to run and the motor Automatic start up at f f IE accelerates as soon as power is supplied to the inverter To use p 96 P automatic start up configuration the operation command terminals at the terminal block must be turned on Configures the inverterto start operating when the inverter is reset following a fault trip In this configuration the inverter Automatic restart after reset starts to run and the motor accelerates as soon as the inverter is of a fault trip condition reset following a fault trip condition D
87. address starting address size is in bytes For more information about communication addresses refer to 7 4 Compatible Common Area Parameter on page 252 Function Code 03 Read Holding Register Query Field Name Station ID Function oxo3 Starting Address Hi Starting Address Lo of Points Hi of Points Lo CRCLo CRC Hi Response Field Name Station ID Function 0x03 Byte Count Data Hi DataLo number of Points Data Hi Data Lo CRCLo CRC Hi em oO 3 5 9 e E Function Code 04 Read Input Register Query Field Name Station ID Function oxo4 Starting Address Hi Starting Address Lo of Points Hi tt of Points Lo CRCLo CRC Hi Response Field Name Station ID Function 0x04 Byte Count Data Hi Data Lo number of Points Data Hi Data Lo CRCLo CRC Hi 249 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features Function Code 06 Preset Single Register Query Field Name Station ID Function 0x06 Starting Address Hi Register Address Lo Preset Data Hi Preset Data Lo CRC Lo CRC Hi Response Field Name Station ID Function 0x06 Register Address Hi Register Address Lo Preset Data Hi Preset Data Lo CRC Lo CRC Hi Function Code 16 hex oh10 Preset Multiple Register Query Field Name Station ID Function
88. bps p 232 sss 5 38400bps 6 56Kbps 7 115Kbps P o D8 PN S2 Built in 0 s are 1 D8 PN S2 04 oh1704 communication Int485 Mode D8 PN S O A O JO p 238 frame setting Be DERES 1 3 D8 PO S1 Transmission o5 oh1705 delay Resp Delay 0 1000 ms 5ms O A JO JO after reception S c Communication 2r 0643 oh1706 option PEUS SAN 0 00 O A 10 JO mcr Ver e S W version 2 Communication 073 oh1707 option FBus ID 0 255 1 OJA JO 10 inverter ID FIELD BUS FBUS 43 icati E 0843 oh1708 communication BaudRate 12Mbps A JO JO speed 09 oh1709 Communication FieldBus O A O O 42 115 200bps 43 Displayed only when a communication option card is installed 297 AA Q Comm SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Initial Table of Functions FOR Name LCD Display Setting Range Value Property V F E Ref option LED LED status Number of 30 oh171E output Hoa 0 8 3 OJA parameters Output P 314 oh171F Communication aa ave 0000 FFFF Hex oo0A OJA p 242 address1 Output P P 324 oh1720 Communication AS 0000 FFFF Hex 000t O A p 242 address2 Output 334 oh1721 Communication SN 0000 FFFF Hex oooF O A p 242 address3 Output 34 oh1722 Communication Baia 0000 FFFF Hex 0000 OJA p 242 address4 Output 35 0h1723 Communication eae tes 0000 FFFF Hex 0000 OJA p 242 address Output PIU P 36 0h1724 Communication s staute
89. control for automated systems The functions of PID control that can be applied to the inverter operation are as follows Purpose Function Speed control Controls speed by using feedback about the existing speed level of the equipment or machinery to be controlled Control maintains consistent speed or operates at the target speed Pressure control Controls pressure by using feedback about the existing pressure level of the equipment or machinery to be controlled Control maintains consistent pressure or operates at the target pressure Flow control Controls flow by using feedback about the amount of existing flow in the equipment or machinery to be controlled Control maintains consistent flow or operates at a target flow Temperature control Controls temperature by using feedback about the existing temperature level of the equipment or machinery to be controlled Control maintains a consistent temperature or operates at a target termperature 150 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 5 8 1 PID Basic Operation PID operates by controlling the output frequency of the inverter through automated system process control to maintain speed pressure flow temperature and tension Group Code LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit AP 01 Application function App Mode 2 ProcPID 0 2 selection 16 PID output monitor PID Output 17
90. energy bumering KEB Gain 1000 1 20000 168 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features Kinetic Energy Buffering Operation Setting Details Code Description Select the kinetic energy buffering operation when the input power is disconnected Setting Function Cn 77 KEB Select nam S o No General deceleration is carried out until a low voltage trip occurs 1 Yes The inverter power frequency is controlled and the regeneration energy from the motor is charged by the inverter E BM lcs morbebesed on thlow vokage ip level acchsend the stop eva Cn 79 KEB Stop Lev EU P Cn 79 must be set higher than the start level Cn 78 This is the gain used to control the kinetic energy buffering operation using the amount of load side inertia moment If the load inertia is high use a lower gain value and if the load inertia is low use a higher gain value Cn 80 KEB Gain If input power is disconnected and the motor vibrates severely while the kinetic energy buffering operation is carried out set the gain Cn 80 KEB Gain at half the previously set value If the gain is lowered too much a low voltage trip may occur during the kinetic energy buffering operation KEB Caution Depending on the duration of Instantaneous power interruptions and the amount of load inertia a low voltage trip may occur even during a kinetic energy buffering operation Motors may vibrate during
91. frequency command is incorrect The input voltage or current for the frequency command is incorrect Check the input option for the frequency command Check the input voltage or current for the frequency command The PNP NPN mode is selected incorrectly Check the PNP NPN mode setting The frequency command value is too low Check the frequency command and 345 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Troubleshooting Type Cause Remedy input a value above the minimum frequency The STOP RESET key is pressed Check that the stoppage is normal if so resume operation normally Motor torque is too low Change the operation modes V F IM and Sensorless If the fault remains replace the inverter with a model with increased capacity The motor The wiring forthe motor output cableis Determine if the cable on the output rotates inthe incorrect side is wired correctly to the phase opposite U V W of the motor directiontothe The signal connection between the control Check the forward reverse rotation command circuit terminal forward reverse rotation wiring The motor only rotates in one of the inverter and the forward reverse rotation signal on the control panel side is incorrect Reverse rotation prevention is selected Remove the reverse rotation prevention The reverse rotation signal is not provided Check the input signal associated with direction even when a 3 wire sequen
92. i Gen ip pia qusdam UNUS 111 45 Output Voltage Settlht sees esse eee isto titt tu MEHR QE RDUM Sri GRO E UE 112 416 Start Mode Setting EA 112 4 16 1 Acceleration Start eee eee 113 4 16 2 Start After DC Braking seene 113 4 17 Stop Mode Serenade 114 4373 Deceleration St p na tisque auis eniai anis Gud simis 114 4 17 2 Stop Afer DC Braiding sss sese 114 417 3 Free RUN STOD D TN 116 417 4 PETN 116 445 Fre vency Bll 117 4 18 1 Frequency Limit Using Maximum Frequency and Start Frequency 117 4 18 2 Frequency Limit Using Upper and Lower Limit Frequency Values 118 2405 Treggenc y JUMP iiciin aaa aa 119 4 19 2 Operation Mode Setting sss acess eee eee 120 4 20 Multi function Input Terminal Control sees essen eee 121 L JESPSOLUFIO iie e E APO IE UB MUN UE 122 4 22 Multi keypad Setting sese eee 124 423 Jer Se TE SONG odisse cista ines tudine iaiia 125 434 rire Mode Ope ri i a 132 5 Learning Advanced Features rrrnsnvnnnnnvnnnnnvnnnnnvnnnnnvnnnnnvnnnnnvnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnennnnee 134 5 1 Operating with Auxiliary References sss 135 po JogoDerdHlicisesmasn iuit eie tnit a icu SUN UM Er Ru EEG 139 5 2 1 Jog Operation 1 Forward Jog by Multi function Terminal 139 vii Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Contents 5 2 2 Jog Operation 2 Fwd Rev Jog by Multi function Terminal 141 5 2 3 Jog Operation by Keypad sisi etit eig luti buen i ru Pete 142 c NE cse uiPu ru im
93. is on page 17 10 40 and no there any dust or condensation foreign objects ambient present humidity below fo 50 Inverter Is there any Visual No abnormality abnormal vibration inspection or noise Power Are the input and Measure Referto11 1 Digital voltage output voltages voltages Input and multimeter normal betweenR S Qutput tester T phases in the Specification on inverter page 355 terminal block 350 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 2 Technical Specification Inspection Inspection Inspection details Inspection Judgment Inspection area item method standard equipment Input Output Smoothing Is there any leakage Visual No abnormality circuit capacitor fromthe inside inspection Is the capacitor swollen Cooling Cooling fan Is there any Turn off the Fan rotates system abnormal vibration system and smoothly or noise check operation by rotating the fan manually Display Measuring Isthe display value Check the Check and Voltmeter device normal display value on manage ammeter etc the panel specified values Motor All Isthere any Visual No abnormality abnormal vibration inspection or noise Is there any Check for abnormal smell overheating or damage 10 1 2 Annual Inspections Inspection Inspectionitem Inspection Inspection Judgment Inspection equipment area details method standard Input Output All Megger test Disc
94. is cleared The frequency 30 00 reference is displayed on the keypad Step Instruction Keypad Display PS Press the ENT key and then the 4 key 2 The operation frequency at the time of the fault 30 00Hz is displayed Press the 4 key The output current at the time of the fault 5 0A is displayed Press the 4 key The operation status at the time of the fault is displayed ACC on 71 72 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning to Perform Basic Operations Note e If multiple fault trips occur at the same time a maximum of 3 fault trip records can be retrieved as shown in the following example Over load 1 LL E Over voltage trips 3 GS simultaneous a RESET L pm e ZJ Se sae E pur mae KI e Ifa warning condition occurs while running at a specified frequency the current frequency and the signal will be displayed alternately at 1 second intervals Refer to 6 3 Under load Fault Trip and Warning on page 226 for more details CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features 4 Learning Basic Features This chapter describes the basic features of the Sinus H inverter Check the reference page in the table to see the detailed description for each of the advanced features Basic Tasks Description Frequency reference source Configures the inverter to allow you to setup or modify 6 configuration for the keypad frequency
95. is set be careful when the inverter resets from a fault trip The motor may automatically start to rotate 5 16 Operational Noise Settings carrier frequency settings Group Code LCD Display Setting Range Unit Carrier Frequency Carrier Freq 1 0 15 0 Switching Mode PWM Mode Normal PWM 0 1 PWM width modulation 179 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Operational Noise Setting Details Code Cn o4 Carrier Freq Description Adjust motor operational noise by changing carrier frequency settings Power transistors IGBT in the inverter generate and supply high frequency switching voltage to the motor The switching speed in this process refers to the carrier frequency If the carrier frequency is set high it reduces operational noise from the motor and if the carrier frequency is set low it increases operational noise from the motor 180 Cn o5 PWM Mode Note The heat loss and leakage current from the inverter can be reduced by changing the load rate option at Cn o5 PWM Mode Selecting 1 LowLeakage PWM reduces heat loss and leakage current compared to when o Normal PWM is selected However it increases the motor noise Low leakage PWM uses 2 phase PWM modulation mode which helps minimize degradation and reduces switching loss by approximately 3096 Item Carrier frequency 1 okHz 15kHz Low Leakage PWM Normal PWM Motor noise t 1 Heat generation i
96. kinetic energy buffering operation for some loads except variable torque load for example fan or pump loads 5 12 Torque Control When the motor output torque is greater than the load the speed of motor becomes too fast To prevent this set the speed limit The torque control function cannot be used while the speed limit function is running The torque control function controls the motor to maintain the preset torque value The motor rotation speed maintains the speed constantly when the output torque and load torque of the motor keep a balance Therefore the motor rotation speed is decided by the load when controlling the torque 169 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Torque control setting option Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Unit Control mode Control Mode IM Sensorless dr Torque control Torque Control Yes Torque control setting option details Parameter Setting 02 Cmd Torque 0 0 08 Trq Ref Src 0 Keypad 1 09 Control Mode 4 IM Sensorless 10 Torque Control 1 Yes 22 Trq Gain 5 50 150 23 Trq Gain 50 150 bA 20 Auto Tuning 1 Yes S 62 Speed LmtSrc 0 Keypad 1 63 FWD Speed Lmt 60 00 Hz 64 REV Speed Lmt 60 00 Hz 65 Speed Lmt Gain 100 In 65 71 Px Define 35 Speed Torque 31 33 Relay xor Qa 27 Torque Dect OU 59 TD Level 100 60 TD Band 5 0 Note To op
97. limit frequency 4 18 1Frequency Limit Using Maximum Frequency and Start Frequency Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Were mo aag dr Maximum frequency Max Freq Frequency Limit Using Maximum Frequency and Start Frequency Setting Details Code Description Setthe lower limit value for speed unit parameters that are expressed in Hz or dr 19 Start Freq rpm If an input frequency is lowerthan the start frequency the parameter value will be o oo Set upper and lower frequency limits All frequency selections are restricted to frequencies from within the upper and lower limits This restriction also applies when you in input a frequency reference using the keypad dr 20 Max Freq 117 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 18 2 Frequency Limit Using Upper and Lower Limit Frequency Values Group Code LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range 24 Frequency limit Freq Limit 0 NO 0i M M lower limit Freabimtie a Hz Ad requency Frequency upper limit Maximum gl frequency Frequency Limit Using Upper and Lower Limit Frequencies Setting Details Code Description The initial setting is o No Changing the setting to 1 Yes allows the setting of frequencies between the lower limit frequency Ad 25 and the upper limit frequency Ad 26 When the setting is o No codes Ad 25 and Ad 26 are not visible Set an upper limit frequency to all spe
98. multi function terminals LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit Ad 70 Safe operation Run En Mode 1 DI Dependent selection 71 Safe operation stop Run Dis Stop o Free Run 0 2 mode 72 Safe operation Q StopTime 5 0 0 0 600 0 sec deceleration time In 65 69 Pxterminal Px Define Px 13 RUNEnable configuration P1 P5 TI D GU et d TD n uoIp3JOLJ 145 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Safe Operation Mode Setting Details Code Description In 65 69 Px Define From the multi function terminals select a terminal to operate in safe operation mode and set it to 13 RUN Enable Ad 7o Run En Mode Setting Function o Always Enable Enables safe operation mode 1 DI Dependent Recognizes the operation command from a multi function input terminal Ad 71 Run Dis Stop Set the operation of the inverter when the multi function input terminal in safe operation mode is off Setting Function 1 Free Run Blocks the inverter output when the multi function terminal is off 2 Q Stop The deceleration time Q Stop Time used in safe operation mode It stops after deceleration and then the operation can resume only when the operation command is entered again The operation will not begin if only the multi function terminal is on 3 Q Stop The inverter decelerates to the deceleration time Resume Q Stop Time in safe operation mode It stops after deceler
99. n refers to the number of addresses The addresses do not have to be contiguous StationID CMD Number of Address SUM Addresses osh o1 FA x 1 8 n XXX XX o4h 1byte 2 bytes 1byte 1byte nx4 bytes 2bytes 1byte Total bytes 8 n x 4 a maximum of 40 Monitor Registration Normal Response Station ID o6h o1 FA X XX o4h 1ibyte 2 bytes 1ibyte 2 bytes abyte Total bytes 7 Monitor Registration Error Response Station ID 15h 01 FA x ek XX o4h abyte 2 bytes 1byte 2 bytes 2 bytes 1 byte Total bytes 9 Monitor Registration Perform Request A data read request for a registered address received from a monitor registration request ENO Station ID CMD SUM EOT osh o1 FA Yt XX o4h 1 byte 2 bytes 1 byte 2 bytes 1byte Total bytes 7 246 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features Monitor Registration Execution Normal Response Station ID o6h 01 FA Y DOKK XX og h 1 byte 2 bytes 1 byte nx 4 bytes 2 bytes 1 byte Total bytes 7 n x 4 a maximum of 39 Monitor Registration Execution Error Response Station ID ash o1 FA ty Vik XX o4h 1 byte 2 bytes 1 byte 2 bytes 2 bytes 1 byte Total bytes 9 7 3 1 3 ErrorCode Code Abbreviation Description ILLEGAL FUNCTION IF The requested function cannot be performed by a slave because the corresponding function does not exist ILLEGAL DATA IA The received parameter address is invalid at the slave S ADDRES
100. need the motorto run in the opposite direction from the current rotation Quantizing may be used when the noise level is high in the analog input V1 terminal signal Quantizing is useful when you are operating a noise sensitive system because it suppresses any signal noise However quantizing will diminish system sensitivity resultant power of the output frequency will decrease based on the analog input You can also turn on the low pass filter using code In o7 to reduce the noise but increasing the value will reduce responsiveness and may cause pulsations ripples in the output frequency Parameter values for quantizing referto a percentage based on the maximum input Therefore if the value is set to 196 of the analog maximum input 60Hz the output frequency will increase or decrease by o 6Hz per o 1V difference When the analog input is increased an increase to the input equal to 7596 of the set value will change the output frequency and then the frequency will increase according to the set value Likewise when the analog input decreases a decrease in the input equal to 7596 of the set value will make an initial change to the output frequency As a result the output frequency will be different at acceleration and deceleration mitigating the effect of analog input changes overthe output frequency Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features CARRARO GROUP Code Description Output frequency Hz 60 00 59 4 1 2 0 6
101. of Functions Setting Range Initial Property ple Ref UF X Address Value 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PLCCONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT 82 User function User o oxF FFF 0 XA 10 O p 12 oh1E52 inputz7 A Input17 A 83 User function User 0 0xFFFF 0 X A JO JO p 12 oh1E53 input17 B Input17 B 84 oheak User function User o oxF FFF 0 X A JO JO p 12 input17 C Input17 C 85 ee User function User 32767 32767 0 JA O O p 12 output17 Output17 86 User function 18 User Func18 E R RI B B NOP o NOP X A JO O p 22 ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER 10 COMPARE GT COMPARE GEQ Qu SL D uon gt un3 oh1E56 LO T GOI d l mln 1 F lW lM lG O U o H my COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT H N 333 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions Setting Range Initial pae Ref UF Address Value 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PLCONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT 87 User function User o oxF FFF 0 XA O JO p 125 oh1E57 input18 A Input18 A 88
102. on operations with default carrier frequencysettings under normal operating conditions For detailed information on carrier frequency refer to 5 16 Operational Noise Settings carrier frequency settings on page 179 Technical Specification Product Warranty Warranty Information Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Fill in this warranty information form and keep this page for future reference or when warranty service may be required Elettronica Santerno Standard Product Name Inverter Model Name Sinus H Name or company Date of Installation Warranty Davina Customer Info Address Contact Info Name Retailer Info Address Contact info Warranty Period The product warranty covers product malfunctions under normal operating conditions for 12 months from the date of installation If the date of installation is unknown the product warranty is valid for 18 months from the date of manufacturing Please note that the product warranty terms may vary depending on purchase or installation contracts y vary dep gonp Warranty Service Information During the product warranty period warranty service free of charge is provided for product malfunctions caused under normal operating conditions For warranty service contact an official Elettronica Santerno agent or service center L ge D e i GU oO 377 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Te
103. on the operation setting condition Auxiliary reference gain setting bA 03 50 n 01 32 Factory default Example an input voltage of 6V is supplied to V1 and the frequency corresponding to 10V is 60Hz The table below shows the auxiliary frequency A as 36Hz 60Hz X 6V 10V or 60 100 X 6V 10V Setting Calculating final command frequency o M Hz G A Hz 30Hz M 50 G x36Hz A 48Hz 1 M Hz G 96 A 9 6 3oHz M x 5096 G x6096 A 9Hz 2 MIHz G 96 A 9 6 30Hz M 50 G x60 A 100Hz 3 M Hz M Hz G A 30Hz M 30 Hz x 50 G x60 A 39Hz 4 M Hz G 2 A 50 Hz 30Hz M 50 G x2x 60 A 50 x60Hz 36Hz 5 M HZ G 2 A 50 30Hz M x 50 G x2x 60 A 50 3Hz 6 MIHZ fG 96 2 A 96 50 9 0 30Hz M 50 G x2x 60 50 300Hz 7 M HZ M HZ G 2 A 30Hz M 30Hz M x50 G x2x 60 A 50 33Hz 50 M main frequency reference Hz or rpm G auxiliary reference gain A auxiliary frequency reference Hz or rpm or gain f the frequency setting is changed to rpm it is converted to rpm instead of Hz 137 138 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Auxiliary Reference Operation Ex 2 Keypad Frequency Setting is Main Frequency and I2 Analog Voltage is Auxiliary Frequency Mainfrequency Keypad Operation frequency 30Hz Maximum frequency setting dr 20 400Hz Auxiliary freq
104. operation mode This feature is useful when extra care is needed in P145 operating the inverter using the multi purpose terminals Use this feature forthe lift type loads such as elevators when the Dwell operation torque needs to be maintained while the brakes are applied or p 147 released E This feature ensures that the motor rotates at a constant speed by Slip compensation f p 149 compensating for the motor slip as a load increases PID control provides constant automated control of flow pressure PID control SEES p 150 and temperature by adjusting the output frequency of the inverter fuic dos Used to automatically measure the motor control parameters to p 158 optimize the inverter s control mode performance An efficient mode to control magnetic flux and torque without Sensorless vector special sensors Efficiency is achieved through the high torque control characteristics at low current when compared with the V F control p 161 mode Used to maintain the DC link voltage for as long as possible by Energy buffering eration controlling the inverter output frequency during power interruptions p 168 thus to delay a low voltage fault trip Energy saving Used to save energy by reducing the voltage supplied to motors operation during low load and no load conditions Speed search Used to prevent fault trips when the inverter voltage is output while operation the motor is idling or free running d ste dan Auto restart configura
105. output will be B If the input at A is o the output parameter will be C 130 21 BITTEST Test the B bit ofthe A parameter BITTEST A B If the B bit of the A input is 1 the output is 1 If it is o then the output is o Learning Basic Features CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Number Type Description The input value of B must be between 0 16 If the value is higher than 16 it will be recognized as 16 If input at B is o the output is always o 22 BITSET Setthe B bit ofthe A parameter BITSET A B Output the changed value after setting the B bit to input at A The input value of B must be between 0 16 If the value is higherthan 16 it will be recognized as 16 If the input at B is o the output is always o This operation does not use the C parameter 23 BITCLEAR Clearthe B bit ofthe A parameter BITCLEAR A B Output the changed value after clearing the B bit to input at A The input value of B must be between 0 16 If the value is higherthan 16 it will be recognized as 16 If the input at B is o the output is always o This operation does not use the C parameter 24 LOWPASSFILTER Output the input at A as the B filter gains time constant B x US o2 US Loop Time Inthe above formula set the time when the output of A reaches 63 3 Cstands for the filter operation If it is o the operation is started 25 PI CONTROL P gain A B parameter input then output as C Co
106. range of 27 00 33 00Hz Codes In o1 16 must be set to the default values and In o6 Va Polarity set to 1 Bipolar Auxiliary Reference Setting Details Code Description Set the input type to be used for the auxiliary frequency reference Configuration Description o None Auxiliary frequency reference is disabled 1 Va Sets the V1 voltage terminal at the control terminal block as the source of auxiliary frequency reference ME 3 V2 Sets the V2 voltage terminal at the control terminal block as the source of auxiliary frequency reference SW2 must be set to voltage 4 l Sets the I2 current terminal at the control terminal block as the source of auxiliary frequency reference SW2 must be set to current 5 Pulse Sets the TI pulse terminal at the control terminal block as the source of auxiliary frequency reference Set the auxiliary reference gain with bA o3 Aux Ref Gain to configure the auxiliary reference and set the percentage to be reflected when calculating the main reference Note that items 4 7 below may result in either plus or minus references forward or reverse operation even when unipolar analog inputs are used Configuration Formula for frequency reference o M G A Main reference bA o3xbA o1xln o1 1 M G A x bA 03xbA 01 2 M G A Main reference bA 03xbA 01 bA 02 AuxCalcType 3 M M G A Main re
107. stop operation or during external brake control applications Frequency Dec dwell time a Dec dwell time 1 I Changes in 1 1 I frequency reference I i i i Dec dwell frequency Run cmd Deceleration dwell operation Caution When a dwell operation is carried out for a lift type load before its mechanical brake is released motors can be damaged ortheir lifecyle reduced due to overflow current in the motor 148 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 5 7 Slip Compensation Operation Slip refers to the variation between the setting frequency synchronous speed and motor rotation speed As the load increases there can be variations between the setting frequency and motor rotation speed Slip compensation is used for loads that require compensation of these speed variations Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit dr 09 Control mode Control Mode 2 Slip Compen 14 Motor capacity Motor Capacity 2 0 75 kW 0 75kW_ 0 15 based bA 11 Number of motor PoleNumber 4 2 48 poles 12 Rated slip speed Rated Slip 90 0 75kW based 0 3000 rpm 13 Rated motor Rated Curr 3 6 0 75kW based 1 0 1000 0 A current 14 Motor no load Noload Curr 1 6 0 75kW based 0 5 1000 0 A current 16 Motor efficiency Efficiency 72 0 75kW based 70 100 D EFE v 17 Load inertia rate Inertia Rate o 0 75kW based 0 8 er P uonpeloJd Slip Compe
108. stops When dr og Control Mode is set to o V F the inverter can be used for operations with dwell frequency before opening the mechanical brake of lift type loads such as an elevator Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Ad 20 Dwell frequency during Acc Dwell Freq 5 00 Start frequency Hz acceleration Maximum frequency 21 Operation time during Acc DwellTime 10 0 0 0 10 0 S acceleration 22 Dwell frequency during Dec Dwell Freq 5 00 Startfrequency Hz deceleration Maximum frequency 23 Operation time during Dec DwellTime 0 0 o 0 60 0 S deceleration le Ad 21 Ad 23 Dwell acc time Dwell dec time Ad 22 Operation Dec dwell frequency Frequency Run cmd 147 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Note Dwell operation does not work when Dwell operation time is set to o sec or dwell frequency is set to o Hz Re acceleration is attempted from stop or during deceleration as only the first acceleration dwell operation command is valid Frequency Changes in frequency reference Acc dwell frequency Run cmd Acceleration dwell operation Although deceleration dwell operation is carried out whenever stop commands are entered and the deceleration dwell frequency is passed through it does not work during a deceleration by simple frequency change which is not a deceleration due to a
109. tep 0 00 Maximum 5310 0h1235 e Step Freq 4 Spe te 40 00 OJA p 89 requency4 T poten 0 00 Maximum 5410 oh1236 speed Step Freq 5 EE 50 00 OJA p 89 frequencys 10 oha2 S a E e eee A 8 55 37 daa bass frequency Hz frequency Eus Multi step 0 00 Maximum Maximum 5610 0h1238 speed Step Freq 7 Veste Tse OJA p 89 frequency7 Multi step 70 0h1246 acceleration AccTime 1 0 0 600 0 5 20 0 O A 102 time1 Multi step 71 0h1247 deceleration DecTime 1 0 0 600 o s 20 0 O A p 102 time1 Multi step 7211 0h1248 acceleration AccTime 2 0 0 600 0 s 30 0 OJA p 102 time2 Multi step 7311 oh1249 deceleration DecTime 2 0 0 600 0 s 30 0 O A p 102 time2 Multi step 741 oh124A acceleration AccTime 3 0 0 600 0 5 40 0 OJA 102 time3 7511 ohi24B pines DecTime 3 0 0 600 0 s 40 0 OJA p 102 deceleration Displayed when an LCD keypad is in use 10 Displayed if one of In 65 71 is set to Speed L M H 11 Displayed one of In 65 71 is set to Xcel L M H 275 47 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Q Table of Functions 276 NAME LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value time3 Multi step 7611 oh124C acceleration AccTime 4 0 0 600 0 5 50 0 OJA 102 time4 Multi step 7711 oh124D deceleration DecTime 4 0 0 600 0 s 50 0 OJA p 102 timez Multi step 7811 oha24E acceleration AccTime 5 0 0 600 0 Ss 40 0 OJA p 102 time5 Multi step 7911 oh124F deceleration DecTime 5
110. the first code of the Operation group is selected and the code 0 00 Command Frequency is displayed Press the ENT key 2 The value 0 00 will be displayed with the o in the 1 100s place value flashing Press the 4 key 3 times to move to the 10s place value 0 00 The o at the 10s place value will start to flash Press the 4 key to change it to 3 the 10s place value of the target frequency 30 05 CD D ve A G o 7 Press the gt key 3times w E E o 30 0 The o at the 1 100s place position will flash Press the 4 key to change it to 5 the 1 100 place value of the 6 target frequency 30 05 and then press the ENT key The parameter value will flash on the display Press the ENT key once again to save changes 7 Flashing stops The frequency reference has been configured to 30 05 30 05 Hz Note Aflashing number on the display indicates that the keypad is waiting for an input from the user Changes are saved when the ENT key is pressed while the value is flashing Changes will be canceled if any other key is pressed e The Sinus H inverter keypad display can display up to 4 digits However 5 digit figures can be used and are accessed by pressing the 4 or gt key to allow keypad input 63 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning to Perform Basic Operations 3 3 3 Jog Frequency Configuration The following example demonst
111. then follow the examples below to configure the inverter with the keypad 3 2 1 Group and Code Selection Follow the examples below to learn how to switch between groups and codes Step Instruction Keypad Display Move to the group you want using the 4 and gt keys Move up and down through the codes using the 4 and Y keys until you locate the code that you require 56 Press the ENT key to save the change CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning to Perform Basic Operations Note For some settings pressing the 4 or Y key will not increase or decrease the code number by 1 Code numbers may be skipped and not be displayed This is because certain code numbers have been intentionally left blank or reserved for new functions to be added in the future Also some features may have been hidden disabled because a certain code has been set to disable the functions for relevant codes As an example if Ad 24 Frequency Limit is set to o No the next codes Ad 25 Freq Limit Lo and Ad 26 Freq Limit Hi will not be displayed If you set code Ad 24 to 1 Yes and enable the frequency limit feature codes Ad 25 and 26 will appear to allow the maximum and minimum frequency limitations to be set up jee 0 u A o ke 2 3 2 2 Navigating Directly to Different Codes The following example details navigating to code dr 95 from the initial code in the Drive group dr o This example appli
112. to brake release frequency Ad 44 45 in forward or in reverse direction After reaching brake release frequency if motor current reaches brake release current BR RIs Curr the output relay or multi function output terminal for brake control sends a release signal Once the signal has been sent acceleration will begin after maintaining frequency for brake release delay time BR Rls Dly Brake engage sequence If a stop command is sent during operation the motor decelerates Once the output frequency reaches brake engage frequency BR Eng Fr the motor stops deceleration and sends out a brake engage signal to a preset output terminal Frequency is maintained for the brake engage delay time BR Eng Dly and will become o afterwards If DC braking time Ad 15 and DC braking resistance Ad 16 are set inverter output is blocked after DC braking For DC braking refer to 4 17 2 Stop After DC Braking on page 114 194 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Brake close 5 31 Multi Function Output On Off Control TI MD GU et om i TD wn Set reference values on off level for analog input and control output relay or multi function output terminal on off status accordingly uUoInp3JOLJ Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Output terminal on off control mode 66 On Off CtrlSrc i V1 Output terminal 6 Output terminal on level On C Level 0 00 Ad 7 P 9 off le
113. 0 0 100 0 0 0 O A 10 JO Const 96 output 1 o6 oh1606 P GR 0 0 1000 0 0 0 JA O JO p 197 l bit 000 111 30 oh161E S ia us ve Low voltage 0104 O A O O p 207 2 Anyfaults other 40 The initial value 010 will be displayed on the keypad as H E h H 293 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions Name LCD Display Setting Range Property V F SL Code Comm Initial OU Address Value than low voltage Automatic 3 restart final failure o None 1 FDT 1 2 FDT 2 3 FDT 3 4 FDT 4 5 OverLoad 6 IOL 7 Under Load 8 FanWarning 9 Stall 10 OverVoltage 11 Low Voltage 12 Over Heat Multi function 13 Lost Command Tj 31 ohi161F relay item Relay 1 S 3 29 Trip O A JO O p 203 4 Run 15 Stop 16 Steady 17 Inverter Line 18 Comm Line 19 Speed Search 22 Ready 28 Timer Out 29 Trip 31 DB Warn ED 34 On Off Control 35 BR Control 36 CAP Warning 37 FAN Exchange 38 Fire Mode None FDT 1 0 1 2 FDT 2 33 oh1621 Mg Q1Define 3 FDT 3 i4 Run O A O O p 203 4 5 6 outputs item FDT4 Over Load IOL 294 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions E PHAR Name LCDDisplay Setting Range Vra Poe VIF SL 7 Under Load 8 FanWarning 9 Stall 10 OverVoltage 11 Low Voltage 12 Over Heat 13 Lost Com
114. 0 100 00 S Select multi function DO NC NO Sel oo Peer bit output terminal Displayed as H H H Fon keypad Output Terminal Delay Time Setting Details Code Description Select terminal type for relay and multi function output terminal An additional three terminal type selection bits at the terminal block will be added when an expansion I O is added By setting the relevant bit to o it will operate A terminal Normally Open and setting it to 1 will operate B terminal Normally Closed Shown below in the table are Relay 1 and Oa settings starting from the right bit OU 52 DO NC NO Sel Item bit on bit off Keypad H H LCD keypad I i Run cmd OU 51 DO Off Delay Multi function output OU 50 DO On Delay 208 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 5 35 Keypad Language Settings Select the language to be displayed on the LCD keypad Keypad S W Ver 1 04 and above provides language selections Group Code LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit CNF Select Keypad Language Sel English yr language Available on LCD keypad only 5 36 Operation State Monitor The inverter s operation condition can be monitored using the LCD keypad If the monitoring option is selected in config CNF mode a maximum of four items can be monitored simultaneously Monitoring mode displays three different items on the LCD keypad b
115. 0 50 OJA X p 164 Flux estimator 33 S 893 0h1459 integral gain2 Flux IGain2 0 200 50 O A X 10 p 164 Flux estimator 33 903 oh145A integral gain3 Flux 1Gain3 0 200 50 OJA X O p 164 Sensorless 913 oh145B voltage Poe 0 60 O A X 10 p 164 compensation1 up x Sensorless SL Volt Dependent 923 oh145C voltage Cares 0 60 onmotor O A X 10 p 164 compensation2 P setting Sensorless 933 oh145D voltage Ld 0 60 O A X O p 164 compensation3 P3 Sensorless field 943 oha45E weakening SL FW Freq 80 0 110 0 100 0 XIA X O p 161 start frequency Sensorless gain 9533 oha45F switching SLFcFreq 0 00 8 00 Hz 2 00 X A X O p 161 frequency 8 6 Input Terminal Block Function group PAR gt In In the following table the data shaded in grey will be displayed when a related code has been selected lqeL uon gt un3 SL Sensorless vector control dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common Code Comm In MM Address LCD Display Setting Range Property V F SL Ref oo l Jump Code Jump Code 1 99 65 OJA 10 O pz Frequency for Start frequency lt Maximum o1 oh 5o1 maximum Ered at 100 Maximum O JA 10 JO pz frequency analog input frequency Hz Torque at Torque o2 oh1502 maximum q 0 0 200 0 100 0 OJA X IX at100 analog input Va input f 05 oh1505 voltage display V1 Monitor V 12 00 12 00 V 0 00 IA O JO p
116. 0 V inverters is based on a 220 V supply voltage and for 400V inverters is based on a 440 V supply voltage The rated output current is limited based on the carrier frequency set at Cn o4 Za E D a zi GU e 357 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification Sinus H 4T 0 4 4 kW Model SINUS H xxxx 4T Applied 3 0 5 4 motor Heavy load Normal load Rated Rated Heavy 1 0 1 9 3 0 4 2 6 5 output capacity KVA load Normal 1 5 2 4 3 9 53 76 load Rated current Heavy 13 2 5 4 0 5 5 9 0 A load Normal 2 0 3 1 5 1 6 9 10 0 load Output frequency 0 400 Hz IM Sensorless o 120 Hz Output voltage V 3 phase 380 480V Rated input Working voltage V 3 phase 380 480VAC 1596 to 10 Input frequency 50 60 Hz 596 Rated current Heavy 1 1 2 4 4 2 5 9 9 8 A load Normal 2 0 3 3 5 5 7 5 10 8 load Weight Ib kg 2 6 1 18 2 6 1 18 3 9 1 77 4 1 80 4 9 2 23 The standard motor capacity is based on a standard 4 pole motor The standard used for 200 V inverters is based on a 220 V supply voltage and for 400V inverters is based on a 440 V supply voltage e The rated output current is limited based on the carrier frequency set at Cn o4 358 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Technical Specification Sinus H 4T 5 5 22 kW Model SINUS H xxxx 4T Applied motor 25 30 Heavy load
117. 00 00 min Cooling fan operation FanTime 75 accumulated time Reset o No 0a initialization ii Available on LCD keypad only 211 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Operation Time Monitor Setting Details Code CNF 70 On time Description Displays accumulated power supply time Information is displayed in YY MM DD Hr Min 0 00 00 00 00 format Displays accumulated time of voltage output by operation command input G Information is displayed in YY MM DD Hr Min 0 00 00 00 00 format Setting 1 Yes will delete power supply accumulated time On time and CNF 72 Time Reset operation accumulated time Run time and is displayed as o oo oo 00 00 format RA eph Displays accumulated time of inverter cooling fan operation Information will be displayed in YY MM DD Hr Min 0 00 00 oo 00 format Ale re athe Setting 1 Yes will delete cooling fan operation accumulated time on time and aana operation accumulated time Run time and will display it in 0 00 00 00 00 212 format Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 6 Learning Protection Features Protection features provided by the Sinus H series inverter are categorized into two types protection from overheating damage to the motor and protection against the inverter malfunction 6 1 Motor Protection 6 1 1 Electronic Thermal Motor Overheating Prevention ETH ETH is a protective f
118. 002 2 63 8 4 IMo126004 2 00 11 A 120 125 75 25 67 55 5 29 29 IMo126044 1 27 17 A 120 125 75 25 67 551 5 3 48 IMo126084 0 70 32 B 150 130 115 50 125 75 7X14 5 5 70 IM0126124 0 51 43 B 150 130 115 50 125 75 7x14 6 96 IM0126144 0 30 68 B 180 160 150 60 150 82 7x14 9 150 IM0126164 0 24 92 B 180 160 150 60 150 82 7x14 19 5 383 Inductance A and B type are defined in the following Figures P000955 B L E D e E O GU Oo 369 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification e DC Reactors INDUCTANCE Pees DIMENSIONS HOLE WGT LEAKAGE MODEL g A P G mm kg W IM0140054 8 10 5 Contact Elettronica Santerno IM0140104 5 1 17 IM0140154 2 8 32 5 160 140 120 100 100 7x10 8 50 IM0140204 2 47 160 210 160 97 120 7x14 13 80 IM0140254 1 2 69 160 210 160 97 120 7x14 13 5 90 IMo1402 0 96 KER 3 Contact Elettronica Santerno IM0140284 0 96 100 Caution Only use Class H or RK5 UL listed input fuses and UL listed circuit breakers See the table above for the voltage and current ratings for fuses and circuit breakers 370 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Technical Specification 11 6 Terminal Screw Specification Input Output Terminal Screw Specification
119. 0x10 Starting Address Hi Starting Address Lo of Register Hi of Register Lo Byte Count Data Hi Data Lo Data Hi Data Lo CRC Lo CRC Hi 250 Response Field Name Station ID Function 0x10 Starting Address Hi Starting Address Lo of Register Hi of Register Lo CRC Lo CRC Hi number of Points Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features CARRARO GROUP Exception Code Code o1 ILLEGAL FUNCTION 02 ILLEGAL DATA ADRESS 03 ILLEGAL DATA VALUE 06 SLAVE DEVICE BUSY Response Field Name Station ID Function Exception Code CRC Lo CRC Hi The function value uses the top level bit for all query values Example of Modbus RTU Communication in Use When the Acc time Communication address 0x1103 is changed to 5 0 sec and the Dec time Communication address ox1104 is changed to 10 0 sec Frame Transmission from Master to Slave Request Item Station Function StartingAddress of Byte Data2 ID Register Count UONeDIUNLUWO Ox0064 0x1202 0X0032 OX10 OX1102 Hex Description Preset Starting 100 gt Int485 St Multiple Address 1 DEC Register 0x1103 1 time 10 0sec Frame Transmission from Slave to Master Response Item Station ID Function Starting Address of Register CRC Hex OXO1 OX10 OX1102 0X0002 oxE534 Description CM o1 Preset Multiple Star
120. 1 YES 283 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Code Comm Table of Functions se LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value Property V F SL Ref gain Sensorless current ACRSL I 25 3225 oh1420 rida Gain 10 1000 OJA O p 164 integral gain Current 48 oh1430 controller P ACR P Gain 0 10000 1200 OJA O gain Current 49 0h1431 controller gain ACRIGain 0 10000 120 OJA O Torque 52 0h1434 controller Ke 0 2000 ms 0 X A O p 164 output filter 0 Keypad 1 1 Keypad 2 2 Vi Torque limit Torque Lmt 4 V2 0 h X A p 164 53 001435 setting options Src 5 l2 Keypad 1 i O 226 6 Int 485 8 FieldBus 12 Pulse Positive direction FWD 26 9 5426 0h1436 ee ED 0 0 200 0 180 OJA O p 164 torque limit Positive EX direction 26 2 9 5526 0h1437 regeneration TrqLmt 0 0 200 0 180 OJA O p 164 torque limit Negative direction REV Trq 26 9 5626 0h1438 er er 0 0 200 0 180 OJA O p 164 torque limit Negative direction REV Trq 26 z 9 572 oh1439 regeneration 1 mt 0 0 200 0 180 OJA O p 164 torque limit Speed limit Speed Lmt F eypada 0 26 E Eae EG Setting Src Kane 2 Keypad 1 SA d 26 Displayed when dr og is set to 4 IM Sensorless This will change the initial value of the parameter at Ad 74 Torque limit to 150 284 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm
121. 1 4 Setting a Frequency Reference with Input Voltage Terminal I2 Set and modify a frequency reference using input voltage at I2 V2 terminal by setting SW2 to V2 Setthe Frq Frequency reference source code in the Operation group to 4 V2 and apply o 12V input voltage to I2 V2 Analog current voltage input terminal Codes In 35 47 will not be displayed when I2 is set to receive current input Frq code parameter is set to 5 Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit F Operation Frq Bde d Freq Ref Src 4 V2 0 12 reference source 35 V2 input display V2 Monitor 0 00 0 00 12 00 V Va TEES 3 A apee ner tng V2 Filter 10 0 10000 ms constant Mini V2 input 38 imum v2 MPU Va Volt xa 0 00 0 00 10 00 V voltage Output at 39 minimum V2 V2 Perc y1 0 00 0 00 100 00 voltage l Maxi i n 40 BAD V2 Volt x2 10 00 0 00 10 00 V voltage Output at 41 maximum V2 V2 Perc y2 100 00 0 00 100 00 voltage Invert V2 rotational 46 EA V2 Inverting 0 No 0 1 direction 47 V2 quantizing level V2Quantizing 0 04 d 9 94 Quantizing is disabled if o is selected 85 2 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 1 5 Setting a Frequency with TI Pulse Input Set a frequency reference by setting the Frq Frequency reference source code in Operation group to 12 Pulse LCD Display ParameterSetting Setting Range
122. 101 Version 1 01 version oho309 oh30F Reserved oho310 Output current 0 1 A oho311 Outputfrequency 0 01 Hz oho312 Output rpm o rpm oho313 Motor feedback 0 rpm 32768 rpm 32767 rpm directional speed oho314 Output voltage 1 V oho315 DCLink voltage 1 V oho316 Output power 0 1 kW oho317 Output torque 0 1 256 PZ SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP M RS 485 Communication Features Comm Address Parameter Assigned content by bit oho318 PID reference 0 1 06 oho319 PID feedback 0 1 oho31A Display the number Displays the number of poles for the first of poles forthe 1 motor motor oho31B Display the number Displays the number of poles for the 2nd of poles forthe 2 motor motor oho31C Display the number Displays the number of poles for the selected of poles forthe motor selected motor oho31D Select Hz rpm o Hz 1 rpm oho31E Reserved oho31F oho320 Digital input Bis Reserved information B7 Reserved B6 P7 I O board Bs P6 I O board B4 P5 I O board B3 PA I O board B2 P3 1 O board Bi P2 I O board Bo P4 I O board oho321 Digital output Bis Reserved information Reserved B4 Reserved B3 Reserved B2 Reserved Ba Qa Bo Relay 1 oho322 Virtual digital input Bas Reserved information Reserved B8 Reserved B7 Virtual DI 8 CM 77 B6 Virtual DI 7 CM 76 Bs Virtual DI
123. 1351 Germer Sag 0 00 60 00 Hz 60 00 X O p 132 ST o Forward 0 22 i i A X p 8222 oh1352 Me Fire Mode Dir n Paa XI Q p 132 Fire Mode Can not be 2 83 Fire Mode Count Gt modified p 132 21 Displayed when Ad 74 is set to 1 Yes 22 Displayed when Ad 80 is set to 1 Yes 281 Nu SL D uon gt un3 2 In the following table the data shaded in grey will be displayed when a related code has been SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions 8 5 Control Function group PAR Cn selected SL Sensorless vector control dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common Code Comm Cn Address Name LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value Property V F SL Ref oo Jump Code JumpCode 1 99 4 OJA p 57 VIF 1 0 Heavy 15 o kHz 23 Duty n 3 0 O A p 179 2 0 Carrier 15 o kHz 04 0h1404 pM Carrier Freq VIF 1 0 5 0 Normal kHz 24 a Duty fs 2 0 5 0 kHz o Normal Switching PWM o Normal 95 ohizog mode PWM Made Lowleakage PWM A pium PWM 0 oh140 nus PreExTime 0 00 60 00 s 1 00 XJA 16 9 409 excitation time f p 194 Initial 10 oh140A excitation Flux Force 100 0 300 0 100 0 X A p 164 amount Continued 11 ohi40B operation HoldTime 0 00 60 00 s 0 00 X A p 164 duration nd Sensorless 2 SL2 GView No 20 0h1414 gain display o No O A p 164
124. 1D28 Input constant Void Para10 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting10 41 oh1D29 Input constant Void Para11 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting11 42 oh1D2A Input constant VoidParai2 9999 9999 0 XJA O 10 p 125 setting12 43 oh1D2B Input constant Void Parai3 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting13 44 oh1D2C Input constant VoidParai4 9999 9999 0 XJA O 10 p 125 setting14 45 ohaD2D Input constant Void Parai5 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting15 313 2 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions 314 Comm Name LCDDisplay Setting Initial Propety V F SL Ref Address Range Value ETARE 46 oh1D2E Input constant Void Para16 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting16 47 oh1D2F Input constant Void Parai7 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting17 48 oh1D30 Input constant Void Para18 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting18 49 oh1D31 Input constant Void Para1g 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting19 50 oh1D32 Input constant VoidPara20 9999 9999 o XJA O O p 125 setting20 51 oh1D33 Input constant Void Para21 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting21 52 oh1D34 Input constant Void Para22 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting22 53 oh1D35 Input constant Void Para23 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting23 54 oh1D36 Input constant Void Para24 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting24 55 oh1D
125. 25 4T EE 367 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification 11 4 Peripheral Devices Specification Circuit Breaker Leakage Breaker and Magnetic Contactor reccomended features 11 5 Fuse and Reactor Specifications Sinus H Model AC Input Fuse AC Reactor DC Reactor Voltage Code kW Current A Voltage V mm m 0001 0 4 IMo126002 2 e 0002 0 75 e IMo126044 0003 1 5 15 IMo126084 0005 2 2 20 IMo126084 0001 0 4 IMo126000 IMo140054 0002 0 75 j IMo126002 IM0140054 0003 15 15 IMo126004 IM0140104 0005 22 20 IMo126044 IM0140154 2T 0007 4 50 600 IMo126084 IM0140154 0011 5 5 50 IMo126084 IM0140154 0014 75 63 IMo126124 IM0140204 0017 11 80 IM0126144 IM0140254 0020 15 100 IMo126164 IM0140284 0001 0 4 IMo126000 0002 0 75 10 IMo126000 0003 15 IMo126002 0005 2 2 15 IMo126002 IM0140054 0007 4 IMo126004 IM0140104 4T 0011 5 5 a 600 IMo126044 IM0140104 0014 75 35 IMo126084 IM0140154 0017 afl 50 IMo126124 IM0140154 0020 15 63 IMo126124 IM0140204 0025 18 5 70 IMo126144 IMo140254 0030 Za 100 IM0126144 IM0140254 368 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Technical Specification e ACReactors INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE MODE RATINGS DIMENSIONS HOLEWGTLEAKAGE mH A TYPE L H P M E G mm kg w IMo126000 4 20 5 25 Contact Elettronica Santerno IMo126
126. 3 xoa 4 X0 01 PID 2nd 4549 ohi82D proportional PID P2 Gain 0 0 1000 0 100 0 X A O 10 p 151 gain Displayed when AP o1 is set to 2 Proc PID 304 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions 8 10 Protection Function group PAR Pr In the following table the data shaded in grey will be displayed when a related code has been selected SL Sensorless vector control dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common Code Comm S Initial Pr NITES Name LCD Display Setting Range Value 00 Jump Code Jump Code 1 99 40 O A O 10 p 57 o Normal Duty 1 Heavy 04 ohiBo4 Load level setting Load Duty Fa X A JO 10 p 215 1 Heavy Duty uty bit 00 11 Output Input output Phase lons Pt a YES 05 oh1Bos open phase Chk p 1050 X A 10 10 p 220 protection Input open 10 phase Input voltage IPOV o6 oh1Bo6 range during Band 1 100 V 15 XA O 10 p 220 open phase Deceleration time Trip Dec 4m 07 oh1Bo7 at fault trip Time 0 0 600 0 5 3 0 O A JO 10 we A N o2 Selection of RST 2 8 o o8 oh1Bo8 startup on trip o No O A JO JO Restart 1 Yes reset o oh1Bo Nomber t SEU 0 10 0 O A O 10 p 178 9 9 automatic restarts Number pim Automatic restart Retry 51 10 oh1BoA ddsvime Delay 0 0 60 0 s 1 0 OJA O 10 p 178 30 The initial value 0000 will be displayed on the keypad as E E H H 51 Disp
127. 37 Input constant Void Para25 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting25 56 oh1D38 Input constant Void Para26 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting26 57 oh1D3g9 Input constant Void Para27 9999 9999 0 XJA O 10 p 125 setting27 58 oh1D3A Input constant Void Para28 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting28 59 oh1D3B Input constant Void Para29 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting29 60 oh1D3C Input constant Void Parazo 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting30 80 oh1D5o0 Analog input 1 P2PInV1 0 12 000 JA O JO p 25 S 81 oh1D51 Analog input2 P2PInl2 12 000 JA O JO p 25 12 000 82 oh1D52 Digital input P2P In DI 0 0x7F IA O O p 125 85 ohiDss Analog output P2POutAO1 0 10 000 0 XJA O 10 p 125 88 oh1D58 Digital output P2POutDO o oxo3 o X A O 10 p 125 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions 8 13 User Sequence Function group UF This group appears when AP 02 is set to 1 Yes or CM 95 is set to 2 P2P Master The parameter cannot be changed while the user sequence is running SL Sensorless vector control function dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A keypad LCD keypad common Code Comm Name LCD Setting Range Initial Property V F SL Ref UF Address Display Value oo Jump code Jump 1 99 41 OJA JO 10 p 57 Code o1 oh1Eo1 User function User NOP o NOP X A JO O p 125 Funca ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS NEGATE MPYDIV RE
128. 4 3 3 4 Initializing All Parameters sese eee eee 64 3 3 5 Frequency Setting Keypad and Operation via Terminal Input 66 3 3 6 Frequency Setting Potentiometer and Operation Terminal Input 67 3 3 7 Frequency Setting Potentiometer and Operation Keypad 68 vi 2 CARRARO GROUP Table of Contents 34 Monitoring the Operation icio ted cots eee 70 344 Output Current Monitoring sss sese ss sees sees sees essere eee eee eee 70 3 4 2 Fault Trip Monitoring eene 71 4 Learning Basic Features E 73 41 Setting Frequency Reference eee eee eee eee 76 4 1 1 Keypad as the Source KeyPad 1 setting sss 76 4 1 2 Keypad as the Source KeyPad 2 setting sess 76 44 3 VaTernninalasthe SOUFCB octets ets b resti net re ter ji eve 7 43 4 Setting a Frequency Reference with Input Voltage Terminal I2 85 4 1 5 Setting a Frequency with TI Pulse Input eee 86 4 1 6 Setting a Frequency Reference via RS 485 Communication 87 43 Frequency Held by Analog InpUb side tir etc eee 88 4 3 Changing the Displayed Units HzeRpm nen 88 44 Setting Multi step Frequency ssnenererererererererevevenenenennnnnnnnnnnenenenenesereversrsrsrennr 89 45 Command Source Confglratighiss uiuis esse eee eee eee eee 91 4 5 1 The Keypad as a Command Input Device eee 91 4 5 2 Terminal Block a
129. 4 4 ooo22T A2 2 68 2 41 5 04 4 69 0 20 5 04 0 14 0 16 0 16 68 611 128 119 5 123 3 5 4 4 2 900127 At 568 2 42 5 04 4 69 0 20 4 84 0 24 0 26 0 27 0001285 Eu A 00014T Eu A68 63 5 180 170 5 5 130 4 5 45 142 ooo24T Eu A 2 68 2 50 7 09 6 71 0 20 5 12 0 18 0 18 0 17 EMCType Units mm inches co Ee 1 D E e w E e 363 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification Size Eu B Ba B2 5000642 364 Technical Specification 2 SINUSH Size Wi W2 Ha H2 H3 Di A B 0 100 91 128 120 4 5 130 4 5 4 5 4 5 0003 2T B1 3 94 3 58 5 04 4 72 0 18 5 12 0 18 0 18 0 18 100 91 128 120 4 5 145 4 5 4 5 4 5 0005 2T B2 2 94 58 5 04 4 72 0 18 5 72 0 18 0 18 0 18 000225 Eu B 0003 25 Eu B 00034T Eu B 100 91 180 170 5 140 4 5 4 5 4 2 0005 AT Eu B 3 94 3 58 7 09 6 69 0 20 5 51 0 18 0 18 0 17 EMC Type Units mm inches Size C2 Eu C3 Eu C2 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 365 Za ge D a a GU e SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP
130. 4 User function input 17 C User Input 17 C o oxFFFF S 85 User function output 17 User Output 17 32767 32767 86 User function 18 User Func18 0 28 87 User function input 18 A User Input 18 A o oxFFFF 88 User function input 18 B User Input 18 B o oxFFFF 89 User function input 18 C User Input 18 C o oxFFFF 90 User function output 18 User Output 18 32767 32767 User Sequence Setting Details Code Description 128 AP 02 User Seq En Display the parameter groups related to a user sequence Set Sequence Run and Sequence Stop with the keypad US 01 User Seq Con Parameters cannot be adjusted during an operation To adjust parameters the operation must be stopped US 02 User Loop Time Set the user sequence Loop Time User sequence loop time can be set to 0 015 0 025 0 055 0 15 0 55 15 US 11 28 Set parameters to connect 18 Function Blocks If the input value is oxoooo Learning Basic Features Code Link UserOut1 18 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Description an output value cannot be used To use the output value in step 1 for the frequency reference Cmd Frequency input the communication address ox1101 of the Cmd frequency as the Link UserOut1 parameter US 31 60 Void Para1 30 Set 30 void parameters Use when constant Const parameter input is needed in the user function block UF 01 90 Set user defined functions for the 18 function blocks If the function bloc
131. 5 Quantizing is not used when set to o 36 Displayed when V is selected on the analog current voltage input circuit selection switch SW2 288 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm Initial n re ee LCD Display Setting Range Value 38 oh1526 nr V2 Volt x1 0 00 10 00 V 0 00 OJA X X p 85 V2 output at 393 ohi527 Minimum V2 Perc y1 0 00 100 00 0 00 O A O 10 p 85 voltage 4036 0h1528 V2 Volt x2 0 00 10 00 V 10 OJA X X p 85 V2 output at 4136 ohis29 Maximum V2 Perc y2 0 00 100 00 100 00 O A O 10 p 85 voltage V2 rotation o No 46 oh152E direction V2 Inverting a y o No O A 10 10 p 85 change V2 ES 473 ohis2F quantization V2 Quantizing ane RS 0 04 O A JO O p 85 level 10 00 5037 oh1532 m E E 0 24 mA 0 00 IA O O p 83 I2 input filter 5237 oh1534 Und I2 Filter 0 10000 ms 10 O A O O p 83 5337 oh1535 EE l2 Curr x1 0 00 20 00 mA 4 00 O A 10 JO p 83 I2 output at 54 0h1536 Minimum I2 Perc y1 0 00 100 00 0 00 O A 10 JO p 83 current 5537 oh1537 ek I2 Curr x2 0 00 24 00 mA 20 00 O A 10 JO p 83 l2 output at 5637 oh1538 Maximum I2 Perc y2 0 00 100 00 100 00 O A JO JO p 83 current Changing o No 6137 oh153D rotation I2 Inverting o No OJA O O p 83 Mager 1 Yes direction of I2 e lene I2 quantization I2 Quantizing 0 003 0 04 0 04 oa lo Jo p 8 level 10 00 P1 termina
132. 55 0003 15 RE2643600 60 300 55 0005 2 2 RE3063500 50 400 33 2T 0007 4 RE3063330 33 600 3 0011 5 5 RE3083200 20 800 55 0014 7 5 RE3083150 15 1 200 55 0017 11 RE3113100 10 2 400 54 0020 15 RE3112800 8 2 400 54 0001 0 4 RE2645120 1 200 100 55 0002 0 75 RE2644600 600 150 55 0003 1 5 RE2644300 300 300 55 0005 2 2 RE3064200 200 400 33 0007 4 RE3064130 130 600 33 4 0011 55 RE3083850 85 1 000 55 0014 7 5 RE3083600 60 1 200 55 0017 11 RE3113400 40 2 000 54 0020 15 RE3113300 30 2 400 54 0025 18 5 RE3483200 20 3 600 20 0030 22 RE3483200 20 3 600 20 e The standard for braking torque is 150 and the working rate ED is 5 If the working rate is 1096 the rated capacity for braking resistance must be calculated at twice the standard e Braking Resistrors with higher IP degrees may be available Please Contact Eletrronica Santerno Za m D Gp 5 EE e 3 373 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification 11 8 Continuous Rated Current Derating Derating by Carrier Frequency The continuous rated current of the inverter is limited based on the carrier frequency Refer to the following graph Continuous rated current heavy load 100 0 80 0 60 0 40 0 20 0 0 0 01234567 8 9101112131415 kHz Carrier frequency 2S 2T AT Carrier Frequency Constant rated Carrier Frequency Constant rated kHz Current kHz Current 1 6 100 1 6 100 9 84 4 9
133. 7z 287 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions Code Comm man z Initial In Address Name LCD Display Setting Range Value Property V F SL Ref Va input 06 ohi506 polarity V3 Polarity Unipar XA 10 10 p 77 selection Time constant 07 oh1 507 ofViinput V1 Filter 0 10000 ms 10 O A 10 O pz filter 08 oh1508 Mn ne Va Volt x1 0 00 10 00 V 0 00 OJA O 10 p77 input voltage V3 output at og oh1509 Minimum Vi Perc y1 0 00 100 00 0 00 O A 10 JO pz voltage 10 ohi50A quo Vi Volt x2 0 00 12 00 V 10 00 O A O O p 77 V3 output at 11 oh150B Maximum V1 Perc y2 0 00 100 00 100 00 O A 10 JO p 77 voltage 1234 ohagoC nud Vi Volba 20 00 0 00 V o o0 oja fo O p amp Vaoutput at 13 ohisoD Minimum Vi Percyi 100 00 0 00 96 0 00 O A 10 JO p 81 voltage 96 143 ohasoE ed V1 Volt x2 12 00 0 00 V 10 00 O A 10 JO p 81 V3 output at 15 ohisoF Maximum Vi Percy2 100 00 0 00 100 00 O A O 10 p 81 voltage Va rotation o No 16 oh1510 direction Vi Inverting Y o No O A O O pz change i Vi 35 17 ohi511 quantization Va Quantizing ped rad 0 04 XA JO 10 pz level 10 00 3536 oh1523 s me V2 Monitor V 0 00 12 00 V 0 00 IA O 10 p 85 373 oh1525 edic V2 Filter 0 10000 ms 10 O A O O p 85 3 Displayed when In o6 is set to 1 Bipolar 3
134. 81 1 12 76 7 12 71 7 15 72 0 15 66 0 Continuous rated current normal load 100 0 DR 0 1 2 3 4 5 kHz Carrier frequency 374 Z SANTERNO Technical Specification CARRARO GROUP 2S 2T AT Product kW DR Product kW DR 5 5 85 5 5 81 3 7 5 85 7 5 77 2 11 86 6 11 85 15 90 2 15 84 2 18 5 91 5 22 83 2 Derating by Input Voltage The continuous rated current of the inverter is limited based on the input voltage Referto the following graph Continuous rated current 200V 120 100 s 80 60 40 20 0 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 Input voltage Continuous rated current 400V 120 100 ___ 80 60 40 20 0 L ge D a a GU oO 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 Input voltage 375 376 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification Derating by Ambient Temperature and Installation Type The constant rated current of the inverter is limited based on the ambient temperature and installation type Refer to the following graph Continuous rated current 400V 100 85 70 IP20 UL Open Side by side 11 9 Heat Emission The following graph shows the inverters heat emission characteristics by product capacity Kcal 450 400 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 04075 1 5 22 37 40 55 75 11 15 185 22 KW Heat emission data is based
135. A2 B C Forthe Inverter Size definition refert to page 13 1 Loosenthe bolt that secures the front cover right side Push and hold the latch on the right side of the cover Then remove the cover by lifting it from the bottom and moving it away from the front of the inverter 2 Remove the bolt that secures the front cover left side Push and hold the latch on the left side ofthe cover Then remove the cover by lifting it from the bottom and moving it away from the front of the inverter 3 Connect the cables to the power terminals and the control terminals For cable specifications refer to 1 5 Cable Selection on page 22 31 32 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter Size D E F For the Inverter Size identification refer to page 13 1 Loosenthe bolt that secures the front cover Then remove the cover by lifting it from the bottom and away from the front Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP 2 Push and hold the levers on both sides of the cable guide and then remove the cable guide by pulling it directly away from the front of the inverter In some models where the cable guide is secured by a bolt remove the bolt first 3 Push and hold the tab on the right side of the control terminal cover Then remove the cover by lifting it from the bottom and moving it away
136. AZ For automatic start up configuration to work the operation command terminals at the terminal block must be turned on Acc Dec time configuration ww T g Configures the acceleration and deceleration times for a motor based on the Max p 98 based on a defined maximum frequency Frequency Acc Dec time configuration f s Configures acceleration and deceleration times for a motor based on the frequency p 101 based on a defined frequency reference reference Multi stage Acc Dectime Configures multi stage acceleration and deceleration times for configuration using the a motor based on defined parameters for the multi function p 102 multi function terminal terminals Acc Dec time transition Er E T frequency Enables modification of acceleration and deceleration a P q T gradients without configuring the multi functional terminals paes configuration Enables modification of the acceleration and deceleration Acc Dec pattern i E gradient patterns Basic patterns to choose from include linear p 104 configuration and S curve patterns Stops the current acceleration or deceleration and controls Acc Dec stop command motor operation at a constant speed Multi function terminals p 107 must be configured for this command Configures the inverter to run a motor at a constant torque To Linear V F pattern operation maintain the required torque the operating frequency may p 107 vary during operation S Configures the inverter to run the
137. Address Initial LCD Display Setting Range Value Name CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions 1000 FluxBraking Start frequency 51 oh1B33 Stallfrequency1 StallFreqa Stall 50 00 O A O p 216 frequency2 Hz 52 ohiB34 Stalllevel1 Stall Level 30 250 180 XA O p 216 Stall frequency1 53 ohiB3s Stallfrequency2 StallFreq 2 Stall 50 00 O A O p 216 frequency3 Hz 54 0h1B36 Stalllevel2 Stall Level 30 250 180 XA O p 216 Stall frequency2 55 oh1B37 Stallfrequency3 StallFreq 3 Stall 50 00 O A JO p 216 frequency4 Hz 56 0h1B38 Stalllevel3 Stall Level 30 250 180 XA O p 216 Stall frequency3 57 oh1B39 Stallfrequency4 Stall Freq 4 Maximum 50 00 O A O p 216 frequency Hz 58 oh1B3A Stall level4 Stall Level 30 250 180 XA O p 216 Flux Brake 59 ohiB3B Fluxbrakinggain Kp o 150 0 O A O 60 ohaB3C CAP diagnosis CAP Diag H oa lo i level Perc o None c asso CAP diagnosis CARO 1 RefDiag XA o oh1 Dia a 37 mode ane Pre Diag 3 Init Diag CAP 6253 oh1B3E Pr Exchange 50 0 95 0 0 XA JO evel Level CAP Diag 635 oh1B3F CAP Diag Level feel 0 0 100 0 0 0 JA O DB resistor DB 0 66 0h1B42 warning level Warn 96ED o 30 K GA e p 225 _ _ opeedDev o No 73 ohiB22 Speed deviation trip Trip x es o No OJA O Speed deviation Speed Dev 74 oh1B23 band Band 1 20 5 O A JO Speed deviation Speed Dev 75 oh1B24
138. Ae el Select fault trip output terminal relay and select 29 Trip Mode at codes OU 31 OU 30Trip Out Mode 33 When a fault trip occurs in the inverter the relevant terminal and relay will operate Depending on the fault trip type terminal and relay operation can be configured as shown in the table below Setting Function bit3 bit2 bita v Operates when low voltage fault trips occur Y Operates when faulttrips otherthan low voltage occur Y Operates when auto restart fails Pr 08 09 OU 31 Relay1 Set relay output Relay 2 OU OL Define PE for multi function output terminal O1 O1 is open collector TR If a fault trip occurs trip relay or multi function output operates after the time delay set in OU 53 Terminal is off with the input initialized after the time delay set in OU 53 OU 53 TripOut On DN OU 54 TripOut OffDly 207 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 34 3 Multi function Output Terminal Delay Time Settings Set on delay and off delay times separately to control the output terminal and relay operation times The delay time set at codes OU 50 51 applies to multi function output terminal O1 and relay Relay 1 except when the multi function output function is in fault trip mode Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Multi functi 50 eee DO On Delay 0 00 0 00 100 00 S delay OU 51 oo SUL or DOOffDelay 0 00 0 0
139. Assign a terminal for changing rotation direction RX 93 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 5 4 RS 485 Communication as a Command Input Device Internal RS 485 communication can be selected as a command input device by setting the drv command source code in the Operation group to 3 Int 485 This configuration uses upper level controllers such as PCs or PLCs to control the inverter by transmitting and receiving signals via the S S and Sg terminals at the terminal block For more details refer to 7 RS 485 Communication Features on page 236 Code Name LCD Display ParameterSetting Setting Range Unit Operation drv Command source Cmd Source 3 Int 485 0 4 01 Integrated communication Int485 StID 1 f 1 250 inverter ID 02 Integrated communication Int485 Proto o ModBus 0 2 CM protocol RTU 03 Integrated communication Int485 BaudR 3 9600 bps __ i speed 7 04 Integrated communication Int485 Mode o D8 PN i frame setup S1 3 Displayed under DRV 06 on the LCD keypad 4 6 Local Remote Mode Switching Local remote switching is useful for checking the operation of an inverter or to perform an inspection while retaining all parameter values Also in an emergency it can also be used to override control and operate the system manually using the keypad The ESC key is a programmable key that can be configured to carry out multiple functions For more details
140. B B b 316 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm Name Setting Range Initial Property V F SL Ref UF Address Value 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PI CONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT 07 oh1E07 User function User o oxF FFF 0 X A JO JO p 12 input2 A Input2 A 08 oh1E08 User function User 0 0xFFFF 0 X A JO JO p 12 input2 B Input2 B og oh1iEog User function User 0 0xFFFF 0 XJA O JO 10 12 input2 C Input2 C 10 oh1EoA User function User 32767 32767 0 JA O O p 12 output2 Output2 11 oh1E0B User function3 User Func3 Ri R R R B o NOP o NOP IXJA JO O p 12 1 ADD 2 SUB 3 ADDSUB 4 MIN 5 MAX 6 7 8 9 ABS NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER 10 COMPARE GT 11 COMPARE GEO 12 COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST u SL D uon gt un3 317 Z SAN Code UF Address Comm Name TERNO CARRARO GROUP Setting Range 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PI CONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT Initial Value Table of Functions Property m Ref 12 oh1EoC User function input3 A User Input3 A o oxFFFF XJA 12 13 ohiEoD
141. Based on the rated heavy load current safe operation during an instantaneous power interruption is guaranteed for 200V and 400V inverters whose rated input voltages are 200 230 VAC and 380 460 VAC respectively e The DC voltage inside the inverter may vary depending on the output load If the power interruption time is longer than 15 ms a low voltage trip may occur 177 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Caution When operating in sensorless II mode while the starting load is in free run the speed search function for general acceleration must be set for smooth operation If the speed search function is not set an overcurrent trip or overload trip may occur 5 15 Auto Restart Settings When inverter operation stops due to a fault and a fault trip is activated the inverter automatically restarts based on the parameter settings Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit o8 Select start at trip reset RST Restart o No 0 Pr o9 Autorestart count Retry Number o 0 10 10 Autorestart delay time Retry Delay 1 0 0 0 60 0 S 71 see peeo seph Speed Search 0000 1111 bit operation SS Sup 72 Speedsearch startup current Curent 150 80 200 Cn Speed search proportional SS P Gain 465 gain 74 Speedsearchintegral gain SS I Gain 200 0 9999 x Output block time before SS BlockTime 1 0 g speed search Displayed as BH H H on the keypad
142. C voltage supply to the motor Set the amount of DC braking to apply The parameter setting is based on the rated current of the motor Set the frequency to start DC braking When the frequency is reached the inverter starts deceleration If the dwell frequency is set lower than the DC braking frequency dwell operation will not work and DC braking will start instead Ad 14 Ad 15 Adi K S Frequenc yt Voltage i zi Current mY Ad 16 Run cmd Caution Note that the motor can overheat or be damaged if excessive amount of DC braking is applied to the motor or DC braking time is set too long DC braking is configured based on the motor s rated current To prevent overheating or damaging motors do not set the current value higher than the inverter s rated current 115 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 17 3 Free Run Stop When the Operation command is off the inverter output turns off and the load stops due to residual inertia Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Frequency voltage Run cmd Caution Note that when there is high inertia on the output side and the motor is operating at high speed the load s inertia will cau
143. D lower limit 2949 oh181D TUUS PID Limit Hi frequency 50 00 OJA p 151 frequency 300 00 Hz ae 300 00 PID 3049 oh181E ee imi PIDLimitLo _ upper limit 50 00 O A p 151 frequency frequency Hz PID output o No 49 E 31 oh181F EE PID Out Inv arva o No XJA p 151 32 oh1820 PID output scale PID Out Scale 0 1 1000 0 100 0 XJA p 151 PID controller 0 00 3479 oh1822 motion Pre PID Freq Maximum 0 00 XJA p 151 frequency frequency Hz PID controller 9 d E 0 3549 0h1823 Bee aval Pre PID Exit 0 0 100 0 0 0 X A p 151 PID controller 36 0h1824 motion delay Pre PID Delay 0 9999 s 600 OJA p 151 time PID sleep mode 49 37 oh1825 delaytime PIDSleep DT 0 0 999 9 5 60 0 O A p 151 0 00 3879 oh1826 m ee mode esp Maximum 0 00 OJA p 151 q y q frequency Hz PID wake up PIDWakeUp 49 0 A 397 0h1827 level nee 0 100 35 Ol p 151 Below PID wake up PIDWakeUp o o Below 49 Level A on mode setting Mod S Fre Level el cR 303 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions ra RE Name LCD Display Setting Range er PPT VIE SL Ref Level S Beyond Level o 1 Bar 2 mBar 3 Pa 4 kPa 5 Hz 429 JomaB2a PO controler BID Unit Sel pm o OIA jo o pa51 8 9 kW 10 HP an 4G 12 F 439 ohi82B PIDunitgain PIDUnitGain n 10000 O A O O pas o x100 l 1 x10 4479 oh182C PID unit scale bond 2 X1 2 X1 O A O 10 p 151
144. Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit __ Frq Frequency reference FreqRefSrc o KeyPad 1 0 12 Operation source 0 00 Frequency reference 0 00 Minto MaxFrq Hz You cannot set a frequency reference that exceeds the Max Frequency as configured with dr 20 4 1 2 Keypad asthe Source KeyPad 2 setting You can use the 4 and Y keys to modify a frequency reference To use this as a second option set the keypad as the source ofthe frequency reference by going to the Frq Frequency reference source code in the Operation group and change the parameter value to 1 Keypad 2 This allows frequency reference values to be increased or decreased by pressing the 4 and Y keys CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Range Unit Frequency reference source F reference You cannot set a frequency reference that exceeds the Max Frequency as configured with dr 20 4 1 3 V1 Terminal as the Source You can set and modify a frequency reference by setting voltage inputs when using the V3 terminal Use voltage inputs ranging from o to 10V unipolar for forward only operation Use voltage inputs ranging from 10 to 10V bipolar for both directions where negative voltage inputs are used reverse operations 4 1 3 1 Setting a Frequency Reference for o 10V Input Set code 06 V1 Polarity to o unipolar in the Input Terminal group IN Use a vol
145. E NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR WO COIN nwn lF lW lM lM lO Nu SL D uon gt un3 U o oh1E15 H my H N 319 Z SAN Code UF Address Comm Name TERNO CARRARO GROUP Setting Range 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PI CONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 28 UPCOUNT DOWNCOUNT Initial Value Table of Functions Property m Ref is oh1E16 3 oh1E17 User function inputs A User function input5 B User Inputs A User Inputs B o oxFFFF o oxFFFF XJA XJA 12 12 24 oh1E18 25 oh1E19 User function input5 C User function outputs User Input5 C User Outputs o oxFFFF 32767 32767 XJA 12 12 26 oh1E1A User function6 User Func6 NOP ADD SUB 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS NEGATE MPYDIV LD COO N REMAINDER COMPARE GT 11 COMPARE GEQ 12 13 COMPARE EQUAL COMPARE NEQUAL 14 15 TIMER LIMIT o NOP XJA E R RI B B 12 320 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Setting Range Initial fen ele Ref UF Address Value 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITS
146. EST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PLCONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT 62 User function User o oxFFFF 0 XA JO O p 125 oh1E3E input13 A Input13 A 328 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm Name Setting Range Initial Property V F SL Ref UF Address Value 63 User function User o oxF FFF 0 XA JO O p 125 oh1E3F input13 B Input13 B 64 User function User 0 0xFFFF 0 XA JO O p 125 oh1E40 input13 C Input13 C 65 User function User 32767 32767 0 JA O O p 12 oh1E41 p 125 output13 Output13 66 User function14 User Func14 NOP oNOP XA o 0 p 125 ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER COMPARE GT COMPARE GEQ COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PLCONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT WO OINIMIGJRI G NIRBRI O U o H my H N oh1E42 u SL D uon gt un3 329 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions Code Comm Name Setting Range Initial Property V F SL Ref UF Address Value O 67 User function User o oxF
147. ET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PLCONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT 77 ohaE1B vei ad Kr o oxFFFF o XA O O paz 28 gabt oo ni o oxFFFF 0 XA lo lo p 125 29 lohiE1D sni Dust o oxFFFF o XA lo TO p 125 39 ohiEiE User function User 32767 32767 o JA o TO pa25 output6 Output6 31 User function7 User o NOP o NOP IXJA O O p 125 Fung la ADD 2 SUB 4m yc 3 ADDSUB E D 4 MIN c 5 MAX e 6 ABS oh1E1F 7 NEGATE 8 MPYDIV 9 REMAINDER 10 COMPARE GT 11 COMPARE GEO l12 COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE 321 Z SAN Code UF Address TERNO CARRARO GROUP Comm Name 32 User function oh1E20 input7 A 33 User function ohiE21 inp ut7 B 34 User function oh1E22 inp ut7 C User Input7 A User Input7 B User Input7 C Setting Range 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 25 26 LOWPASSFILTER PI CONTORL PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT o oxFFFF o oxFFFF o oxFFFF Initial Value Table of Functions Property m XJA XJA XJA Ref 12 12 E BI B 12 35 User function oh1E23 output7 User Output7 32767 32767 12 322 36 User f
148. FFF 0 X A 12 oh1E43 inputi4 A Input14 A 68 User function User o oxFFFF e XA 10 O p 12 oh1E44 input14 B Input14 B 69 User function User 0 0xFFFF 0 X A JO JO p 12 oh1E45 input14 C Input14 C User function User 32767 32767 0 IA O JO p 12 OUtput14 Output14 71 User function15 User Func15 E E E 70 oh1E46 RI NOP o NOP XJA O O p 22 ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER COMPARE GT COMPARE GEO COMPARE oh1E47 EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER WO ON AINNI F lW lM MO U o H LA H N 330 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm Name Setting Range Initial Property V F SL Ref UF Address Value 25 PLCONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT 72 User function User o oxFFFF 0 XA 10 10 p 12 oh1E48 inputas A Input15 A 73 User function User o oxFFFF 0 XA JO JO p 12 omen input15 B Input15 B 74 oh1E4A User function User o oxFFFF 0 XA JO JO p 12 input15 C Input15 C 75 ohiEA4B User function User 32767 32767 0 IA O JO 12 output15 Output15 76 User function 16 User Func16 R Bl R B o NOP o NOP X A 10 O p 12 1 ADD 2 SUB 3 ADDSUB 4
149. ISTED A CONT EQ See Manual for Proper Installation C Use Ina Pollution Degree 2 Environment SINUS H Series MODEL SINUS H 0000 cea CODE ZZ007XXXX han Code INPUT ACI 3PH 200 230V 50 60Hz tax Input Power Rating OUTPUT AC3PH O INPUT V 0 400Hz 2 5A 0 95kVA ga ma Outp voltage frequency WEBER 11 h Raa 5505303XXXX te Inverter Type 13 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter SINUS H 0001 4T B A2 K 2 Pruduct Identification Input power Filter Keypad Enclosure 0001 0 4 EU A 2S B Ai K 2 0002 0 75 Eu B 2S 25 B Ai K 2 1phase 0003 15 Eu B 25 200 240Vac B LA K LUN 0005 22 Eu C1 2S B Ai K 2 0001 0 4 Ai 27 B l K 2 0002 0 75 A2 2T B gt 5 K 2 3 0003 1 5 Bi 2T B I g K 2 5 0005 22 B2 2T 2T B I Uo K 2 5 0007 4 C2 2T 3 phase B I E E K 2 E 0011 5 5 D 2T 200 240Vac B I E E 5 K 3 2 z 0014 7 5 D 2T B 3 I bs 2 K 3 2 lt 0017 11 E 2T B E aH E d E k 2j amp z 0020 15 F 27 B E I ra E K Z 2 E coon 04 EVA AT Bae SEE GF i 0002 0 75 Eu A 4T B A2 E K x 2 0003 15 Eu B 4T B A2 E G K
150. J Use read write and save function parameters on the inverter to copy parameters from the inverter to the keypad or from the keypad to the inverter Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit 46 Parameter read Parameter Read 1 Yes CNF 47 Parameter write Parameter Write 1 Yes 48 Parameter save ParameterSave 1 Yes Available on LCD keypad only Read Write and Save Parameter Setting Details Code Description Copies saved parameters from the inverter to the keypad Saved parameters ENG Parameter Read on the keypad will be deleted and replaced with copied parameters Copies saved parameters from the keypad to the inverter Saved parameters on the inverter will be deleted and replaced with copied parameters If an CNF 47 Parameter Write error occurs during parameter writing previous saved data will be used If there is no saved data on the Keypad EEP Rom Empty message will be displayed As parameters set during communication transmission are saved to RAM the setting values will be lost if the power goes off and on When setting parameters during communication transmission select 1 Yes from CNF 48 code to save the set parameter CNF 48 Parameter Save 185 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 22 Parameter Initialization User changes to parameters can be initialized reset to factory default settings on all or selec
151. MAINDER COMPARE GT COMPARE GEQ COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PI CONTORL Wl OIN MIU RIWINJHBEIO Gl Q Dl O H N u SL D uon gt un3 315 Z SAN Code UF Address Comm Name TERNO CARRARO GROUP 26 Setting Range PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT Initial Value Table of Functions Property m Ref 02 oh1Eo2 User function inputi A User Inputi A o oxFFFF XJA 12 03 ohiEo3 User function input1 B User Inputi B o oxFFFF XJA 12 04 oh1E04 User function inputa C User Inputa C o oxFFFF XJA 12 o5 oh1E05 User function output1 User Output1 32767 32767 12 06 oh1Eo6 User function 2 User Func2 NOP ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER 10 11 COMPARE GT COMPARE GEQ 12 COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR o NOP XJA 12 RI RI
152. MIN 5 MAX 6 7 8 9 ABS NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER 10 COMPARE GT oh1E4C 11 COMPARE GEQ 12 COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST u ie D uon gt un3 331 Z SAN Code UF Address Comm Name TERNO CARRARO GROUP Setting Range 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PI CONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT Initial Value Table of Functions Property m Ref oh1E4D User function input16 A User Input16 A o oxFFFF XJA 12 78 oh1E4E User function input16 B User Input16 B o oxFFFF XJA 12 79 oh1E4F User function input16 C User Input16 C o oxFFFF XJA 12 86 oh1E50 User function output16 User Output16 32767 32767 12 81 oh1E51 User function 17 User Func17 NOP ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS NEGATE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MPYDIV REMAINDER 10 COMPARE GT 11 12 COMPARE GEQ COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 16 LIMIT AND 17 OR o NOP XJA E E 12 332 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table
153. OS version in the inverter and on the LCD keypad CNF 12 KPD title Ver Checks title version on the LCD keypad CNF 30 32 Option x type Checks type of powerboard installed in 1 3 power slot CNF 44 Erase all trip CNF 60 Add Title Up 192 Deletes stored trip history When inverter SW version is updated and more code is added CNF 60 settings will add display and operate the added codes Set CNF 60 to 1 Yes and disconnect the LCD keypad from the inverter Reconnecting the CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features Code Description LCD keypad to the inverter updates titles CNF 62WH Count Reset Initialize accumulated electric energy consumption count 5 29 Timer Settings Set a multi function input terminal to a timer and On Off control the multi function output and relay according to the timer settings LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit In TE Px terminal Px Define Px P1 a Timesin i configuration P7 31 Multi function relay1 Relay 1 38 TimerOwt ou 3 Multi function output1 O1Define 55 Timer on delay Timer on delay 3 00 0 00 100 56 Timer off delay Timer off delay 1 00 0 00 100 ETEF V S ct D n Eu G 2 Timer Setting Details Code Description Choose one of the multi function input terminals and change itto a timer In 65 71 Px Define terminal by setting it to 38 Timer In OU 31 Relays
154. OUP Z SANTERNO Code Comm In Address 98 oh1562 99 oh1563 292 Tl quantization level SWA NPN PNP SW2 V1 V2 I2 status LCD Display Setting Range TI Quantizing 0 00 0 04 10 00 Bit 00 11 oo V2 NPN IO SW State o1 V2 PNP 10 2 NPN 11 l2 PNP Initial VEITS 0 04 o1 Table of Functions OJA p 86 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions 8 7 Output Terminal Block Function group PAR gt OU In the following table the data shaded in grey will be displayed when a related code has been selected SL Sensorless vector control dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common Sne ped Name LCD Display Setting Range m Popety VIF SL oo JumpCode JumpCode 1 99 30 O A O O p 57 o Frequency 1 Output Current 2 Output Voltage 3 DCLink Voltage 4 Torque 5 Output Power 6 Idse o1 oh1601 de AO1Mode 7 Iqse oFrequ O A O O p 197 1item ency 8 Target Freq 9 Ramp Freq 10 Speed Fdb 12 PID RefValue 13 PID Fdb Value 14 PID Output 15 Constant 02 0h1602 ome AO1iGain 1000 0 1000 0 100 0 O A 10 JO 03 oh1603 Meg DEN AO1 Bias 100 0 100 0 0 0 O A 10 JO me 1 bias er o4 oh1604 Analog SERES AOa Filter o 10000 ms 5 O A 10 JO i S 1filter 5 Analog AO1 05 oh1606 constant
155. One 72 operation time Time Reset p 211 initialization Tues Accumulated cooling fan Fan Time Year month day 28 74 operation time hour minute p 211 0 No Reset of accumulated 75 cooling fan operation time Net 1 Yes ON pon CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Troubleshooting 9 Troubleshooting This chapter explains how to troubleshoot a problem when inverter protective functions fault trips warning signals or a fault occurs If the inverter does not work normally after following the suggested troubleshooting steps please contact the Elettronica Santerno customer service center 9 1 Trips and Warnings When the inverter detects a fault it stops the operation trips or sends out a warning signal When a trip or warning occurs the keypad displays the information briefly If the LCD keypad is used detailed information is shown on the LCD display Users can read the warning message at Pr go When more than 2 trips occur at roughly the same time the keypad basic keypad with 7 segment display displays the higher priority fault trip information while the LCD keypad shows the information for the fault trip that occurred first The fault conditions can be categorized as follows Level When the fault is corrected the trip or warning signal disappears and the fault is not saved in the fault history e Latch When the fault is corrected and a reset input signal is provided the trip or warning signal disappears Fatal Wh
156. Operation Frq Frequency Freq Ref Src 12 Pulse 0 12 reference source Frequency at 0 00 o1 maximum analog Freqat100 60 00 Maximum Hz input frequency 91 Pulse input display Pulse Monitor 0 00 0 00 50 00 kHz Tl input filter time 92 en TI Filter 10 0 9999 ms 93 PPU TI Pls xa 0 00 0 00 32 00 kHz pulse at TI 94 uda nen TI Perc yz 0 00 0 00 100 00 minimum pulse 95 ME TI Pls x2 32 00 0 00 32 00 kHz pulse at TI 96 QUIDUE ve TI Perc y2 100 00 0 00 100 00 maximum pulse Invert TI direction 97 oFrotation TI Inverting o No 0 1 98 Tl quantizing level TlQuantizing 0 04 en 99 So Quantizing is disabled if o is selected TI Pulse Input Setting Details Code In o1 Freq at 100 In ga Pulse Monitor Description Configures the frequency reference at the maximum pulse input The frequency reference is based on 100 of the value set with In 96 If In o1 is set to 40 00 and codes In 93 96 are set at default 32kHz input toTI yields a frequency reference of 40 00Hz Ifln 96is set to 50 00 and codes In o1 In 93 95 are set at default 32kHz input to the Tl terminal yields a frequency reference of 30 00Hz Displays the pulse frequency supplied at TI In 92 Tl Filter Sets the time for the pulse input at Tl to reach 63 of its nominal frequency when the pulse frequency is supplied in multiple steps In 93 TI Pls xa 86 Configures the gradient level and offs
157. P2P DO setting 5 BOUT Sel S No selection 122 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features P2P Setting Details Code Description CM 95 Int 485 Func Set master inverter to 1 P2P Master slave inverter to 2 P2P Slave US 80 82 P2P Input Data Input data sent from the slave inverter US 85 88 P2P Output Data Output data transmitted to the slave inverter Caution e P2P features work only with code version 1 00 IO S W version 0 11 and keypad S W version 1 07 or higher versions e Bet the user sequence functions to use P2P features 123 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 22 Multi keypad Setting Use multi keypad settings to control more than one inverter with one keypad To use this function first configure RS 485 communication The group of inverters to be controlled by the keypad will include a master inverter The master inverter monitors the other inverters and slave inverter responds to the master inverter s input When using multi function output a slave inverter can select to use either the master inverter s output or its own output When using the multi keypad first designate the slave inverter and then the master inverter If the master inverter is designated first connected inverters may interpret the condition as a loss of communication Master Parameter Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range P2P Communication 03 Multi key
158. PAR gt CM sss 297 8 9 Application Function group PAR AP sese eee 302 8 10 Protection Fonction group PAIS PE samnsnnemsresensseseessgiessenie 305 8 11 2nd Motor Function group PAR gt M2 sese 310 8 12 User Sequence group US ess cue kien eee 312 8 13 User Sequence Function group UF eraot entre tatnen trennen 315 8 14 Groups for LCD Keypad Only sese 335 8 14 1 Trip Mode TRP Last X uuo pick e na RS BU REV abba ER DUREE 335 834 2 Config Mode CNF siis mit oq tie needa tunc tidie td isle m ME 335 9 Troubleshooting etttr 339 9 1 Tnps and WV SUMS icc ced cat nent 339 gai UIT Ta OS ce 339 9 1 2 Warning Messages sees esse ereer ee ee eee eee 342 9 2 Troubleshooting Fault Trips essere eee eee 343 9 3 Troubleshooting Other Faults Lesser 345 MB 0 E S T T 350 10 1 Regular Inspection StS eee eee eee eee 350 10 1 1 Daily Inspections sees eee 350 10 1 2 Annual Inspections sese ee eee eee eee 351 10 1 3 Bi annual Inspections sse 353 10 2 Storage and DISBOSa seene 353 10 22 SOP vea Gea not Dos RUNE 353 ala Ee EE EE NE NE 354 di Technical SPECICATION m 355 11 1 Input and Output Specification sss esse eee eee 355 11 2 Product Specification Detalls eee 360 11 3 External Dimensions IP 20 Type eee 362 xi Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Contents 11 Peripheral
159. S Model SINUS H xxxx 2S Applied H ied HP 0 5 1 0 2 0 3 0 eavy loa motoj i kW 0 4 0 75 1 5 2 2 HP 1 0 2 0 3 0 5 0 Normal load kW 0 75 1 5 2 2 37 Rated output Rated capacity Heavy 1 0 1 9 3 0 4 2 kVA load Normal 1 2 2 3 3 8 4 6 load Rated current Heavy 2 5 5 0 8 0 11 0 A load Normal 3 1 6 0 9 6 12 0 load Output frequency 0 400 Hz IM Sensorless 0 120 Hz Output voltage V 3 phase 200 240 V Rated input Working voltage V Single phase 200 240 V AC 15 to 10 Input frequency 50 60 Hz 45 Rated current Heavy 4 4 9 3 15 6 21 7 A load Normal 5 8 11 7 19 7 24 0 load Weight Ib kg 2 5 1 14 3 9 1 76 3 9 1 76 4 9 2 22 The standard motor capacity is based on a standard 4 pole motor The standard used for 200 V inverters is based on a 220 V supply voltage and for 400V inverters is based on a 440 V supply voltage The rated output current is limited based on the carrier frequency set at Cn o4 Za ge D Sy a au EE e 5 355 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification Sinus H 2T 0 4 4 kW Model SINUS H xxxx 2T 0001 0002 es E E Applied 3 0 5 4 motor Heavy load Normal load Rated Rated apacity Heavy 1 0 1 9 3 0 4 2 6 5 output kVA load Normal 1 2 2 3 3 8 4 6 6 9 load Rated current Heavy 2 5 5 0 8 0 11 0 17 0 A load Normal
160. S E ILLEGAL DATAVALUE ID The received parameter data is invalid at the slave ER WRITE MODE ERROR WM Tried writing W to a parameter that does not allow writing read only parameters or when writing is prohibited during operation FRAME ERROR FE The frame size does not match 7 3 1 4 ASCII Code Character Character A 41 q 71 40 B 42 r 72 5B C 43 s 73 5C D 44 t 74 5D E 45 U 75 5E F 46 V 76 oF G 47 W 77 60 H 48 x 78 7B l 49 y 79 7C J 4A Z 7A 7D 247 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features Character ili Character K 4B 0 30 5 7E L 4C 1 31 BEL 07 M 4D 2 32 BS 08 N 4E 3 33 CAN 18 O 4F 4 34 CR oD P 50 5 35 DC1 11 Q 51 6 36 DC2 12 R 52 7 37 DC3 13 S 53 8 38 DC4 14 T 54 9 39 DEL 7F U 55 space 20 DLE 10 V 56 I 21 EM 19 W 57 B 22 ACK 06 X 58 23 ENO 05 Y 59 24 EOT 04 Z 5A 25 ESC 1B a 61 amp 26 ETB 17 b 62 i 27 ETX 03 C 63 28 FF OC d 64 29 FS 1C e 65 5 2A GS 1D f 66 2B HT 09 g 67 2C LF oA h 68 2D NAK 15 i 69 2E NUL 00 j 6A 2F RS 1E k 6B 3A S oF 6C 3B SO oE m 6D lt 3C SOH 01 n 6E 3D STX 02 0 6F gt 3E SUB 1A p 70 3F SYN 16 US 1F VT oB 248 RS 485 Communication Features CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO 7 3 2 Modbus RTU Protocol 7 3 2 1 Function Code and Protocol unit byte In the following section station ID is the value set at CM o1 Int485 St ID and starting address is the communication
161. Set Select Yes DRV 14 Motor Capacity Set motor capacity BAS 11 Pole Number Set motor pole number BAS 15 Rated Volt Set motor rated voltage BAS 10 60 50Hz Sel Set motor rated frequency BAS 19 AC Input Volt Set input voltage 191 Z SAN TERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features DRV 06 Cmd Source Set command source DRV oiCmdFrequency Set operation frequency When the settings are completed the minimum parameter setting onthe motor has been made The LCD keypay will return to a monitoring display Now the motor can be operated with the command source set at DRV 06 5 28 Config CNF Mode The config mode pa rameters are used to configure the LCD keypad related features LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range 3 LCD brightness contrast LCD Contrast i adjustment 10 Inverter S W version Inv S W Ver X XX 11 Keypad S W version Keypad S W Ver x xx cnr L2 Keypad title version KPDTitle Ver X XX 30 32 Power slot type Option xType None 44 Erase trip history Erase All Trip No 60 Add title update Add Title Up No 62 Initialize accumulated WH Count Reset No i i electric energy Available on the LCD keypad only Config Mode Parameter Setting Details Code CNF 2 LCD contrast CNF 10 Inv S W Ver CNF 11 Keypad S W Ver Description Adjusts LCD brightness contrast on the LCD keypad Check
162. Setting Setting Range LCD Display Start mode 4 16 2Start After DC Braking This start mode supplies a DC voltage for a set amount of time to provide DC braking before an inverter starts to accelerate a motor If the motor continues to rotate due to its inertia DC braking will stop the motor allowing the motor to accelerate from a stopped condition DC braking can also be used with a mechanical brake connected to a motor shaft when a constant torque load is applied if a constant torque is required after the the mechanical brake is released Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit lo Start mode StartMode 1 DCStat o Ad 12 Start DC braking time DC StartTime o oo 0 00 60 00 sec DC Injection Level DC Inj Level 50 0 200 Caution The amount of DC braking required is based on the motor s rated current Do not use DC braking resistance values that can cause current draw to exceed the rated current of the inverter If the DC braking resistance is too high or brake time is too long the motor may overheat or be damaged 113 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 17 Stop Mode Setting Select a stop mode to stop the inverter operation 4 17 1Deceleration Stop Deceleration stop is a general stop mode If there are no extra settings applied the motor decelerates down to oHz and stops as shown in the figure below Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting
163. To select the built in RS485 communication as the source of command set the Frq code to 6 Int485 on the keypad basic keypad with 7 segment display On an LCD keypad set the DRV code to 3 Int485 Then set common area parameters for the operation command and frequency via communication ER a Group Code LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range Unit ex Pr 12 Speed command loss Lost Cmd Mode 1 Free Run 0 5 operation mode 13 Time to determine speed LostCmdTime 1 0 0 1 120 S command loss 14 Operation frequency at Lost Preset F 0 00 Start Hz speed command loss frequency Maximum frequency OU 131 Multi function relay 1 Relay 1 13 Lost 0 35 33 Multi function output1 Qa Define Command Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range Unit Operation DRV Command source CmdSource 3 Int485 0 4 Frq Frequency setting Freq Ref Src 6 Int485 0 12 method Displayed in DRV 06 on an LCD keypad 239 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features 7 2 4 Command Loss Protective Operation Configure the command loss decision standards and protective operations run when a communication problem lasts for a specified period of time Command Loss Protective Operation Setting Details Code Description Pr 12 Lost Cmd Mode Select the operation to run when a communication error has occurred and lasted Pr 13 Lost CmdTime exceeding the time se
164. U 3 AO1 Bias values Y axis is analog output voltage o 10V and X axis is 96 value of the output item Example if the maximum frequency set at dr 20 Max Freq is 60Hz and the present output frequency is 30Hz then the x axis value on the next graph is 50 0U 02 AO1 Gain 100 0 Factory default 80 0 0 0 50 80 100 0 50 80 100 OU 04 AO1 Filter Set filter time constant on analog output OU o5 Ao1 Const 96 If analog output at OU o1 AO1 Mode is set to 15 Constant the analog voltage output is dependent on the set parameter values 0 100 OU 06 AO1 Monitor Monitors analog output value Displays the maximum output voltage as a percentage with 10V as the standard 199 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 33 2 Analog Pulse Output Output item selection and pulse size adjustment can be made for the TO Pulse Output terminal Code Name Parameter Setting Setting Range Multi function output 1 Oa define 38 TO 0 38 Pulse output setting TO Mode 62 Pulse output gain TO Gain 100 0 1000 0 1000 0 ou 163 Pulse output bias TO Bias 0 0 100 0 100 0 64 Pulse output filter TO Filter 5 0 10000 ms 65 POE TOConst o o 0 0 100 0 output2 66 Pulse output monitor TO Monitor 0 0 0 0 1000 0 200 Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Analog Pulse Output Setting Details Cod
165. able of the PID controller is higher than the value set at AP 36 Pre PID Delay AP 35 the PID control operation begins However when a value is set for AP 36 Pre PID Delay and a feedback variable less than the value set at AP 35 is maintained for a set amount of time the pre PID Fail fault trip will occur and the output will be blocked 4 PID Reference AP 35 Pre PID Exit Output AP 34 Pre PID freq Frequency FX PID control ON Area 1 Area 2 Normal operatiori PIDoperation 156 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 5 8 3 PID Operation Sleep Mode If the operation continues at a frequency lower than the set condition for PID operation the PID operation sleep mode starts When PID operation sleep mode starts the operation will stop until the feedback exceeds the parameter value set at AP 39 PID WakeUp Lev PID Operation Sleep Mode Setting Details Code Description AP 37 PID Sleep DT If an operation frequency lower than the value set at AP 38 is maintained for AP 38 PID Sleep Freq __ the time set at AP 37 the operation stops and the PID operation sleep mode starts AP 39 PID WakeUp Lev Starts the PID operation when in PID operation sleep mode AP 40 PID WakeUp If AP 40 is set to o Below Level the PID operation starts when the feedback Mod variable is less than the value set as the AP 39 parameter setting If AP
166. able on LCD keypad only 171 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Torque reference setting details Code Description Select an input method to use as the torque reference Parameter Setting Description o Keypad 1 Sets the torque reference with the keypad dr 08 1 Keypad 2 2 V2 Sets the torque reference using the voltage or current input terminal of the terminal block 6 Int485 Sets the torque reference with the communication terminal of the terminal block Cn o2 The torque reference can be set up to 18096 of the maximum rated motor torque Sets the maximum torque You can check the set maximum torque in Monitor In o2 MON mode CNF 21 23 Select a parameter from the Config CNF mode and then select 19 Torque Ref Speed limit details Code Description Select a method for setting the speed limit value Parameter Description Setting Cn 62 o Keypad 1 Sets the speed limit value with the keypad 1 Keypad 2 2 Vi Sets the speed limit value using the same method as the 6 Int485 frequency command You can check the setting in Monitor MON mode Cn 63 Sets the positive direction speed limit value Cn 64 Sets the negative direction speed limit value Gs Sets the decrease rate of the torque reference when the motor speed exceeds the speed limit value CNF 21 23 Select a parameter from the Config CNF mode and then select21 Tor
167. ad S W Ver p 192 12 LCDkeypad title version KPD Title Ver p 192 20 s MIR decl pla Anytime Para o Frequency o Frequency p 209 UJ 35 2 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions Ref 21 Monitor mode display item1 LCD Display Monitor Line 1 Setting Range Speed Initial Value o Frequency 22 Monitor mode display item2 Monitor Line 2 Output Current 2 Output Current 23 24 Monitor mode display item3 Monitor mode initialization Monitor Line 3 Mon Mode Init Output Output Power WHour DCLink DI State DO State V1 Monitor V V1 Monitor V2 Monitor V V2 Monitor l2 I2 Monitor PID Output PID Ref Value PID Fdb Value Torque Torque Limit Speed Limit No Yes 3 Output Voltage o No p 209 30 31 Option slot 1type display Option slot 2 type display Option 1Type Option 2 Type None Ethernet o None o None 32 Option slot 3 type display Option 3 Type CANopen o None 40 Parameter initialization Parameter Init No All Grp DRV Grp BAS Grp ADV Grp CON Grp IN Grp OUT Grp p 186 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value Ref 9 APPGrp 12 PRTGrp 13 M2Grp Display
168. age sequence sss 194 brake release sequence sss 194 brake resistor ne 37 preke T inamana 196 braking resistance brakingtorque ertt 373 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP braking resistors t 25 sise Te ttis 244 built in communication Refer to RS 485 BX235 341 Cabl6 ttt etes 22 31 33 34 35 38 Selection ce 22 31 33 34 35 38 shielded twisted pair sss 49 signal control cable specifications 23 Cable Ground Specifications 22 Power I O Cable Specifications 22 cable tie carrier frequency derating e ertet ce TSTS IT ies charge indicator charge lamp STT T EE EE 350 CM terminal 40 44 CM communication function group 297 CM Communication group 55 Cn Control Function group 282 Cn Control group n 55 code number input 57 COMMAND em 91 Config tation iactat crece 91 Command Cmd e iira 91 command source keypad E 91 Command source fwd rev command terminal 92 cm D M 94 run command rotational direction configuration 93 commercial power source transition 183 common terminal Refer to EG terminal communication ttes 236 command loss protective operation
169. ain supply power select a terminal to use and set the code value to 16 Exchange Power will be switched when the selected terminal is on To reverse the transition switch off the terminal In 65 71 Px Define TI D GU et iS d TD n uUoIp3JOLJ Set multi function relay or multi function output to 17 Inverter Line or 18 COMM line Relay operation sequence is as follows Speed search Output frequency OU 31 Realy 1 Define OU 33 Q1 Define Run cmd Px Exchange Relay1 Inverter Line Q1 Comm Line 183 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 19 Cooling Fan Control This function turns the inverter s heat sink cooling fan on and off It is used in situations where the load stops and starts frequently or noise free environment is required The correct use of cooling fan control can extend the cooling fan s life Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit 184 e eset france jo ome je 8 Cooling Fan Control Detail Settings Code Description Settings Description o DuringRun Cooling fan runs when the power is supplied to the inverter and the operation command is on The cooling fan stops when the power is supplied to the inverter and the operation command is off When the inverter heat sink temperature is higherthan its set value the cooling fan operates automatically regardless of its operation status 1 AlwaysOn Cool
170. al 24V power source Common ground contact for an open collector with external power source Maximum output current 150mA A1 C1 B1 Fault signal output Sends out alarm signals when the inverter s safety features are activated AC 250V 1A DC 30V lt 14 Fault condition A1 and C1 contacts are connected B1 and C1 open connection Normaloperation B1 and Ca contacts are connected A1 and C1 open connection Communication 42 S S SG RS 485 signal line Used to send or receive RS 485 signals Refer to 7 RS 485 Communication Features on page 236 for more details CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter Preinsulated Crimp Terminal Connectors Bootlace Ferrule Use preinsulated crimp terminal connectors to increase reliability of the control terminal wiring Refer to the specifications below to determine the crimp terminals to fit various cable sizes 3 A EX a o E CableSpec Dimensions mm inches AWG mm L P di D 10 4 0 40 6 0 0 23 12 4 0 48 8 0 0 31 26 0 25 1 1 0 042 2 5 0 1 22 10 50 12 0 0 46 6 0 0 23 1 3 0 051 3 2 0 12 20 10 75 12 0 0 46 6 0 0 23 1 5 0 058 3 4 0 13 If the length L of the crimp terminals exceeds 12 7mm 0 5 after wiring the control terminal cover may not close fully To connect cables to the control terminals without using crimp terminals refer to the follow
171. all prevention and Stall Prevent 0000 bit flux braking 51 Stallfrequency 1 StallFreq1 50 00 Start frequency Hz Stall Freq 1 52 Stall level 1 StallLeveli 180 30 250 53 Stallfrequency 2 StallFreq2 50 00 Stall Freq 1 Stall Hz Freq 3 54 Stall level 2 StallLevel2 180 30 250 55 Stall frequency 3 Stall Freq3 50 00 Stall Freq 2 Stall Hz Freq 4 56 Stall level 3 StallLevel3 180 30 250 216 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 57 Stallfrequency 4 Stall Freq4 50 00 Stall Freq 3 Hz Maximum frequency 58 Stall level 4 StallLevel4 180 30 250 OU 31 Multi function relay 1 Relay1 9 Stall item 33 Multi function output 1 O1 Define item The value is displayed on the keypad as H 11 E4 F4 Stall Prevention Function and Flux Braking Setting Details Code Description Pr 50 Stall Prevent Stall prevention can be configured for acceleration deceleration or while operating a motor at constant speed When the top LCD segment is on the corresponding bit is set When the bottom LCD segment is on the corresponding bit is off Item Bit Status On Bit Status Off Keypad H H LCD keypad i i Setting Function Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit1 v Stall protection during acceleration v Stall protection while operating at a constant speed Y Stall protection during deceleration
172. ally Open 121 A1 C1 B1 terminal 42 AC power input terminal Refer to R S T terminal Acc Dec pattern linear pattem iieii siia S curve patter er rte tette 104 Acc Dec reference 101 Delta Freg iere teret MaX 9 e Acc Dec reference frequency 384 Technical Specification RampT Mode sss 99 Acc DeG Stop uinsmenmidsmmert anses diaesa 107 Acc Dec tlIme s cie i ebd 98 Acc Dec time switch frequency 103 configuration via multi function terminal 102 maximum frequency sse 98 operation frequency ARAE KANKAAN MARANAN AINAKA AINAKAAN 101 accumulated electric energy initialize 192 Ad Expanded function group 277 Ad Advanced group 55 Add User group UserGrp SelKey tenens 190 Advanced group Refer to Ad Advanced group analog frequency hold sss 88 Analog Hold Analog Hold analog ID DU I2 current INDUL ccrte cte 83 ERS e lae ttti 85 TI Pulse input r treten 86 VER Te 1 nte cincta 77 analog input selection switch SW2 39 85 analog output tcr 42 55 AO terminal pulse OUtPUts recat eee 200 voltage and current output sss 197 Analog Output 197 analog output selection switch SW23 39 197 AO terminal ttes 42 96 197 analog output selection switch SW53
173. ameters are used for auto torque type boost or sensorless vector control 6 Tr static Measures the rotor time constant Tr with the motor in type the stopped position and Control Mode dr o9 is set to IM Sensorless bA 14 Noload Curr Displays motor parameters measured by auto tuning For parameters that are not bA 21Rs bA 24 Tr included inthe auto tuning measurement list the default setting will be displayed Caution e Perform auto tuning ONLY after the motor has completely stopped running Before you run auto tuning check the motor pole number rated slip rated current rated volage and efficiency on the motor s rating plate and enter the data The default parameter setting is used for values that are not entered When measuring all parameters after selecting 2 All static type at bA20 compared with rotation type auto tuning where parameters are measured while the motor is rotating parameter values measured with static auto tuning may be less accurate Inaccuracy of the measured parameters may degrade the performance of sensorless operation Therefore run static type auto tuning by selecting 2 All only when the motor cannot be rotated when gearing and belts cannot be separated easily or when the motor cannot be separated mechanically from the load 160 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 5 10 Sensorless Vector Control Sensorless vector control is an operation t
174. an the frequency reference Because the load is too heavy the stall prevention function is working Replace the inverter with a model with increased capacity The cooling fan does not rotate The control parameter for the cooling fan is set incorrectly Check the control parameter setting for the cooling fan EST LH F G o 5 LO 349 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Maintenance 10Maintenance This chapter explains how to replace the cooling fan the regular inspections to complete and how to store and dispose of the product An inverter is vulnerable to environmental conditions and faults also occur due to component wear and tear To prevent breakdowns please follow the maintenance recommendations in this section Caution Before you inspect the product read all safety instructions contained in this manual Before you clean the product ensure that the power is off Clean the inverter with a dry cloth Cleaning with wet cloths water solvents or detergents may result in electric shock or damage to the product 10 1 Regular Inspection Lists 10 1 1Daily Inspections Inspection Inspection Inspection details Inspection Judgment Inspection area item method standard equipment All Ambient Is the ambient Refer to 1 3 No icing Thermometer environment temperature and nstallation ambient hygrometer humidity within the Considerations temperature recorder design range and
175. apendenton Dependent X A X O p 158 inductance motor setting Stator S eid 23 oh1217 EN Ls setting XIA X O p 158 Rotortime 24 oh1218 Constant Tr 25 5000 ms XIA X JO pa58 Stator 25 oh1219 inductance Ls Scale 50 150 96 100 XA X 10 scale 2629 haat bout Tr Scale 50 150 100 XA X O constant scale Regeneration LsRegen 31 oh121F inductance Sele 70 100 80 XA X JO scale 8 oh122 User User Freq 1 oco Amu 15 00 XA JO 10 1 3 frequency q frequency Hz 5 428 0h122A Uservoltagea UserVolt 1 0 100 25 XA JO p 109 tear 0 00 0 00 438 oha22B User Freq 2 Maximum 30 00 XA JO X p 209 requency2 frequency Hz 448 oh122C Uservoltage2 UserVolt 2 0 100 50 X A JO X p 109 458 oh122D uM User Freq3 m 45 00 XA JO X p 209 468 oh122E Uservoltage3 UserVolt3 0 100 75 X A JO X p 109 User 0 00 Maximum Maximum are Oar frequency4 ed frequency Hz frequency XA JO X 2209 488 0h1230 Uservoltage4 UserVolt 4 0 100 100 X A JO X p 109 8 Displayed if either bA o7 or M2 25 is set to 2 User V F 274 Table of Functions Z SAN TERNO CARRARO GROUP Wes ME LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value 9 Men 0 00 Maximum 502 0h1232 speed Step Freq 1 frequenc Ha 10 00 O L p 89 frequency1 S 0 00 Maximum 519 0h1233 speed Step Freq 2 TE 20 00 O L p 89 frequency2 MU aep 0 00 Maximum 529 oha234 speed Step Freq 3 spesa 30 00 O L p 89 frequency3 x Mult
176. ation Then if the multi function terminal is on the operation resumes as soon as the operation command is entered again Ad 72 Q Stop Time Sets the deceleration time when Ad 71 Run Dis Stop is set to 1 Q Stop or 2 Q Stop Resume Ad 71 Ad 71 Ad 71 O Free Run 1 Q Stop 2 Q Stop Resume aeg X 7 Px RUN Enable Runcmd PX pum 146 Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 5 6 Dwell Operation The dwell operation is used to manitain torque during the application and release of the brakes on lift type loads Inverter dwell operation is based on the Acc Dec dwell frequency and the dwell time set by the user The following points also affect dwell operation Acceleration Dwell Operation When an operation command runs acceleration continues until the acceleration dwell frequency and constant speed is reached within the acceleration dwell operation time Acc Dwell Time After the Acc Dwell Time has passed acceleration is carried out based on the acceleration time and the operation speed that was originally set Deceleration Dwell Operation When a stop command is run deceleration continues until the deceleration dwell frequency and constant speed is reached within the deceleration dwell operation time Dec Dwell Freq After the set time has passed deceleration is carried out based on the deceleration time that was originally set then the operation
177. avy load rated current 15096 1 min normal load rated current 120 1 min Peak current 200 4 sec Torque boost Manual torque boost automatic torque boost Operation Operation type Select key pad terminal strip or communication operation Frequency settings Analog type 10 10V 0 10V 4 20mA Digital type key pad pulse train input Operation function e PID control Up down operation e 3 wire operation DCbraking Frequency limit Frequency jump Second function Slip compensation Anti forward and reverse Automatic restart direction rotation Automatic tuning Commercialtransition Energy buffering Speed search Flux braking Power braking Fire Mode e Leakage reduction Input Multi Select PNP Source or NPN Sink mode Functions can be set function according to In 65 In 71 codes and parameter settings terminal 7EA e Forward direction operation e Reverse direction P1 P7 Reset operation Emergency stop e External trip e Multi step speed frequency 40g operation high med low e Multi step acc dec DCbraking during stop high med low Frequency increase Second motor selection e 3 wire Frequency reduction Local remote operation mode Fix analog command transition frequency Select acc dec stop Transtion from PID to general operation 360 Z SANTERNO Technical Specification CARRARO GROUP Items Description Pulse train
178. aximum of 16 inverters Maximum 200m recommended distance within 700m Recommended cable size 0 75mm 18AWG Shielded Type Twisted Pair STP Wire Installation type Dedicated terminals S S SG on the control terminal block Power supply Supplied by the inverter insulated power source from the inverter s internal circuit Communication speed 1 200 2 400 9 600 19 200 38 400 57 600 115 200 bps Control procedure Asynchronous communications system Communication system Half duplex system Character system Modbus RTU Binary LS Bus ASCII Stop bit length 1 bit 2 bit Frame error check 2 bytes Parity check None Even Odd 236 Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features CARRARO GROUP 7 2 Communication System Configuration In an RS 485 communication system the PLC or computer is the master device and the inverter is the slave device When using a computer as the master the RS 232 converter must be integrated with the computer so that it can communicate with the inverter through the RS 232 RS 485 converter Specifications and performance of converters may vary depending on the manufacturer but the basic functions are identical Please refer to the converter manufacturer s user manual for details about features and specifications Connect the wires and configure the communication parameters on the inverter by referring to the following illustration of the communication system con
179. can be adjusted by selecting an output option at AO Analog Output terminal Set the analog voltage current output terminal setting switch SW3 to change the output type voltage current Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit oi Analog output1 AO1 Mode 0 Frequency 0 15 02 Analog output1 gain AO1 Gain 100 0 1000 0 1000 0 03 Analog outputa bias AO1 Bias 0 0 100 0 100 0 OU 04 Analog output filter AO Filter 5 0 10000 ms o5 Analog constant output1 AOQ1Const 0 0 0 0 100 0 o6 Analog output1 monitor AO1 Monitor 0 0 0 0 1000 0 197 SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 198 Voltage and Current Analog Output Setting Details Code Description Select a constant value for output The following example for output voltage setting Setting Function 0 Frequency Outputs operation frequency as a standard 10V output is made from the frequency set at dr 20 Max Freq 1 Output 10V output is made from 20096 of inverter rated Current current heavy load 2 Output Sets the outputs based on the inverter output Voltage voltage 10V output is made from a set voltage in bA 15 Rated V If oV is set in bA 15 200V 400V models output 10V based on the actual input voltages 240V and 480V respectively 3 DC Link Volt Outputs inverter DC link voltage as a standard Outputs 10V when the DC link vol
180. can be performed at about 10 Hz or lower However if the direction of the idling motor and the direction of operation command at restart are different the speed search does not produce a satisfactory result because the direction of idling cannot be established Cn 70 SS Mode 1 Flying Start The speed search is carried out as it Pl controls the 2 ripple current which is generated by the counter electromotive force during no load rotation Because this mode establishes the direction of the idling motor forward reverse the speed search function is stable regardless of the direction of the idling motor and direction of operation command However because the ripple current is used which is generated by the counter electromotive force at idle the counter electromotive force is proportional to the idle speed the idle frequency is not determined accurately and re acceleration may start from zero speed when the speed search is performed for the idling motor at low speed about 10 15 Hz though it depends on motor characteristics Speed search can be selected from the following 4 options Ifthe top display segment is on it is enabled On and if the bottom segment is on it is disabled Off Item Bit Setting On Status Bit setting Off Status Keypad D H Cn 71 Speed Search MIN keypad LEE a 1 5 2 Code 176 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Description Learning Protection Features Type and
181. ce is selected the 3 wire operation and adjust as necessary The motor is The load is too heavy Reduce the load overheating Increase the Acc Dec time Check the motor parameters and set the correct values Replace the motor and the inverter with models with appropriate capacity for the load The ambient temperature of the motor is too high Lower the ambient temperature of the motor The phase to phase voltage of the motor is insufficient Use a motor that can withstand phase to phase voltages surges greater than the maximum surge voltage Only use motors suitable for apllications with inverters Connect the AC reactor to the inverter output set the carrier frequency to 2 kHz The motor fan has stopped or the fan is obstructed with debris Check the motor fan and remove any foreign objects The motor stops during acceleration or when connected 346 The load is too high Reduce the load Replace the motor and the inverter with models with capacity appropriate for the load Z SANTERNO Troubleshooting CARRARO GROUP Type Cause Remedy to load The motor does The frequency command value is low Setan appropriate value notaccelerate The load is too high Reduce the load and increase the The acceleration acceleration time Check the mechanical time is too long brake status The acceleration time is too long Chan
182. celeration WE N 24 oh1318 Frequencylimit Freq Limit ves o No X A O O p 118 Frequency lower Oe 0 00 Upper limit 16 25 oh1319 HO Freq Limit Lo jemere 5 0 50 OJA JO JO p 118 Lower limit maxim Frequency 2 a1 frequency um 16 D ae pe upper limit value Preg ncn Maximum frequen XA v es gus frequency Hz Cy 14 Displayed when Ad o7 is set to 3 DC Start 15 Displayed when Ad o8 is set to 1 DC Brake 16 Displayed when Ad 24 is set to 1 Yes 278 Table of Functions Code Comm Address Name LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Property VIE SL 27 oh132B Frequency jump Jump Freq o No X A O O p 119 Jump frequenc cael 2817 oh131C ee y JumpLo1 frequencyupper 10 00 O A O 10 p 119 lower limita um limita Hz Jump frequency Jump frequency l lower limita 17 29 oh131D upper limit Jump Hi1 Ver 15 00 O A JO JO p 119 frequency Hz Jump frequenc ned 3017 ohi31E e T Jump Lo 2 frequencyupper 20 00 O A O O p 119 lower limit2 eins limit2 Hz Jump frequency Jump frequency 1 lower limit2 17 3217 oh131F REE Jump Hi 2 Men 25 00 O A JO JO p 119 frequency Hz 0 00 Jump 3217 ohi320 EA ec Jump Lo 3 frequencyupper 30 00 O A JO O p 119 ower limit limita Hz Jump frequency Jump frequency S lower limit3 17 33 oh1321 upper limita Jump Hi3 Maximum 35 00 O A O O p 119 frequ
183. changed o ViewAll 1 Changed Para o View All 18 4 Parameter 3 1 View Changed pu o None 1 JOG Key Local R t 42 Multi key item Multi Key Sel EE o None p 189 UserGrp 3 SelKey 4 Multi KPD 43 Macro function item Macro Select o None o None T o No 44 Trip history deletion Erase All Trip y o No p 192 1 Yes User registration code o No N 45 deletion UserGrp AllDel i as o No p 189 o No 46 Read parameters Parameter Read Y o No p 185 1 Yes l Parameter o No 47 Write parameters Write i es 0 No p 185 o No 48 Save parameters Parameter Save v o No p 185 1 Yes 5o Hide parameter mode View Lock Set 0 9999 Un locked p 187 Password for hiding i 51 Parsimietermade View Lock Pw 0 9999 Password p 187 52 Lock parameter edit Key Lock Set 0 9999 Un locked p 188 Password for locking Key Lock P P 53 marameteredit ey Lock Pw 0 9999 assword p 188 s o No 60 Additional title update Add Title Up S o No p 192 1 Yes o No 61 Simple parameter setting Easy Start On v 1i Yes p 189 1 Yes Power consumption o No 62 initialization WHCount Reset x Ves o No p 192 Accumulated inverter Year month day 70 MOM On time 211 motion time hour minute 337 2 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions 338 LCD Display Setting Range Initial Value Ref R Accumulated inverter Run time Year month day 5 7 operation time hour minute p 211 Accumulated inverter a No
184. chnical Specification Non Warranty Service A service fee will be incurred for malfunctions in the following cases intentional abuse or negligence power supply problems or from other appliances being connected to the product acts of nature fire flood earthquake gas accidents etc modifications or repair by unauthorized persons missing authentic Elettronica Santerno rating plates expired warranty period Visit Our Website Visit us at santerno com for detailed service information 378 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Technical Specification UL mark cL UL Jus The UL mark applies to products in the United States and Canada This mark indicates that UL has tested and evaluated the products and determined that the products satisfy the UL standards for product safety If a product received UL certification this means that all components inside the product had been certified for UL standards as well CE mark CE The CE mark indicates that the products carrying this mark comply with European safety and environmental regulations European standards include the Machinery Directive for machine manufacturers the Low Voltage Directive for electronics manufacturers and the EMC guidelines for safe noise control Low Voltage Directive We have confirmed that our products comply with the Low Voltage Directive EN 61800 5 1 EMC Directive The Directive defines the requirements for immunity and emissions of electrical e
185. city gain 2 24 Sensorless speed ASR SL I Gain2 Depends onthe 1 1000 controller integral gain 2 motor capacity 26 Flux estimator Flux P Gain Depends on the 10 200 proportional gain motor capacity 27 Fluxestimatorintegral Flux Gain Depends on the 10 200 gain motor capacity 28 Speed estimator S Est PGain1 Depends on the 0 32767 proportional gain motor capacity 161 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features Unit LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Cn 29 1 Speed estimator integral S Est Depends on the 100 1000 gain1 Gain1 motor capacity 30 Speed estimator integral S Est Depends on the 100 10000 gain2 Gain2 motor capacity 31 Sensorless current controller ACRSLP 75 10 1000 proportional gain Gain 32 Sensorless current controller ACR SL 120 10 1000 integral gain Gain 52 Torque controller output Torque Out o 0 2000 ms filter LPF 53 Torque limit setting Torque Lmt o Keypad 1 0 12 Src 54 Forward direction FWD Trq 180 0 0 0 200 0 retrograde torque limit Lmt 55 Forward direction FWD Trq 180 0 0 0 200 0 regenerative torque limit Lmt 56 Reverse direction retrograde REV Trq 180 0 0 0 200 0 torque limit Lmt 57 Reverse direction REV Trq 180 0 0 0 200 0 regenerative torque limit Lmt 85 Fluxestimator proportional Flux P Gain1 370 100 700 gain 1 86 Fluxestimator proportiona
186. ctions e Ensure that no small metal debris such as wire cut offs remain inside the inverter Metal debris in the inverter may cause inverter failure e Tightenterminal screws to their specified torque Loose terminal block screws may allow the cables to disconnect and cause short circuit or inverter failure Refer to 11 6 Terminal Screw Specification on page 371 for torque specifications e Donot place heavy objects on top of electric cables Heavy objects may damage the cable and result in electric shock Use cables with the largest cross sectional area appropriate for power terminal wiring to ensure that voltage drop does not exceed 2 e Use copper cables rated at 600V 75 C for power terminal wiring e Use copper cables rated at 300V 75 C for control terminal wiring e Ifyou need to re wire the terminals due to wiring related faults ensure that the inverter keypad display is turned off and the charge lamp under the front cover is off before working on wiring connections The inverter may hold a high voltage electric charge long after the power supply has been turned off Step 1 Front Cover Control Terminal Cover and Cable Guide The front cover control terminal cover and cable guide must be removed to install cables Refer to the following procedures to remove the covers and cable guide The steps to remove these parts may vary depending on the inverter model Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP Size A A1
187. ctors onthe output side ofthe inverter Step 4 Control Terminal Wiring The illustrations below show the detailed layout of control wiring terminals and control board switches Refer to the detailed information provided below and 1 5 Cable Selection on page 22 before installing control terminal wiring and ensure that the cables used meet the required specifications Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP ODE g Olr Tas SSSSSSSS 3 A EX a o E I O teminals gt Control Board Switches Switch Description SW1 NPN PNP mode selection switch SW2 analog voltage current input terminal selection switch SW3 analog voltage current output terminal selection switch SW4 Terminating Resistor selection switch 39 40 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Multi function input FX lt Default Pulse input Safety function Terminal resistor Installing the Inverter SW4 5 Analog output Default Frequency Pulse output Default Frequency 24V Power Multi function output Open collector Default Run Relay output Default Trip lt I O Terminals Input Terminal Labels and Descriptions Function Multi function terminal configuration Analog in
188. cy 72 70 100 96 20 _ Auto tuning Auto Tuning o None 21 Stator resistance Rs 26 00 Depends onthe Q motor setting 22 Leakage inductance Lsigma 179 4 Depends on the mH motor setting 23 Statorinductance Ls 1544 Depends on the mH motor setting 24 Rotortime constant Tr 145 25 5000 ms 158 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features Auto Tuning Default Parameter Setting Motor Capacity Rated Current No load Rated Slip Stator Leakage kW A Current A Frequency Hz Resistance Q Inductance mH 0 2 11 0 8 3 33 14 0 40 4 0 4 2 4 14 3 33 6 70 26 9 0 755 3 4 17 3 00 2 600 17 94 25 1 5 6 4 2 6 2 67 1 170 9 29 2 2 8 6 3 3 2 33 0 840 6 63 5 5 21 0 7 1 1 50 0 314 3 19 7 5 28 2 93 1 33 0 169 2 844 2T 11 40 0 12 4 1 00 0 120 1 488 15 53 6 15 5 1 00 0 084 1 118 18 5 65 6 19 0 1 00 0 068 0 819 22 76 8 21 5 1 00 0 056 0 948 0 2 0 7 0 5 3 33 28 00 121 2 04 14 0 8 3 33 14 0 80 8 0 75 2 0 1 0 3 00 7 81 53 9 1 5 37 15 2 67 3 52 27 9 2 2 5 0 1 9 2 33 2 520 19 95 T o et ot 4T 5 5 12 1 4 1 1 50 0 940 9 62 B 75 16 3 5 4 1 33 0 520 8 53 o c 11 23 2 7 2 1 00 0 360 4 48 2 15 31 0 9 0 1 00 0 250 3 38 18 5 38 0 11 0 1 00 0 168 2 457 22 44 5 12 5 1 00 0 168 2 844 Auto Tuning Parameter Setting Details Code Description Select an auto tuning type and run it Select one of the options and then press the ENT key to
189. d Available on LCD keypad only Parameter View Lock Setting Details Code Description Register a password to allow access to parameter view lock Follow the steps below to register a password No Procedure 1 PROG ENT key on CNF 51 code will show the previous password input window If registration is made for the first time enter o It is CNF 51 View Lock Pw the factory default 2 Ifa password had been set enter the saved password 3 Ifthe entered password matches the saved password a new window prompting the user to enter a new password will be displayed the process will not progress to the next stage until the user enters a valid password 4 Register a new password 5 After registration code CNF 51 will be displayed TI D L lt et om mi D wn uUoIp3JOLJ To enable parameter view lock enter a registered password Locked sign will be displayed on the screen to indicate that parameter view lock is enabled To NSE uer disable parameter view lock re enter the password The locked sign will disappear 187 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 24 Parameter Lock Use parameter lock to prevent unauthorized modification of parameter settings To enable parameter lock register and enter a user password first 94 Password registration 0 9999 B 95 Parameter lock password 0 9999 MEZ Parameter lock Key Lock Set Unloc
190. d EN EEE unm 6 2 3 Inverter Overload Protection When the inverter input current exceeds the rated current a protective function is activated to prevent damages to the inverter based on inverse proportional characteristics Group Code Parameter Setting Setting range OU LCD Display Relay 1 O1Define Unit Multi function relay 1 33 Multi function output 1 Note A warning signal output can be provided in advance by the multi function output terminal before the inverter overload protection function IOLT operates When the overcurrent time reaches 6096 of the allowed overcurrent 150 1 min a warning signal output is provided signal output at 150 36sec 222 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 6 2 4 Speed Command Loss When setting operation speed using an analog input at the terminal block communication options or the keypad speed command loss setting can be used to select the inverter operation for situations when the speed command is lost due to the disconnection of signal cables Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Settingrange Unit Pr 12 Speed command loss Lost Cmd Mode 1 Free Run operation mode 13 Time to determine Lost CmdTime 1 0 0 1 120 S speed command loss 14 Operation frequency Lost Preset F 0 00 Start Hz at speed command frequency Max loss frequency 15 Analoginput loss AlLostLevel o Half of x1 decision level OU 31
191. d correctly installed Is the installation location appropriate Does the environment meet the inverter s operating conditions Installation Does the power source match the inverter s rated input Location Power Is the inverter s rated output sufficient to supply the I O Verification equipment Degraded performance will result in certain circumstances Refer to 11 8 Continuous Rated Current Derating on page 374 for details Isa circuit breaker installed on the input side of the inverter Is the circuit breaker correctly rated Are the power source cables correctly connected to the R S T terminals of the inverter Caution connecting the power source to the U V W terminals may damage the inverter Are the motor output cables connected in the correct phase rotation U V W Caution motors will rotate in reverse direction if three phase cables are not wired in the correct rotation Are the cables used in the power terminal connections correctly rated Is the inverter grounded correctly p 34 Are the power terminal screws and the ground terminal screws tightened to their specified torques Are the overload protection circuits installed correctly on the motors if multiple motors are run using one inverter Isthe inverter separated from the power source by a magnetic contactor if a braking resistor is in use Are advanced phase capacitors surge protection and electromagnetic interference filters installed correctly
192. d when an LCD keypad is in use 267 9 qer uondun4 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions Code Comm Name LCD Display Setting Range Initial Property VIE SL Ref dr Address value 12 Pulse og oh1109 Control mode Control 0 VIE o VIF XA O O p 107 Mode 2 Slip Compen p 149 4 IM p 161 Sensorless 10 oh130A Torque Torque 0 NO o No XA X O Control Control 1 Yes 11 oh110B Jogfrequency Jog 0 00 Start 10 00 OJA O O p 139 Frequency frequency Maximum frequency Hz 12 oha10C Jogrun Jog Acc Time 0 0 600 0 s 20 0 O A O 10 p 139 acceleration time 13 oh110D Jog run Jog Dec Time 0 0 600 0 s 30 0 O A O 10 p 139 deceleration time 14 oh110E Motor Motor 0 0 2kW Variesby X A O O p 158 capacity Capacity 10 4 kW Motor 2 0 75kW capacity 3 LIkW 4 1 5KW 5 2 2kW 6 3 0kW 7 3kW 8 4 okW 9 5 5kW 10 7 5kW 11 11 okW 12 15 0kW 13 18 5kW 14 22 0kW 15 30 okW 15 oh110F Torque boost Torque Boost o Manual o Manual X A JO X options 1 Auto 163 oh1110 Forward Fwd Boost 0 0 15 0 2 0 XA 10 X p 110 Torque boost ip lohan Reverse Rev Boost 0 0 15 0 2 0 XA O X p 110 Torque boost 3 Displayed when dr 15 is set to o Manual 268 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm
193. dBus communication option 12 Pulse Sets the torque limit with the pulse input of the terminal block 165 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features The torque limit can be set up to 200 of the rated motor torque Cn 54 FWD Trq Lmt Sets the torque limit for forward retrograde motoring operation Cn 55 FWD Trq Lmt Sets the torque limit for forward regenerative operation Cn 56 REV Trq Lmt Sets the torque limit for reverse retrograde motoring operation Cn 57 REV Trq Lmt Sets the torque limit for reverse regenerative operation In o2 Torque at 100 Sets the maximum torque For example if In o2 is set to 200 and an input voltage V1 is used the torque limit is 20096 when 10V is entered However when the VI terminal is set up with the factory default setting and the torque limit setup uses a method otherthan the keypad checkthe parameter settings in the monitor mode In the Config Mode CNF 21 23 only displayed when using LCD keypad select 21 Torque limit Cn 91 93 Adjust output voltage compensation values for sensorless vector control For SL Volt Comp1 3 output voltage compensation refer to 5 10 2 Sensorless Vector Control Operation Guide to on page 167 Cn 52 Torque Out LPF Sets the time constant for torque command by setting the torque controller output filter Caution Adjust the controller gain according to the load s characteristics However the motor can overheat or t
194. ddress Link 0 oxFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 link12 UserOut12 312 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Comm Name LCDDisplay Setting Initial Property V F SL Ref Address Range Value 23 oh1D17 Output address Link 0 0xFFFF 0 X A O 10 p 125 linka3 UserOut13 24 oh1D18 Output address Link 0 0xFFFF 0 X A O 10 p 125 link14 UserOut14 25 oh1D19 Output address Link 0 0xFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 link15 UserOut15 26 oh1D2A Output address Link o oxFFFF 0 XJA O O p 125 link16 UserOut16 27 oh1D1B Output address Link 0 0xFFFF 0 XJA O O p 125 linka7 UserOut17 28 oh1D1C Output address Link 0 0xFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 link18 UserOut18 31 oh1D1F Input constant Void Para1 9999 9999 0 XJA O 10 p 125 setting1 32 oh1D20 Input constant Void Para2 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting2 33 oh1D21 Input constant Void Para3 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting3 34 oh1D22 Input constant Void Parag 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting4 35 oh1D23 Input constant Void Paras 9999 9999 0 XJA O 10 p 125 settings 36 oh1D24 Input constant Void Para6 9999 9999 o XJA O 10 p 125 setting6 37 oh1D25 Input constant Void Para7 9999 9999 0 XJA O 10 p 125 setting7 38 oh1D26 Input constant Void Para8 9999 9999 o XJA O JO p 125 setting8 39 oh1D27 Input constant Void Parag 9999 9999 O XJA O 10 p 125 settingg 40 oh
195. detected frequency width 2 amp FDT 1 Detected frequency width is 10Hz When the detected frequency is set to 30Hz FDT 2 outputis as shownin the graph below Frequency 30Hz 50Hz reference _25Hz Frequenc 1 3 FDT 3 Outputs a signal when the Absolute value output frequency operation frequency detected frequency width 2 Detected frequency width is 10Hz When detected frequency is set to 30Hz FDT 3 output is as shown in the graph below 4 FDT 4 Output signal can be separately set for acceleration and deceleration conditions 204 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Inacceleration Operation frequency2 Detected frequency Indeceleration Operation frequency gt Detected frequency Detected frequency width 2 Detected frequency width is 10Hz When detected frequency is set to 30Hz FDT 4 output is as shown in the graph below 5 Overload Outputs a signal at motor overload 6 IOL Outputs a signal when a fault is triggered from a protective function operation by inverter overload inverse proportion 7 Underload Outputs a signal at load fault warning 8 FanWarning Outputs a signal at fan fault warning 9 Stall Outputs a signal when a motor is overloaded and stalled 10 Over voltage Outputs a signal when the inverter DC link voltage rises above the protective operation voltage 11 LowVoltage Outputs a signal when the inverter DC link
196. direction switch the cables at the U and V terminals Verifying the Motor Rotation 1 On he keypad set the drv Frequency reference source code in the Operation group to o Keypad 2 Seta frequency reference Press the RUN key Motor starts forward operation 4 Observe the motor s rotation from the load side and ensure that the motor rotates counterclockwise forward Ifthe motor rotates in the reverse direction two of the U V W terminals need to be switched Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter Forward operation Caution e Check the parameter settings before running the inverter Parameter settings may have to be adjusted depending on the load Toavoid damaging the inverter do not supply the inverter with an input voltage that exceeds the rated voltage for the equipment Beforerunning the motor at maximum speed confirm the motor s rated capacity As inverters can be used to easily increase motor speed use caution to ensure that motor speeds do not accidently exceed the motors rated capacity 51 52 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning to Perform Basic Operations 3 Learning to Perform Basic Operations This chapter describes the keypad layout and functions It also introduces parameter groups and codes required to perform basic operations The chapter also outlines the correct operation of the inverter before advancing to more complex applications Examples are provided to demonstrate h
197. ds Motors designed for inverters typically have this design Continuous rated current nen EN ce PE Pr 41 0 s Frequency Hz 20 60 Pr 42 ETH 1 min The amount of input current that can be continuously supplied to the motor for 1 minute based on the motor rated current bA 13 Pr 43 ETH Cont Sets the amount of current with the ETH function activated The range below details the set values that can be used during continuous operation without the protection function Current Pr 42 Pr 43 6 0 ETH trip time seconds 214 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 6 1 2 Overload Early Warning and Trip A warning or fault trip cutoff occurs when the motor reaches an overload state based on the motor s rated current The amount of current for warnings and trips can be set separately LCD Display Parameter Setting Settingrange Unit Pr 04 Load level setting Load Duty 1 Heavy Duty 17 Overload waming selection OLWamSelect 1 Yes 0 1 18 Overload warning level OLWamLevel 150 30 180 19 Overload waming time OL Wam Time 10 0 0 30 S 20 Motion at overload trip OL Trip Select 1 Free Run 21 Overload trip level OL Trip Level 180 30 200 22 Overload trip time OL Trip Time 60 0 0 60 0 S OU a Multi function relay 1item Relay 1 5 Over Load 33 Multi function output 1 item O1 Define
198. due to the time required to return to the gerneral operation from the energy saving operation 173 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 14 Speed Search Operation This operation is used to prevent fault trips that can occur while the inverter output voltage is disconnected and the motor is idling Because this feature estimates the motor rotation speed based on the inverter output current it does not give the exact speed LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit 70 Tr a SS Mode o Flying Start 1 7 pe I Speed Search 0000 1 bit ke Ru um SS Sup Current Below75KW 80 200 96 R SET SS P Gain 100 n proportional gain 079999 hi T uM search integra S6bGun m m i Output block time 75 before speed search SPBIOCKIIme 10 0 60 SEE Multi function relay 1 31 EG Relay 1 OU f 19 SpeedSearch Multi function output 1 33 item Q1 Define Displayed as H H H Hon the Keypad 174 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features Speed Search Operation Setting Details Code Description Select a speed search type Setting Function o FlyingStart The speed search is carried out as it controls the 1 inverter output current during idling below the Cn 72 SS Sup Current parameter setting If the direction of the idling motor and the direction of operation command at restart are the same a stable speed search function
199. e 4 10 4Configuring Acc Dec Time Switch Frequency You can switch between two different sets of Acc Dec times Acc Dec gradients by configuring the switch frequency without configuring the multi function terminals LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit ACC Acceleration time AccTime 10 0 0 0 600 0 sec Operation ae dEC Deceleration time DecTime 10 0 0 0 600 0 sec Multi ste 70 P AccTime 1 20 0 0 0 600 0 Sec bA acceleration time1 Multi step l 71 ET DecTime 1 20 0 0 0 600 0 sec deceleration time1 Acc Dec time switch Xcel Change i Ad 60 g 30 00 baud Hz frequency Frq frequency 103 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Acc Dec Time Switch Frequency Setting Details Code Description After the Acc Dec switch frequency has been set Acc Dec gradients configured at bA 70 and 71 will be used when the inverter s operation frequency is at or below the switch frequency If the operation frequency exceeds the switch frequency the Ad 60 configured gradient level configured for the ACC and dEC codes will be used Xcel Change Fr If you configure the P1 P7 multi function input terminals for multi step Acc Dec gradients XCEL L XCEL M XCEL H the inverter will operate based on the Acc Dec inputs at the terminals instead of the Acc Dec switch frequency configurations Run cmd vg 411 Acc Dec Pattern Configuration Acc Dec gradient level patterns can be con
200. e OU 33 O1 Define OU 62 TO Gain OU 63TO Bias Description Set OU 33 to 32kHz pulse output and follow the instructions below to make wiring connections that configure the open collector output circuit 1 Connecta 1 4W 5600 resistor between VR and Q1 terminals 2 ConnectEG and CM terminals When wiring the resistor a resistance of 560Q or less is recommended to stably provide 32kHz pulse output N 1 4W 5600 Adjusts output value and offset If frequency is selected as an output it will operate as shown below Frequency l TO x TO Gain TO Bias MaxFreq Thefollowing graph illustrates that the pulse output TO changes depend on OU 62 TO Gain and OU 63 TO Bias values TheY axis is an analog output current o 32kHz and X axis is value on output item For example if the maximum frequency set with dr 20 Max Freq is 60Hz and present output frequency is 30Hz then the x axis value on the next graph is 50 201 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features OU 62 TO Gain 100 0 Factory default 80 096 096 5096 809610096 096 5096 809610096 096 5096 809610096 096 5096809610096 OU 64TO Filter Sets filter time constant
201. e Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range Unit Pr 31 Operation on no motor trip No Motor Trip an las EX 32 No motor trip current level No MotorLevel 5 1 100 D Q 33 No motor detection time No MotorTime 3 0 0 1 10 e fn E wo No Motor Trip Setting Details Description Pr 32 No Motor Level If the output current value based on the rated current bA 13 is lower than the Pr 33 No MotorTime value set at Pr 32 No Motor Level and if this continues for the time set at Pr 33 No Motor Time a no motor trip occurs Caution If bA o7 V F Pattern is set to 1 Square set Pr 32 No Motor Level to a value lower than the factory default Otherwise no motor trip due to a lack of output current will result when the no motor trip operation is set 233 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO 6 3 9 LowVoltage Trip 2 Learning Protection Features If you set the Pr 82 LV2 Selection code to Yes 1 the trip notification is displayed when a low voltage trip occurs In this case even if the voltage of the DC Link condenser is higher than the trip level the LV2 trip will not be retrieved To retrieve the trip reset the inverter The trip history will not be saved P ee Setting Range Unit Group Code LCD Display Pr 82 LV2 Selection LV2 Enable Yes 1 6 4 Fault Warning List Setting a I The following list shows the types of faults and warnings that ca
202. e code Press the ENT key The number 5 0 will be displayed with o flashing This indicates 3 that the current acceleration time is set to 5 0 seconds The flashing 5 value is ready to be modified by using the keypad Press the 4 key to change the first place value S o g will be flashing now This indicates the flashing value 5 is ready to be modified Press the 4 key to change the number s into 6 the first place value of the target number 16 6 Press the 4 key to move to the 10s place value The number in the 10s position o in o6 will start to flash Press the 4 key to change the number from o to 1 to match 7 _ the 20s place value of the target number 16 and then press the IA ENT key Both digits will flash on the display Press the ENT key once again to save changes 8 ACC will be displayed The change to the acceleration time setup AC Q has been completed 3 3 2 Frequency Reference Configuration The following is an example to demonstrate configuring a frequency reference of 30 05 Hz from the first code in the Operation group 0 00 I BY GJ MIN KEJA WS east rur FIT rrt TT TE U L U U U 3 wo cy e aol x pw ar m aa m DO C C 62 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning to Perform Basic Operations Instruction Keypad Display Ensure that
203. e i Monitor on page 209 oho39C Monitor Line i Set the CNF 22 value refer to 5 36 Operation State Monitor on page 209 oho39D I Line Set the CNF 23 value refer to 5 36 Operation State Monitor on page 209 Displayed on an LCD keypad only Note A frequency set via communication using the common area frequency address oho380 ohooos is not saved even when used with the parameter save function To save a changed frequency to use after a power cycle follow these steps 1 Set dr o7 to Keypad 1 and select a random target frequency 2 Setthe frequency via communication into the parameter area frequency address oh1101 3 Performthe parameter save oho3Eo 1 before turning off the power After the power cycle the frequency set before turning off the power is displayed 7 5 3 Inverter Memory Control Area Parameter Read and Write Parameter Scale Unit Changeable Function During Operation oho3Eo Save parameters X o No 1 Yes oho3E1 Monitor mode O o No 1 Yes initialization 262 RS 485 Communication Features Parameter Scale Unit CARRARO GROUP 27 SANTERNO Changeable Function During Operation oho3E2 Parameter X o No 1 All Grp 2 Drv Grp initialization 3 bA Grp 4 Ad Grp 5 Cn Grp 6 In Grp 7 OU Grp 8 CM Grp 9 AP Grp 12 PrGrp 13 M2 Grp Setting is prohibited during fault trip interruptions oho3E3 Disp
204. e Level set the capacitor replacement warning level to a value between 50 0 and 95 0 3 Set Pr 61 CAP Diag to 1 Ref Diag Then the direct current set at Pr 60 CAP DiagCurr is output e The capacitor diagnosis is only available when the inverter is stopped e IfPr 61is set to 1 Ref Diag the displayed value at Pr 63 reflects 100 of the measured capacitance e Ifyou plan to perform a capacitor diagnosis using Pr 61 CAP Diag the initial capacitance must be measured when the inverter is used for the first time A capacitance measured ona used inverter leads to inaccurate inspection results due to an incorrect reference capacitance value 4 Turnoffthe input to the inverter 5 Turnonthe inverter when a low voltage trip LVT occurs 6 View the value displayed at Pr 63 CAP Diag Level When Pr 61 is set to 1 Ref Diag Pr 63 displays 100 of the capacitance pain o Main Capacitor Diagnosis details ct Group Code Name LCD Display Setting value Setting Range Unit D er un Capacitance 60 Diagnose current CAP DiagPerc 9 0 10 0 100 0 Level o None CAP Diagnosis 1 Ref Diag Pr 61 CAP Dia 0 mode g 2 Pre Diag 3 Init Diag CAP Exchange CAP Exchange 62 0 2 906 Level Level 50 0 95 0 63 CAP Diag Level CAP Diag Level o 0 0 100 0 Inspecting the capacitor life and initializing the capacitance reference Refer to the following instructions to inspect t
205. e moved to the initial code of the Drive group dr o Press the 4 or Y key to select code go ESC key configuration DR 90 3 and then press the ENT key Code dr 90 currently has an initial parameter value of o adjust to the initial position Press the 4 key to modify the value to 1 Jog key and then press the ENT key The new parameter value will flash 5 _ Press the ENT key again to save changes Note If the code dr 90 ESC key configuration is set to 1 JOG Key or 2 Local Remote the SET indicator will flash when the ESC key is pressed The factory default setting for code dr 90 is o move to the initial position You can navigate back to the initial position code 0 00 of the Operation group immediately by pressing the ESC key while configuring any codes in any groups Z SANTERNO Learning to Perform Basic Operations CARRAR GROUP 3 3 Actual Application Examples 3 3 1 Acceleration Time Configuration The following is an example demonstrating how to modify the ACC Acceleration time code value from 5 0 to 16 0 from the Operation group Fa m ZN 61 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning to Perform Basic Operations Instruction Keypad Display Ensure that the first code of the Operation group is selected and 1 pt code o oo Command Frequency is displayed Press the 4 key 2 The display will change to the second code in the Operation group the ACC Acceleration Tim
206. eUp o Below Level 0 2 selection Mod 42 PID controller unit PID Unit Sel o 0 12 selection 43 PID unit gain PID Unit Gain 100 0 0 300 44 PID unit scale PIDUnitScale 2 x1 0 4 45 PID 2 proportional PID P2 Gain 100 00 0 1000 gain In 65 71 Pxterminal Px Define Px 22 l Term Clear configuration P1 P7 23 PID Openloop 24 PGain2 152 Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO PID Basic Operation Setting Details Code Description AP o1 App Mode Set the code to 2 Proc PID to select functions for the process PID AP 16 PID Output Displays the existing output value of the PID controller The unit gain and scale that were set at AP 42 44 are applied on the display AP 17 PID Ref Value Displays the existing reference value set for the PID controller The unit gain and scale that were set at AP 42 44 are applied on the display AP 18 PID Fdb Value Displays the input value of the PID controller that is included in the latest feedback The unit gain and scale that were set at AP 42 44 are applied on the display AP 19 PID Ref Set When AP 20 PID control reference source is set to o Keypad the reference value can be entered If the reference source is set to any other value the setting values for AP 19 are void AP 20 PID Ref Source Selects the reference input for the PID control If the Vi terminal is set to PID feedback source PID F
207. ed unit parameters that are expressed in Hz or rpm except for the base frequency dr 18 Frequency cannot be set higher than the upper limit frequency Ad 24 Freq Limit Ad 25 Freq Limit Lo Ad 26 Freq Limit Hi without upper lower limits Frequency Max Frequency Upper limit Lower limit 10V V1 voltage input 20mA I current input 118 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features 4 18 3Frequency Jump Use frequency jump to avoid mechanical resonance frequencies Jump through frequency bands when a motor accelerates and decelerates Operation frequencies cannot be set within the pre set frequency jump band When a frequency setting is increased while the frequency parameter setting value voltage current RS 485 communication keypad setting etc is within a jump frequency band the frequency will be maintained at the lower limit value of the frequency band Then the frequency will increase when the frequency parameter setting exceeds the range of frequencies used by the frequency jump band Group Code Name LCD Display ParameterSetting Setting Range Unit 27 Frequency jump JumpFreq o No 0o 38 Jump frequency T liono 0 00 Jump frequency upper Hz lower limita limit 1 Jump frequency ee laze Jump frequency lower limit upper limita f 1 Maximum frequency Jump frequency 0 00 Jump frequency upper Ad 30 lower li
208. ee items from monitor line 1 to monitor line 3 can be displayed simultaneously CNF 24 Mon Mode Init Selecting 1 Yes initializes CNF 20 23 210 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Note Inverter power consumption Values are calculated using voltage and current Electric power is calculated every second and the results are accumulated Setting CNF 62 WH Count Reset value to 1 Yes will reset cumulated electric energy consumption Power consumption is displayed as shown below e Less than 1 000 kW Units are in kW displayed in 999 9 kW format 1 99 MW Units are in MW displayed in 99 99 MWh format 100 999 MW Units are in MW displayed in 999 9 MWh format More than 1 000 MW Units are in MW displayed in 9 999 MWh format and can be displayed up to 65 535 MW Values exceeding 65 535MW will reset the value to o and units will return to kW It will be displayed in 999 9 kW format 5 37 Operation Time Monitor pr RE Monitors inverter and fan operation time So co z s z a Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit m Inverter operation l f 70 l On time o oo oo 00 00 min accumulated time 1 niverer operaen Run time 0 00 00 00 00 min 7 accumulated time Inverter operation CNF 72 accumulated time Time Reset o No 0a initialization Cooling fan operation 74 accumulated time Fan time 0 00 00
209. elded screen around twisted cable pairs STP cables protect conductors from electromagnetic interference 49 ET A ET a 9 E 50 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter 2 4 Test Run After the post installation checklist has been completed follow the instructions below to test the inverter 1 Tum on the power supply to the inverter Ensure that the keypad display light is on 2 Select the command source 3 Seta frequency reference and then check the following e IfV1is selected as the frequency reference source does the reference change according to the input voltage at VR IfV2 is selected as the frequency reference source is the voltage current selector switch SW2 set to voltage and does the reference change according to the input voltage Ifl2 is selected as the frequency reference source is the voltage current selector switch SW2 set to current and does the reference change according to the input current 4 Set the acceleration and deceleration time Start the motor and check the following Ensure that the motor rotates in the correct direction refer to the note below e Ensure that the motor accelerates and decelerates according to the set times and that the motor speed reaches the frequency reference Note If the forward command Fx is on the motor should rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the load side of the motor If the motor rotates in the reverse
210. en the fault is corrected the fault trip or warning signal disappears only after the user turns off the inverter waits until the charge indicator light goes off and turns the inverter on again If the the inverter is still in a fault condition after powering it on again please contact the supplier or the Elettronica Santerno customer service center 9 1 1 Fault Trips Protection Functions for Output Current and Input Voltage Description Displayed when the motor overload trip is activated and the actual load level exceeds the set level Operates when Pr 20 is set to a value other than o mm Under Load Latch Displayed when the motor underload trip is activated and the ULT actual load level is less than the set level Operates when Pr 27 is set to a value other than o Over Latch Displayed when inverter output current exceeds 200 of the OCT Current1 rated current Keypad Display LCDDisplay Type Over Load Latch 339 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Troubleshooting Keypad Display LCD Display Type Description Over Latch Displayed when internal DC circuit voltage exceeds the OVT p Voltage specified value Low Voltage Level Displayed when internal DC circuit voltage is lessthanthe LVT specified value Low Latch Displayed when internal DC circuit voltage is less than the LV2 pl ge Voltage2 specified value during inverter operation Ground Latch Displayed when a ground fau
211. ency Hz 4118 0h1329 SE BRRIsCurr 0 0 180 0 50 0 OJA JO O p 194 current Brake release 18 S 42 oh132A svine BR RIs Dly 0 00 10 00 5 1 00 X A O O p 194 Brake release T 4418 oha32C Forward BR Ris Fwd Fr fr H 1 00 X A O O frequency requency Hz Brake release oio Maximum 4518 oh132D Reverse BR Rls Rev Fr fr 4 1 00 X A O O frequency requency Hz Brake engage 18 46 oh132E thier ine BR Eng DN 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 X A O O p 194 Brake engage 0 00 Maximum 18 47 oh132F fete BR Eng Fr TE 2 00 X A O O p 194 Energy savin ee 50 oh1332 gy g E Save Mode 1 Manual o None X A O X p 169 operation FEET 17 Displayed when Ad 27 is set to 1 Yes 18 Displayed if either OU 31 or OU 33 is set to 35 BR Control 279 Z SANTERNO Code Comm CARRARO GROUP Initial Table of Functions Property VIE SL Ad lars LCD Display Setting Range Value 5119 ohi333 ve Energy Save 0 30 0 OJA p 169 B Vogt Xcel Change 0 00 Maximum XJA Fel Fr frequency Hz pios During Run Cooling fan 1 AlwaysON o Durin 64 oh1340 control FAN Control Temp gRun O A p 184 Control 65 0h1341 paie PE one o No O A p 142 frequency save Mage EE o None Output contact i Vi 66 0h1342 On Off control oe 3 V2 o None X A p 142 options 4 2 6 Pulse Output contact STU ESTE 67 ohz343 On a On Ctrl Level off level 90 00 X A p
212. ent 9 Motor RPM 10 Inverter DC voltage 11 Userselect signal dr 81 12 Currently out of order 13 Selectrun direction 14 output current2 15 Motor RPM2 16 Inverter DC voltage2 17 Userselect signal2 dr 81 815 oh1151 Select Monitors user 0 O7 10 JOJ monitor code selected code output 0 Output voltage voltage V 1 Output electric power kW 2 Torque kgf m 89 o0ho3E3 Display o View All 0 Of O O p 189 changed 1 View View All parameter Changed 9o oh115A ESC key 0 Moveto 0 X7 O OU SO functions initial position None p 94 1 JOG Key D 142 2 Local Remote 93 oh115D Parameter 0 No o No XH O 10 p 186 initialization 1 AllGrp 2 dr Grp 3 bA Grp 4 Ad Grp CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm Name LCD Display Setting Range Initial Prpety VIF SL Ref dr Address value 5 CnGrp 6 InGrp 7 OU Grp 8 CM Grp 9 AP Grp 12 PrGrp 13 M2 Grp 16 runGrp 94 oh115E Password o Of 10 10 p 187 registration 9999 95 oh115F Parameter o O7 O JO p 188 lock settings 9999 97 oh1161 Software 7 O lOl version 98 oh1162 Display I O IO S W Ver A JO 10 board version O SL D uon gt UN4 271 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions 8 3 Basic Function group PAR gt bA In the following table the data shaded in grey will be displayed when a related code has been selected
213. ent level and off set value of the output frequency in relation to the input voltage These codes are displayed only when In o6 is set to 1 bipolar As an example ifthe minimum input voltage at V1 is set to 2 V with 10 output ratio and the maximum voltage is set to 8 V with 80 output ratio respectively the output frequency will vary within the range of 6 48 Hz In 14 In 12 V1 input In 12 V1 volt xa In 15 V1 Perc y2 Frequency reference In 12 Va volt X1 n 15 V1 Perc y For details about the o 10V analog inputs refer to the code descriptions In 08 V1 volt x1 In 11 V1 Perc y2 on page 79 4 1 3 3 Setting a Reference Frequency using Input Current I2 You can set and modify a frequency reference using input current at the I2 terminal after selecting current input at SW 2 Set the Frq Frequency reference source code in the Operation group to 5 I2 and apply 4 20mA input current to I2 Group _ Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit Fr ncy refer Operation Frq ke Gi FreqRefSrc 5 I2 0 12 source Fr n maximum i o1 de EO SH Freq at 100 60 00 o gt Menu Hz analog input Frequency In 50 I2 input monitor I2 Monitor 0 00 0 00 24 00 mA I2 input filter time 52 I2 Filter 10 0 10000 ms constant 83 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range l2 minimum input
214. er output is blocked and the fantrip is displayed when a cooling fan error is detected 1 Warning When OU 33 O1 Define and OU 31 Relay1 are set to 8 FAN Warning the fan error signal is output and the operation continues OU 3301 Define When the code value is set to 8 FAN Warning the fan error signal is output and OU 31 Relay1 operation continues However when the inverter inside temperature rises above acertain level output is blocked due to activation of overheat protection 6 3 2 Lifetime diagnosis of components Registering a capacitance reference for inspection Note To perform a capacitor diagnosis a capacitance reference must be measured and registered by setting Pr 61 CAP Diag to 1 Ref Diag when the inverter is used for the first time The measured reference value is saved at Pr 63 and is used asthe reference forthe capacitor life diagnosis Referto the following instructions to measure a reference capacitance 1 Set an appropriate capacitor diagnosis current based on the inverter s rated output at Pr 60 CAP DiagCurr e The capacitor diagnosis current is a direct current that is applied to the capacitor for inspection and is defined asin a percentage of the rated inverter output Because the value is defined based on the inverter output set an appropriate value if the motor has smaller rated current 228 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 2 AtPr 62 CAP Exchang
215. erate in torque control mode basic operation conditions must be set For more information referto 5 10 2 Sensorless Vector Control Operation Guide on page 167 e The torque control cannot be used in a low speed regeneration area or low load conditions e Ifyou change the rotation direction while operating an over current trip or low speed reverse direction error will be generated 170 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Torque reference setting option The torque reference can be set using the same method as the target frequency setting If Torque Control Mode is selected the target frequency is not used Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting o Keypad 1 1 Keypad 2 dr 08 Torque reference setting Trq Ref Src S 2 Vi 6 Int 485 02 Torque command CmdTorque 180 180 o Keypad 1 1 Keypad 2 2 Vi 62 Speedlimit setting Speed LmtSrc TT 4 V2 Cn 5 2 10 6 Int 485 Z g 63 Positive direction speed limit FWD Speed Lmt o Maximum frequency c Im DA 64 Negative direction speed limit REV Speed Lmt o Maximum frequency wn Q 65 Speed limit operation gain Speed Lmt Gain 100 5000 In 02 Tore atmaximum analog Torque at 100 12 00 12 00 mA input 21 Monitor mode display 1 Monitor Line 1 1 Speed CNES 22 Monitor mode display 2 Monitor Line 2 2 Output Current 23 Monitor mode display 3 Monitor Line 3 3 Output Voltage Avail
216. erminal board wiring 35 re assembling the covers sees 47 signal wiring eese 43 ioo 30 wiringlengthiz uccide 43 WM write mode error 247
217. es 44 ar ard b G Ose instal GON dhec ibn biene 48 ra E orque current power CONSUMPHION sssssssssstsstttvrttsrtssrterrtsrtnrtonrtenreen 209 211 rating rated motor current 149 power slot oa ett edited 192 rated motor voltage irnn 158 power terminal 37 rated slip frequency sss 149 Neterminals ec cic cius 3 rated slip speed eee 149 P2 B terminal 2537 eat 25 370 aie terminal er a c3 regenerated energy 116 168 power onmino Oe nO MIG asiste d remote operation tnn 95 power terminals ESC key 34 R S TterminalS nuussssseeeeeereersssessssasssssssereneentte 37 local operation 95 Power on Run Refer to start at power on Local Remote Mode Switching 94 Pr Protection Function group 305 resonance frequency Pr Protection group sssssssssssssssrsssrtessrtsssteusteessresssreesreesrrensrrens re 55 carrier frequency smmsssssssesssesseeerssoessesssessenesee MP frequency jump ssssssssesseettnnttes POPES OX CITING time pite Preinsulated Crimp Terminal press regeneration prevention EE L 236 Press regeneration prevention Seiu lee 237 P Galil T sic scssessseccesescasscaceasszetteediicaatatsnettiartiientatd 196 CONVENOR iiss aa N 237 Protection group Refer to Pr Protection group integrated communication sees 87 PIOLGCO TEES 243 Signal enl 42 87 RS 485 signal input terminal Refer to S S SG
218. es to all groups whenever you would like to navigate to a specific code number Step Instruction Keypad Display x Ensure that you are currently at the first code of the Drive group dr o Press the ENT key Number o will flash Press the Y key to display 5 thefirstas place ofthe group destination 95 Press the 4 key to move to the 10s place The cursor will move to the left and os will be displayed This time 57 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning to Perform Basic Operations _ Keypad Display Step Instruction the number o will be flashing place digit of the destination 95 Press the 4 key to increase the number from o to o the 10s Press the ENT key Code dr 95 is displayed 3 2 3 Setting Parameter Values Enable or disable features by setting or modifying parameter values for different codes Directly enter setting values such as frequency references supply voltages and motor speeds Follow the instructions below to learn to set or modify parameter values Step Instruction Keypad Display 1 key The first number on the right side of the display will flash Select the group and code to setup or modify parameter settings and then press the ENT the numberthat you would like to modify Press the or gt key to move the cursor to i gt lt o LIT i Ver wee o Nm Nm ac wa om d gt lt ec oo
219. eset Restart in Fire mode Over Voltage Over Current OC1 Ground Fault Trip The inverter stops operating when the following fault trips occur Fault trips that stop inverter operation in Fire mode H W Diag Over Current 2 Arm Short 133 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 Learning Advanced Features This chapter describes the advanced features of the Sinus H inverter Check the reference page in the table to see the detailed description for each of the advanced features 134 Advanced Tasks Description Ref Use the main and auxiliary frequencies in the predefined formulas to Auxiliary frequency create various operating conditions Auxiliary frequency operation is operation ideal for Draw Operation as this feature enables fine tuning of P2135 operation speeds Jog operation is a kind of a manual operation The inverter operates Jog operation toa set of parameter settings predefined for Jog operation while the p 139 Jog command button is pressed Usscewmepene tian Uses the upper and lower limit value switch output signals i e piza signals from a flow meter as Acc Dec commands to motors E 3 wire operation is used to latch an input signal This configuration is pil used to operate the inverter by a push button This safety feature allows the inverter s operation only after a signal Safety operation is input to the multi function terminal designated for the safety mode
220. est and most and flux stable deceleration performance braking during deceleration Stall level ca ER o S A EE c 4 requency Q a m Accelerating Decelerating Lc cU Caec c DC voltage I I a S Frequenc I I mm Q1 Decelerating Pr 51 Stall Freqa Additional stall protection levels can be configured for different frequencies based Pr 58StallLevel4 onthe load type As shown in the graph below the stall level can be set above the base frequency The lower and upper limits are set using numbers that correspond in ascending order For example the range for Stall Frequency 2 Stall Freq 2 becomes the lower limit for Stall Frequency 1 Stall Freq 1 and the upper limit for Stall Frequency 3 Stall Freq 3 218 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Stall level Stall level 1 Stall level 2 Stall level 3 Stall level 4 Stall Frq2 Stall Frq4 Stall Frq1 Stall Frq3 4 p 4 Output Frequency Note Stall protection and flux braking operate together only during deceleration Turn on the third and fourth bits of Pr 50 Stall Prevention to achieve the shortest and most stable deceleration performance without triggering an overvoltage fault trip for loads with high inertia and short deceleration times Do not use this function when frequent deceleration of the load is required as the motor can overheat and ma
221. et in code In 11 or In 15 is 100 res Freget eote Set code In o1 to 40 00 and use default values for codes In o2 In 16 Motor will run at 40 00Hz when a 10V input is provided at V1 Set code In 11to 50 00and use default values for codes In o1 1n 16 Motor will run at 30 00Hz 50 of the default maximum frequency 60Hz when a 10V input is provided at V1 In o5 Vi Monitor V Configures the inverter to monitor the input voltage at V1 78 Learning Basic Features Code In o7 V1 Filter Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Description V1 Filter may be used when there are large variations between reference frequencies Variations can be mitigated by increasing the time constant but this will require an increased response time The value t time indicates the time required for the frequency to reach 63 of the reference when external input voltages are provided in multiple steps V1 input from external source Frequency 100 63 V1 Filter t V1 Filter In o8 Va Volt x1 In 11 V1 Perc y2 These parameters are used to configure the gradient level and offset values of the Output Frequency based on the Input Voltage 79 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Description Frequency reference In 11 V1 input In 08 In 10 Volt x1 n 11 V1 Perc y2 In 16 Vi Inverting In 17 V1 Quantizing 80 Inverts the direction of rotation Set this code to 1 Yes if you
222. et values for the output frequency CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features In 96 TI Perc y2 Frequency reference In 96 In 94 In 93 In 95 In g7 TI Inverting In g8TI Quantizing Identical to In 16 17 referto In 16 Vi Inverting In 17 V1 Quantizing on page 79 4 1 6 Setting a Frequency Reference via RS 485 Communication Control the inverter with upper level controllers such as PCs or PLCs via RS 485 communication Setthe Frq Frequency reference source code in the Operation group to 6 Int 485 and use the RS 485 signal input terminals S S SG for communication Refer to 7 RS 485 Communication Features on page 236 LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Operation Frq Gjedde Freq Ref Src 6 Int485 012 source Integrated RS 485 o1 communication Int485 St ID fa 1 250 x inverter ID CM 93 Te speed eps BEDR 3 9900 Ped i Integrated D 04 communication frame Int485 Mode a NS 0 3 configuration 2 PAPE 3 D8 PO S1 87 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 2 Frequency Hold by Analog Input If you set a frequency reference via analog input at the control terminal block you can hold the operation frequency of the inverter by assigning a multi function input as the analog frequency hold terminal The operation frequency will be fixed upon an analog input signal 88 Group Code Name LCD Di
223. eter the up down operation can be applied easily to a system that uses the upper lower limit switch signals for Acc Dec commands Group Code LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Ad 65 Up down operation UID Save Mode 1 Yes 0 1 frequency save In 65 71 Px terminal Px Define Px P1 P7 17 Up configuration 18 Down 20 U D Clear CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features Up down Operation Setting Details Code Description In 65 71 Px Define Select two terminals for up down operation and set them to 17 Up and 18 Down respectively With the operation command input acceleration begins when the Up terminal signal is on Acceleration stops and constant speed operation begins when the signal is off During operation deceleration begins when the Down signal is on Deceleration stops and constant speed operation begins when both Up and Down signals are entered at the same time Frequency Ad 65 U D Save Mode During a constant speed operation the operating frequency is saved automatically in the following conditions the operation command Fx or Rx is off a fault trip occurs or the power is off TI MD V et e E D wn uonpeloJd When the operation command is turned on again or when the inverter regains the power source or resumes to a normal operation from a fault trip it resumes operation at the saved frequency To delete the saved frequency use the mu
224. ference Main reference x bA 03xbA 01 4 M G 2 A 50 Main reference bA 03x2x bA 01 50 x In o2 5 M iG 2 A 50 Main reference x bA 03x2x bA 01 50 6 M G 2 A 50 Main reference fbA o3x2x bA 01 50 7 M M G 2 A Main reference Main reference x bA 03x2x bA 01 50 50 M Main frequency reference Hz or rpm G Auxiliary reference gain 136 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Code Description A Auxiliary frequency reference Hz or rpm or gain Adjust the size of the input bA 01 Aux Ref Src configured for auxiliary frequency Set one of the multi function input terminals to 4o dis Aux Ref and turn it on to In 65 712 Px Define disable the auxiliary frequency reference The inverter will operate using the main frequency reference only bA 03 Aux Ref Gain Main frequency M _ gt Auxiliary frequency A oZ o Calculated frequency F M A G Auxiliary frequency command does not work if the multi function terminals In 65 71 are set to AO disable aux reference Auxiliary Reference Operation Ex 1 Keypad Frequency Setting is Main Frequency and V1 Analog Voltage is Auxiliary Frequency Mainfrequency Keypad operation frequency 30Hz nu D et e TD wn uUoIp3JOLJ Maximum frequency setting dr 20 400Hz Auxiliary frequency setting bA o1 Va Display by percentage or auxiliary frequency Hz depending
225. ff Delay 3 0 10000 ms terminal Off filter In 87 Multi function input DINC NOSel ooooo terminal selection 90 Multi function input DI Status 0 0000 i S terminal status Displayed as H HH on the keypad Multi function Input Terminal Control Setting Details Code In 85 DI On Delay In 86 DI Off Delay Description If the input terminal s state is not changed during the set time when the terminal receives an input it is recognized as On or Off In 87 DI NC NO Sel In 9o DI Status Select terminal contact types foreach input terminal The position of the indicator light corresponds to the segment that is on as shown in the table below With the bottom segment on it indicates that the terminal is configured as aA terminal Normally Open contact With the top segment on it indicates that the terminal is configured as a B terminal Normally Closed contact Terminals are numbered P1 P7 from right to left Type B terminal status Normally A terminal status Normally Closed Open Keypad H H LCD keypad i i Display the configuration of each contact When a segment is configured as A terminal using dr 87 the On condition is indicated by the top segment turning on The Off condition is indicated when the bottom segment is turned on When contacts are configured as B terminals the segment lights behave conversely Terminals are numbered P1 P7 fr
226. figuration 7 2 1 Communication Line Connection Make sure that the inverter is turned off completely and then connect the RS 485 communication line to the S S SG terminals of the terminal block The maximum number of inverters you can connect is 16 For communication lines use shielded twisted pair STP cables The maximum length of the communication line is 1 200 meters but it is recommended to use no more than 700 meters of communication line to ensure stable communication Please use a repeater to enhance the communication speed when using a communication line longer than 1 200 meters or when using a large number of devices A repeater is effective when smooth communication is not available due to noise interference Caution When wiring the communication line make sure that the SG terminals on the PLC and inverter are connected SG terminals prevent communication errors due to electronic noise interference 237 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features 7 2 2 Setting Communication Parameters Before proceeding with setting communication configurations make sure that the communication lines are connected properly Turn on the inverter and set the communication parameters LCD Display Parameter Setting Settingrange Unit CM O1 Built in communication Int485StID 1 1 250 inverter ID 02 Built in communication Int485 Proto o ModBusRTU o 2 protocol 03 Built in communication In
227. figuration P7 2 Rx 0 54 Displayed under DRV 06 on the LCD keypad Fwd Rev Command by Multi function Terminal Setting Details Description Operation group drv Cmd Source Set to 1 Fx Rx 1 i Assign a terminal for forward Fx operation In 65 71 Px Define Assign a terminal for reverse Rx operation Frequency reference 92 Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features CARRARO GROUP 4 5 3 Terminal Block as a Command Input Device Run and Rotation Direction Commands Multi function terminals can be selected as a command input device This is configured by setting the drv command source code in the Operation group to 2 Fx Rx 2 Select 2 terminals for run and rotation direction commands and then select the relevant codes 2 of the 5 multi function terminal codes In 65 71 for P1 P7 to 1 Fx and 2 Rx respectively This application uses an Fx input as a run command and an Rx input to change a motor s rotation direction On Rx Off Fx Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Operation Prv Command source Cmd Source 2 Fx Rx 2 0 4 i 65 71 Px terminal Px Define Px P1 1 Fx n configuration P7 2 Rx 0 54 Displayed under DRV 06 on the LCD keypad Run Command and Fwd Rev Change Command Using Multi function Terminal Setting Details Description Operation group T dv Cmd Source Assign a terminal for run command Fx el
228. figured to enhance and smooth the inverter s acceleration and deceleration curves Linear pattern features a linear increase or decrease to the output frequency at a fixed rate For an S curve pattern a smoother and more gradual increase or decrease of output frequency ideal for lift type loads or elevator doors etc S curve gradient level can be adjusted using codes Ad 03 06 in the Advanced group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range bA 08 Acc Dec reference Ramp T mode o Max Freq 0a 01 Acceleration pattern AccPattern o Linear b 0 1 L 02 Deceleration pattern Dec Pattern 1 S curve S 03 S curve Acc start Acc S Start 40 1 100 gradient Ad 04 S curve Acc end gradient Acc S End 40 i2100 05 S curve Dec start Dec S Start 40 1 100 96 gradient 06 S curve Dec end Dec S End 40 1 100 gradient 104 Learning Basic Features CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Acc Dec Pattern Setting Details Code Ad o3 Acc S Start Ad o4 AccS End Description Sets the gradient level as acceleration starts when using an S curve Acc Dec pattern Ad 03 defines S curve gradient level as a percentage up to half of total acceleration If the frequency reference and maximum frequency are set at 60Hz and Ad o3 is set to 50 Ad o3 configures acceleration up to 30Hz half of 60Hz The inverter will operate S curve acceleration in the o 15Hz frequency range 50 of 30Hz Linear acceleration
229. for cooling fans to 1 Group Code LCD Display Setting value Setting Range 36 Accumulated percentof FAN Time Perc BB 0 0 6553 5 Pr fan usage Fan exchange warning FAN Exchange 87 90 0 0 0 100 0 Level level M PT No CNF ys Initialize operation time FAN Time Rst l i of cooling fans 1 Yes 31 Multi function relay Relay 1 OU 32 Multi function relay2 Relay 2 38 an xchange p 33 Multi function outputi Q1 Define 3 Available on LCD keypad only 230 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 6 3 3 Low Voltage Fault Trip When inverter input power is lost and the internal DC link voltage drops below a certain voltage level the inverter stops output and a low voltage trip occurs Unit Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range 81 Low voltage trip decision LVT Delay sec delay time 31 Multi function relay 1 Relay 1 Low Voltage 33 Multi function output1 01 Define Low Voltage Fault Trip Setting Details Code Description Pr 81 LVT Delay If the code value is set to 11 Low Voltage the inverter stops the output first when a low voltage trip condition arises then a fault trip occurs after the low voltage trip decision time is passed The warning signal for a low voltage fault trip can be provided using the multi function output or a relay However the low voltage trip delay time LVT Delay time does not apply
230. for differences errors between reference and feedback If the Pgain is set to 50 then 50 of the error is output The setting range for Pgain is 0 0 1 000 For ratios below 0 1 use AP 26 P Gain Scale 153 Z SANTERNO AP 23 PID l Time CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Sets the time to output accumulated errors When the error is 100 the time taken for 100 output is set When the integral time PID Time is set to 1 second 100 output occurs after 1 second of the error remaining at 100 Differences in a normal state can be reduced by PID I Time When the multi function terminal block is set to 21 I Term Clear and is turned on all of the accumulated errors are deleted AP 24 PID D Time Sets the output volume for the rate of change in errors If the differential time PID D Time is set to ams and the rate of change in errors per sec is 100 output occurs at 1 per 10ms AP 25 PID F Gain Setsthe ratio that adds the target to the PID output Adjusting this value leads to afaster response AP 27 PID Out LPF Used when the output of the PID controller changes too fast or the entire system is unstable due to severe oscillation In general a lower value default value o is used to speed up response time but in some cases a higher value increases stability The higher the value the more stable the PID controller output is but the slower the response time
231. from the front of the inverter 4 Connect the cables to the power terminals and the control terminals For cable specifications refer to 1 5 Cable Selection on page 22 33 34 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter Note To connect an LCD keypad remove the plastic knock out from the bottom of the front cover right side or from the control terminal cover Then connect the signal cable to the RJ 45 port on the control board Step 2 Ground Connection Remove the front cover s cable guide and the control terminal cover Then follow the instructions below to install the ground connection for the inverter 1 Locate the ground terminal and connect an appropriately rated ground cable to the terminals Refer to 2 5 Cable Selection on page 22 to find the appropriate cable specification for your installation Ground terminals 2 Connect the other ends of the ground cables to the supply earth ground terminal Note e 2T products require Class 3 grounding Resistance to ground must be lt 1000 e 4T products require Special Class 3 grounding Resistance to ground must be lt 10 Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP A Warning Install ground connections for the inverter and the motor by following the correct specifications to ensure safe and accurate operation Using the inverter and the motor without the specified grounding connections may result in electric shock
232. function 8 User Func8 0 28 37 User function input 8 A User Input 8 A o oxFFFF S 38 User function input8 B User Input 8 B o oxFFFF CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit Group Code Name 39 User function input 8 C User Input 8 C o oxFFFF 40 User function output 8 User Output 8 32767 32767 41 User function 9 User Funcg 0 28 S 42 User function input 9 A User Input 9 A o oxFFFF E 43 User function input 9 B User Input 9 B o oxFFFF s 44 User function input 9 C User Input 9 C o oxFFFF 45 User function output 9 User Output 9 32767 32767 46 User function 10 User Func10 0 28 47 User function input10 A User Input 10 A o oxFFFF a 48 User function input 10 B User Input 10 B o oxFFFF 5 49 User function input 10 C User Input 10 C o oxFFFF S 50 User function output 10 User Output 10 32767 32767 51 User function 11 User Func11 0 28 s 52 User function inputii A User Input 11 A o oxFFFF s UF 53 User function input 11 B User Input 11 B o oxFFFF x 54 User function input 11 C User Input 11 C o oxFFFF 55 User function output 11 User Output 11 32767 32767 56 Userfunction 12 User Func12 0 28 57 User function input 12 A User Input 12 A o oxFFFF x 58 User function input 12 B User Input 12 B o oxFFFF 59 User function input 12 C User Input 12 C o oxFFFF
233. g SettingRange Unit V F pattern V F Pattern Square Reduction V F pattern Operation Setting Details Code Description Sets the parameter value to 1 Square or 3 Square2 according to the load s start characteristics Setting Function paler rater 1 Square The inverter produces output voltage proportional to 1 5 square of the operation frequency 3 Square2 The inverter produces output voltage proportional to 2 square of the operation frequency This setup is ideal for variable torque loads such as fans or pumps 108 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features Voltage 100 reduction Frequency Base frequency 4 13 3 User V F Pattern Operation The Sinus H inverter allows the configuration of user defined V F patterns to suit the load characteristics of special motors Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range 07 VIF pattern VIF Pattern 2 UserV F 0 3 41 User Frequency User Freq1 15 00 SRN HZ frequency 42 UserVoltagei User Volt 1 25 0 100 43 User Frequency2 User Freq2 30 00 emai Hz frequency bA 44 UserVoltage2 User Volt 2 50 0 100 45 User Frequency3 User Freq 3 45 00 Mn Hz frequency 46 User Voltage3 User Volt 3 75 0 100 Maxi Fra 47 User Frequency User Freq 4 f pod ON Hz requency frequency 48 User Voltagez User Volt 4 100 0 100 User V F pattern Setting Details Descrip
234. ge the acceleration time The combined values of the motor Change the motor related parameters properties and the inverter parameter are incorrect The stall prevention level during Change the stall prevention level acceleration is low The stall prevention level during operation Change the stall prevention level is low Starting torque is insufficient Change to vector control operation mode If the fault is still not corrected replace the inverter with a model with increased capacity Motor speed There is a high variance in load Replace the motor and inverter with varies during models with increased capacity operation The input voltage varies Reduce input voltage variation Motor speed variations occur ata specific Adjust the output frequency to avoid a frequency resonance area The motor The V F pattern is set incorrectly Set a V F pattern that is suitable for the rotation is motor specification different from the setting The motor The deceleration time is set too long Change the setting accordingly deceleration time The motortorque is insufficient If motor parameters are normal it is is too long even likely to be a motor capacity fault with Dynamic Replace the motor with a model with Braking DB increased capacity resistor The load is higher than the internal torque Replace the inverter with a model with connected limit determined by the rated current of increased capacity the inverter Operati
235. ge voltage or DC voltmeter Protection imbalance between the between circuit while the inverter output phases within inverter is in terminal U V 4V for 200V operation W series and within 8V for 400V series Isthere an error Test the The circuit inthe display inverterouput must work circuit after the protectionin according to sequence both short and the sequence Technical Specification Z SAN Inspection Inspection item Inspection Inspection Judgment Inspection equipment area details method standard protection test open circuit conditions Cooling Cooling fan Are any ofthe Checkall No system fan parts loose connected abnormality parts and tighten all screws Display Display device Isthedisplay Check the Specified and Voltmeter value normal command managed Ammeter etc value on the values must display device match 10 1 3Bi annual Inspections area Inspection Inspection item Insulation resistance Caution Inspection details Megger test between the input output and earth terminals Inspection method Disconnect the cables for terminals U V W and test the wiring Judgment standard Must be above 5 NO Inspection equipment DC 500 V Megger Do not run an insulation resistance test Megger on the control circuit as it may result in damage to the product 10 2 Storage and Disposal
236. ges the speed PI controller gain during sensorless vector control For a PI speed controller P gain is a proportional gain for the speed deviation If speed deviation becomes higher than the torque the output command increases Learning Protection Features Cn 23 ASR SL P Gain2 Cn 24 ASR SL Gain2 Z SANTERNO accordingly As the value increases the faster the speed deviation decreases The speed controller I gain is the integral gain for speed deviation It is the time taken for the gain to reach the rated torque output command while a constant speed deviation continues The lower the value becomes the faster the speed deviation decreases Appears only when 1 Yes is selected for Cn 20 SL2 G view Sel The speed controller gain can be increased to more than the medium speed for sensorless vector control Cn 23 ASR SL P Gainz is set as a percentage of the low speed gain Cn 21 ASR SL P Gaina if P Gain 2 is less than 100 0 the responsiveness decreases For example if Cn 21 ASR SL P Gainz is 50 0 and Cn 23 ASR SL P Gain2 is 50 0 the actual middle speed or faster speed controller P gain is 25 0 Cn 24 ASR SL Gain2 is also set as a percentage of the Cn 22 ASR SL I Gaina For I gain the smaller the I gain 2 becomes the slower the response time becomes For example if Cn 22 ASR SL I Gain1 is 100ms and Cn 24 ASR SL Gain2 is 50 096 the middle speed or faster speed controller I gain is 200 ms The controller gain is set according to t
237. hase forced cooling 0221h 400 V 3 phase forced cooling 0431h Cc oO 3 9 e E oho303 Inverter S W Ex oho100 Version 1 00 VEME oho101 Version 1 01 oho304 Reserved oho305 Inverter operation B15 o Normal state state Ba 4 Warning occurred 8 Fault occurred operates Ba3 according to Pr 30 Trip Out Mode B12 setting B11 B8 B7 1 Speed searching Ige 2 Accelerating 3 Operating at constant rate B5 c i 4 Decelerating 255 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features Comm Address Parameter Scale Unit Assigned content by bit B4 5 Decelerating to stop 6 HW OCS 7 SIW OCS 8 Dwell operating B3 o Stopped B2 1 Operating in forward direction 2 Operating in reverse direction B1 3 DC operating o speed control Bo oho306 Inverter operation B15 Operation command source frequency B14 o Keypad command source B13 1 Communication option B12 3 Built in RS 485 Bai 4 Terminal block B10 B9 B8 B7 Frequency command source B6 o Keypad speed B5 1 Keypad torque B4 2 4 Up Down operation speed B3 5 V3 7 V2 8 12 B2 9 Pulse Bi 10 Built in RS 485 Bo 11 Communication option 13 Jog 14 PID 25 39 Multi step speed frequency oho307 LCD keypad S W Ex oho100 Version 1 00 version oho308 LCD keypad title Ex oho
238. he capacitor life and initialize the capacitance reference 229 2 Note SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features To perform a capacitor diagnosis a capacitance reference must be measured and registered by setting Pr 61 CAP Diag to 1 Ref Diag when the inverter is used forthe first time The measured reference value is registered at PRT 63 and is used asthe reference for the capacitor life diagnosis 1 Onan Inverter whose run time has reached the cumulated time for capacitor replacement set Pr 61 CAP Diag to 2 Pre Diag 2 Check the value displayed at Pr 63 CAP Diag Level If the value displayed at Pr 63 is smaller than the value set at Pr 62 CAP Level 1 a capacitor replacement warning CAP Exchange will occur 3 While the capacitor replacement warning continues confirm that the first bit at Pr 89 Inverter State is set 4 Bet Pr 62 to 0 0 The capacitor replacement warning CAP Exchange will be released Set Pr 61to 3 CAP Init and make sure that the value displayed at Pr 63has changed to 0 0 Lifetime diagnosis for fans Enter the Pr 87 Fan exchange warning level code After the selected usage is reached out of 50 000 hours the fan exchange warning message will appear in the multi functional output or keypad The total fan usage level appears at Pr 86 When exchanging fans you may initialize the accumulated value to o by setting the CNF 75 Initializing accumulated time
239. he default motor parameters and Acc Dec time Cn 26 Flux P Gain Cn 27 Flux I Gain Cn 85 87 Flux P Gaina3 Cn 88 90 Flux I Gain1 3 Sensorless vector control requires the rotor flux estimator For the adjustment of flux estimator gain refer to 5 10 2 Sensorless Vector Control Operation Guide on page 167 Cn 28 S Est P Gain1 Cn 29 S Est I Gaina Cn 30 S Est I Gain2 Speed estimator gain for sensorless vector control can be adjusted To adjust speed estimator gain refer 5 10 2 Sensorless Vector Control Operation Guide on page 167 Cn 31 ACR SL P Gain Cn 32 ACR SL I Gain Cn 53 Torque Lmt Src Adjusts the P and I gains of the sensorless current controller For the adjustment of sensorless current controller gain refer to 5 10 2 Sensorless Vector Control Operation Guide on page 167 Select a type of torque limit setting using the keypad terminal block analog input V1 and I2 or communication power When setting torque limit adjust the torque size by limiting the speed controller output Set the retrograde and regenerative limits forforward and reverse operation Setting Function o KeyPad 1 Sets the torque limit with the keypad 1 KeyPad 2 2 Vi Sets the torque limit with the analog input terminal 4 V2 of the terminal block 5 l2 6 Int 485 Sets the torque limit with the communication terminal of the terminal block 8 FieldBus Sets the torque limit with the Fiel
240. he system may become unstable depending on the controller gain settings Note Speed controller gain can improve the speed control waveform while monitoring the changes in speed If speed deviation does not decrease quickly increase the speed controller P gain or decrease I gain time in ms However if the P gain is increased too high or I gain is decreased too low severe vibration may occur If oscillation occurs in the speed waveform try to increase I gain ms or reduce P gain to adjust the waveform 166 Learning Protection Features SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 2 5 10 2Sensorless Vector Control Operation Guide Problem The amount of starting torque is insufficient The output frequency is higherthan the base frequency during no load operation at low speed 10Hz or lower Relevant function code bA 24 Tr Cn og PreExTime Cn 10 Flux Force Cn 31 ACR SL P Gain Cn 54 57 Trq Lmt Cn 93 SL Volt Comp3 Cn 91 SL Volt Comp1 Troubleshooting Set the value of Cn 90 to be more than 3 times the value of bA 24 or increase the value of Cn 10 by increments of 50 If the value of Cn 10 is high an overcurrent trip at start can occur Inthis case reduce the value of Cn 31 by decrements of 10 Increase the value of Trg Lmt Cn 54 57 by increments of 10 Increase the value of Cn 93 by increments of 5 Decrease the value of Cn 91 by decrements of 5 The motor hunts or the amount of torque is not sufficien
241. ier humming or natural frequency and the carrier frequency loud noises frequency Resonance occurs between the motor s Slightly increase or decrease the carrier natural frequency and the inverter s frequency output frequency Use the frequency jump function to avoid the frequency band where resonance occurs The motor The frequency input command is an In situations of noise inflow on the vibrates hunts external analog command analog input side that results in command interference change the input filter time constant In o7 The wiring length between the inverter Ensure that the total cable length and the motor is too long between the inverter and the motor is less than 200m 50m for motors rated 2 2kW or lower The motor does Itis difficult to decelerate sufficiently Adjust the DC braking parameter not come to a complete stop when the inverter because DC braking is not operating normally Increase the set value forthe DC braking current Increase the set value forthe DC braking output stops stopping time The output The frequency reference is within the Setthe frequency reference higher than frequency does jump frequency range the jump frequency range 348 Troubleshooting Type not increase to the frequency reference Cause The frequency reference is exceeding the upper limit of the frequency command A CARRARO GROUP Remedy Set the upper limit of the frequency command higher th
242. ill operate according to the previously set frequency reference source and the command received from the input device If Ad 10 power on run is set to o No the inverter will NOT operate on power on even when the following terminals are turned on Fwd Rev run Fx Rx terminal Fwd Rev jog terminal Fwd jog Rev Jog Pre Excitation terminal To operate the inverter manually with the keypad switch to local mode Use caution when switching back to remote operation mode as the inverter will stop operating If Ad 10 power on run is set to o No acommand through the input terminals will work ONLY AFTER all the terminals listed above have been turned off and then turned on again If the inverter has been reset to clear a fault trip during an operation the inverter will switch to local operation mode at power on and full control of the inverter will be with the keypad The inverter will stop operating when operation mode is switched from local to remote In this case a run command through an input terminal will work ONLY AFTER all the input terminals have been tumed off Inverter Operation During Local Remote Switching Switching operation mode from remote to local while the inverter is running will cause the inverter to stop operating Switching operation mode from local to remote however will cause the inverter to operate based on the command source Analog commands via terminal input the inverter will continue to r
243. imum rated voltage Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Quick Reference Table Quick Reference Table The following table contains situations frequently encountered by users while working with inverters Refer to the typical and practical situations in the table to quickly and easily locate answers to your questions Situation Reference I want to runa slightly higher rated motor than the inverter s rated capacity p 215 I want to configure the inverter to start operating as soon as the power source is f p 96 applied I want to configure the motor s parameters p 158 I want to set up sensorless vector control 9 161 Something seems to be wrong with the inverter or the motor 9 233 D 343 What is auto tuning p 158 What are the recommended wiring lengths p 233 2 342 The motor is too noisy I want to apply PID control on my system What are the factory default settingss for P1 P7 multi function terminals I want to view all of the parameters I have modified want to review recent fault trip and warning histories I want to change the inverter s operation frequency using a potentiometer want to install a frequency meter using an analog terminal want to display the supply current to motor want to operate the inverter using a multi step speed configuration The motor runs too hot The inverter is too hot 222 The cooling fan does not work p 349 I want to change
244. inal status of the terminal block Starting from the right displays P1 P8 8 DO Status Displays output terminal status of the terminal block Starting from the right Relays Relay2 and Q1 9 ViMonitor V Displays the input voltage value at terminal Va V 10 VaMonitor Displays input voltage terminal Vi value as a percentage If 10V oV 10V is measured 100 0 100 will be displayed 13 V2 Monitor V Displays input voltage terminal V2 value V 14 V2Monitor 96 Displays input voltage terminalV2 value as a percentage 15 l2Monitor mA Displays input current terminal I2 value A 16 12 Monitor Displays input current terminal I2 value as a percentage 17 PID Output Displays output of PID controller 18 PID Ref Value Displays reference value of PID controller 19 PID Fdb Value Displays feedback volume of PID controller 20 Torque If the torque reference command mode DRV 08 is set to a value other than keypad o or 1 the torque reference value is displayed 21 Torque Limit If torque limit setting Cn 53 is set to a value other than keypad 0 or 1 the torque limit value is displayed 23 Spd Limit Ifthe speed limit setting Cn 62 on torque control mode is set to a value other than keypad 0 or 1 the speed limit setting is displayed Select the items to be displayed in monitor mode Monitor mode is the first CNF 21 23 Monitor Line x displayed mode when the inverter is powered on A total of thr
245. ing illustration detailing the correct length of exposed conductor at the end of the control cable Note While making wiring connections at the control terminals ensure that the total cable length does not exceed 5om 168ft e Ensure that the length of any safety related wiring does not exceed 30m 101ft e Ensure that the cable length between an LCD keypad and the inverter does not exceed 3m oft Cable connections longer than 3m 1oft may cause signal errors 43 4h 27 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter Useferrite material to protect signal cables from electro magnetic interference e Take care when supporting cables using cable ties to apply the cable ties no closer than 15cm 6 inches from the inverter This provides sufficient access to fully close the front cover When making control terminal cable connections use a small flat tip screw driver 2 5mm wide 0 2 and o 4mm thick 0 015in at the tip 2 5mm 0 1 orless gt EU 0 4mm K 0 015 or less Step 5 PNP NPN Mode Selection The Sinus H inverter supports both PNP Source and NPN Sink modes for sequence inputs at the terminal Select an appropriate mode to suit requirements using the PNP NPN selection switch SW1 on the control board Refer to the following information for detailed applications PNP Mode Source Select PNP using the PNP NPN selection switch SW1 Note that the factory default setting is NPN mode
246. ing Protection Features CARRARO GROUP No Settings K Set CNF 42 to 3 UserGrp SelKey A icon will be displayed atthe top ofthe LCD display 2 In the USR group in U amp M mode move the cursor to the code that is to be deleted 3 Press the MULTI key 4 Move toYES on the deletion confirmation screen and press the PROG ENT key 5 Deletion completed CNF 25 UserGrp AllDel Set to 1 Yes to delete all registered parameters in the user group 5 27 Easy Start On Run Easy Start On to easily setup the basic motor parameters required to operate a motor ina batch Set CNF 61 Easy Start On to 1 Yes to activate the feature initialize all parameters by setting CNF 40 Parameter Init to 1 All Grp and restart the inverter to activate Easy Start On ETEF uoIp3JOLJ Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit CNES 61 Parameter easy start settings Easy StartOn 1 Yes Available on LCD keypad only Easy Start On Setting Details Code Description Follow the procedures listed below to set parameter easy start No Procedures Set CNF 61 Easy Start On to 1 Yes Select All Grp in CNF 40 Parameter Init to initialize all parameters in the inverter 3 Restarting the inverter will activate the Easy Start On Set the values in the following screens on the LCD keypad To escape from the Easy CNF 61 Easy Start Start On press the ESC key On Start Easy
247. ing fan runs constantly if the power is supplied to the inverter 2 Temp With power connected and the run operation command on Control if the setting is in Temp Control the cooling fan will not operate unless the temperature in the heat sink reaches the set temperature Ad 64 Fan Control Note Despite setting Ad 64 to o During Run ifthe heat sink temperature reaches a set level by current input harmonic wave or noise the cooling fan may run as a protection function CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 5 20 Input Power Frequency and Voltage Settings Select the frequency for inverter input power If the frequency changes from 60Hz to 50Hz all other frequency or RPM settings including the maximum frequency base frequency etc will change to 50Hz Likewise changing the input power frequency setting from 50Hz to 60Hz will change all related function item settings from 50Hz to 60Hz Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Ho Input power frequency 60 5o Hz Sel Set Inverter input power voltage at bA 19 Low voltage fault trip level changes automatically to the set voltage standard Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit 220V 220 170 240 AC Input Volt V DEE 400V 380 320 480 Group Code Name LCD Display bA 19 Input power voltage 5 21 Read Write and Save Parameters TI D GU et iS MD n uUoIp3JOL
248. inverter has driven the motor oho343 Run Time minute o Min Total number of minutes excluding the total number of Run Time days oho344 FanTime date 0 Day Total number of days the heat sink fan has been running oho345 FanTime minute o Min Total number of minutes excluding the total number of Fan Time days oho346 Reserved oho348 oho349 Reserved oho34A Option 1 o None 9 CANopen oho34B Reserved oho34C Reserved 7 5 2 Control Area Parameter Read Write Comm Address Parameter Scale Unit Assigned Content by Bit oho380 Frequency 0 01 Hz Command frequency setting command oho381 RPM 1 rem Command rpm setting command oho382 Operation B7 Reserved command B6 Reserved B5 Reserved B4 Reserved B3 o gt 1 Free run stop B2 o 2 1 Trip initialization Bi 0 Reverse command 1 Forward command Bo 0 Stop command 1 Run command Example Forward operation command ooo3h 260 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features Comm Address Parameter Seale Unit Assigned Content by Bit Reverse operation command ooo1h oho383 Acceleration 0 1 S Acceleration time setting time oho384 Deceleration 0 1 S Deceleration time setting time oho385 Virtual digital Bis Reserved input control Reserved o Off 1 On B8 Reserved B7 Vi
249. ion oe 100 aTe E 100 time scale setting 99 ben 193 TO terilidl cei arat nets 42 200 0 0 0 37 torque control 169 torque reference setting option 171 torque DOOSt EE 110 auto torque boost 111 manual torque boost overexcitation AEE EEE 339 fault waring list eee 234 trip condition monitor 71 LUS C eem 232 Trip troubleshooting eee 343 trip Trip Erase tip E enceinte 192 troubleshooting 339 other faults 345 troubleshooting fault trips 343 U U amp M mode 190 UNAN terminal U V W terminals UF315 UF User Sequence Function group 55 under load under load trip itt near 226 under load warning seres 226 Under Load Heer 235 underload fault trip sss 235 underload trip sere 339 underload warning es 235 342 underload fault trip Refer to Under Load Deor 192 246 Up Down Operation 142 US312 27 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP US User Sequence group 55 USET TOUD delete parameters user group parameter registration 190 USER sequeriCe ocior itis
250. ion Px P1 P7 15 2ndSource 0 54 Displayed under DRV o6 in an LCD keypad 2nd Operation Mode Setting Details Description If signals are provided to the multi function terminal set as the 2 source 2nd Source the operation can be performed using the set values from bA o4 Cmd 2nd Src bA 04 05 instead of the set values from the drv and Era codes in the Operation bA o5 Freq 2nd Src group The 2nd command source settings cannot be changed while operating with the 1 command source Main Source command Caution e When setting the multi function terminal to the 2 command source 2nd Source and input On the signal operation state is changed because the frequency setting and the Operation command will be changed to the 2 command Before shifting input to the multi function terminal ensure that the 2 command is correctly set Note that if the deceleration time is too short or inertia of the load is too high an overvoltage fault trip may occur Depending onthe parameter settings the inverter may stop operating when you switch the command modes 120 Learning Basic Features 4 20 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Multi function Input Terminal Control Filter time constants and the type of multi function input terminals can be configured to improve the response of input terminals 85 Multi function input DI On Delay 10 0 10000 ms terminal On filter 86 Multi function input DI O
251. ipment connected to the inverter e Voltage drop is calculated by using the following formula Voltage Drop V V3 X cable resistance m Q m X cable length m X current A 1000 Use cables with the largest possible cross sectional area to ensure that voltage drop is minimized over long cable runs Lowering the carrier frequency and installing a micro surge filter may also help to reduce voltage drop Distance lt 50m 168ft lt 100m 337ft gt 100M 337 Allowed Carrier Frequency lt 15 kHz lt 5 kHz lt 2 5 kHz Warning Do not connect power to the inverter until installation has been fully completed and the inverter is ready to be operated Doing so may result in electric shock Caution e Power supply cables must be connected to the R S and T terminals Connecting power cables to other terminals will damage the inverter e Useinsulated ring lugs when connecting cables to R S T and U V W terminals e Theinverter s power terminal connections can cause harmonics that may interfere with other communication devices located nearto the inverter To reduce interference the installation of noise filters or line filters may be required Toavoidcircuit interruption or damaging connected equipment do not install phase advanced condensers surge protection or electronic noise filters on the output side of the inverter e Toavoid circuit interruption or damaging connected equipment do not install magnetic conta
252. is increased by the inverter s inner PI control If the current increases above the value set at Cn 72 the voltage stops increasing and the frequency decreases t1 zone If the current decreases below the value set at Cn 27 the voltage increases again and the frequency stops decelerating t2 zone When the normal frequency and voltage are resumed the speed search operation accelerates the motor back to its frequency reference before the fault trip Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Code Description Power input Frequency Voltage Starting with power on Set bit 4 to 1 and Ad 10 Power on Run to 1 Yes If inverter input power is supplied while the inverter operation command is O on the speed search operation will accelerate the motor up to the 2 frequency reference The amount of current flow is controlled during speed search operation based Cn 72SS Sup Current onthe motors rated current If Cn 70 SS mode is set to 1 Flying Start 2 this code is not visible The P I gain of the speed search controller can be adjusted If Cn 7o SS Mode is setto 1 Flying Start 2 different factory defaults based on motor capacity are used and defined in dr 14 Motor Capacity Cn 73 SS P I Gain Cn 75 SS Block Time Note e If operated within the rated output the Sinus H series inverter is designed to withstand instantaneous power interruptions within 15 ms and maintain normal operation
253. itor Contact the retailer or the Elettronica Santerno customer service center InverterOLT The load is greater than the rated motor Replace the motor and inverter with capacity models that have increased capacity The torque boost level is too high Reduce the torque boost level Over Heat There is a problem with the cooling system Determine if a foreign object is obstructing the air inlet outlet or vent The inverter cooling fan has been operated Replace the cooling fan for an extended period The ambient temperature is too high Keep the ambient temperature below 50 C Over Current2 Output wiring is short circuited Check the output wiring There is a fault with the electronic Do not operate the inverter Contact the semiconductor IGBT retailer or the Elettronica Santerno customer service center NTC Open The ambient temperature is too low Keep the ambient temperature above 344 There is a fault with the internal temperature sensor 10 C Contact the retailer or the Elettronica Santerno customer service center SANTERNO 2 Troubleshooting CARRARO GROUP Type Cause Remedy FAN Lock A foreign object is obstructing the Tans air Remove the foreign object from the air vent inlet or outlet The cooling fan needs to be replaced Replace the cooling fan IP54 FAN Trip The fan connector is not connected Connect the fan connector The fan connector needs to be replaced Replace the fan connector
254. ity ratings The set value for the overload trip level Increase the set value for the overload trip Pr 21 is too low level Under Load There is amotor load connection problem Replace the motor and inverter with models with lower capacity The set value for underload level Pr 29 Reduce the set value for the underload Pr 30 is less than the system s minimum level load OverCurrenti Acc Dectime is too short compared to load Increase Acc Dec time inertia GD2 The inverter load is greater than the rated Replace the inverter with a model that capacity has increased capacity Theinverter supplied an output while the Operate the inverter afterthe motor has motor was idling stopped or use the speed search function Cn 60 The mechanical brake of the motor is Checkthe mechanical brake operating too fast OverVoltage Deceleration time is too short forthe load Increase the acceleration time inertia GD2 A generative load occurs at the inverter Use the braking unit output The input voltage is too high Determine if the input voltage is above the specified value Low Voltage The input voltage is too low Determine if the input voltage is below the specificed value A load greater than the power capacity is connected to the system e g a welder direct motor connection etc Increase the power capacity The magnetic contactor connected to the Replace the magnetic contactor 343 Z SANTERNO
255. k setting is invalid the output of the User Output is 1 All the outputs from the User Output are read only and can be used with the user output linke Link UserOut of the US group Function Block Parameter Structure Type User Func Description Choose the function to perform in the function block User Input A User Input B Communication address of the function s first input parameter Communication address of the function s second input parameter User Input C Communication address of the function s third input parameter User Output 8 Output value Read Only after performing the function block is the step number 1 18 User Function Operation Condition Number Type Description o NOP No Operation ADD Addition operation A B C If the C parameter is oxoooo it will be recognized as o 7 SUB Subtraction operation A B C If the C parameter is 0x0000 it will be recognized as o 5 ADDSUB Addition andsubtraction compound operation A B C If the C parameter is oxoooo it will be recognized as o Output the smallest value of the input values MIN A B C 4 MIN If the C parameter is oxoooo operate only with A B Outputthe largest value ofthe input values MAX A B C 5 MAX If the C parameter is oxoooo operate only with A B Output the absolute value of the A parameter A 6 ABS This operation does not use the B or C parameter
256. ked 0 9999 Available on LCD keypad only Parameter Lock Setting Details Code Description Register a password to prohibit parameter modifications Follow the procedures below to register a password No Procedures 1 Press the PROG ENT key on CNF 53 code and the saved password input window will be displayed If password registration is being made for the first time enter o It is the factory default If a saved password has been set enter the saved password 3 Ifthe entered password matches the saved password then a new window to enter a new password will be displayed The process will not move to next stage until the user enters a valid password 4 Register a new password 5 After registration Code CNF 51 will be displayed To enable parameter lock enter the registered password Locked sign will be displayed on the screen to indicate that prohibition is enabled Once enabled CNF 52 Key Lock Set Pressing the PROG ENT key on function code will not allow the display edit mode to run To disable parameter modification prohibition re enter the password The Locked sign will disapear CNF 53 Key Lock Pw Caution If parameter view lock and parameter lock functions are enabled no inverter operation related function changes can be made It is very important that you memorize the password 188 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 5 25 Changed Para
257. l p o Nm WA 3 then press the ENT key to confirm it The selected value will flash on the display Press the 4 or Y key to adjust the value and L Pr Li Et Nm Nan Y U ri bad per var La am 58 4 _ Press the ENT key again to save the change Z SANTERNO Learning to Perform Basic Operations CARRARO GROUP Note Aflashing number on the display indicates that the keypad is waiting for an input from the user Changes will be saved when the ENT key is pressed while the number is flashing The setting change will be canceled if you press any other key Each codes parameter values have default features and ranges specified Refer to 8 Table of Functions on page 265 for information about the features and ranges before setting or modifying parameter values 3 2 4 Configuring the ESC Key The ESC key is a multi functional key that can be configured to carry out a number of different functions Refer to 4 6 Local Remote Mode Switching on page 94 for more information about the other functions of the ESC key The following example shows how to configure the ESC key to perform a jog operation 59 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning to Perform Basic Operations 60 Step Instruction Keypad Display 4 Ensure that you are currently at the first code of the Operation group and that code 0 00 Command Frequency is displayed gt Press the gt key You hav
258. l FluxP 0 0 100 gain 2 Gain2 87 Flux estimator proportional Flux P Gain3 100 0 500 gain 3 88 Flux estimator integral gain 1 Flux IGain1 50 0 200 89 Fluxestimator integral gain2 Flux 1Gain2 50 0 200 go Flux estimator integral gain 3 Flux I Gain3 50 0 200 91 Sensorless voltage SL Volt 30 0 60 compensation 1 Comp1 92 Sensorless voltage SL Volt 20 0 60 compensation 2 Comp2 93 Sensorless voltage SL Volt 20 0 60 compensation 3 Comp3 94 Sensorless field weakening SLFW Freq 95 0 80 0 110 0 start frequency 95 Sensorless gain switching SLFcFreq 2 00 0 00 8 00 Hz frequency Cn 23 32 and Cn 85 95 can be displayed only when Cn 20 is set to 1 Yes 162 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Caution For high performance operation the parameters of the motor connected to the inverter output must be measured Use auto tuning bA 20 Auto Tuning to measure the parameters before you run sensorless vector operation To run high performance sensorless vector control the inverter and the motor must have the same capacity If the motor capacity is smaller than the inverter capacity by more than two levels control may be inaccurate In that case change the control mode to V F control When operating with sensorless vector control do not connect multiple motors to the inverter output 5 10 1 Sensorless Vector Control Operation Setting To run sensor
259. l Input Step Instruction Keypad Display 1 Turnonthe inverter Ensure that the first code of the Operation group is selected and the code 0 00 Command Frequency is displayed 3 Press the 4 key 4 times to go to the Frq Frequency reference source code A Press the ENT key The Frq code in the Operation group is currently set to o keypad sdo diseg Press the 4 key to change the parameter value to 2 5 Potentiometer and then press the ENT key The new parameter value will flash Press the ENT key once again 6 TheFrq code will be displayed again The frequency input has been configured for the potentiometer Press the Y key 4 times 7 Returnstothe first code of the Operation group 0 00 From here frequency setting values can be monitored Adjust the potentiometer to increase or decrease the frequency i gele Uele i reference to 10Hz Refer to the wiring diagram at the bottom of the table and close 2 the switch between the P1 FX and CM terminals SET AD RUN The RUN indicator light flashes and the FWD indicator light comes REV on steady The current acceleration frequency is displayed When the frequency reference is reached 10Hz open the switch between the P3 FX and CM terminals 4o he RUN indicator light flashes again and the current deceleration a 15 008 b frequency is displayed When the frequency reaches oHz the RUN RUN ka and FWD indicators turn
260. l o _ None 65 0h1541 function P1 Define 1 Fx XA O 10 p 91 setting i Fx 37 Displayed when is selected on the analog current voltage input circuit selection switch SW2 289 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions S E LCD Display Setting Range T Property V F SL Ref P2 terminal 66 oh1542 function P2 Define 2 Rx 2 Rx XA O O p 91 setting P3 terminal 67 0h1543 function P3 Define 3 RST 5 BX XA O JO p 232 setting P4 terminal 68 0h1544 function P4 Define 4 ExternalTrip 3 RST XA O 10 p 221 setting Ps terminal 69 o0h1545 function Ps Define 5 BX 7 Sp L XA O O p 231 setting P6 terminal 70 0h1546 function P6 Define 6 JOG 8 Sp M XA O O p 139 setting P7 terminal 71 oh1547 function P7 Define 7 Speed L 9 Sp H XA JO JO p 89 setting 8 Speed M p 89 9 Speed H p 89 11 XCEL L p 102 12 XCEL M p 102 13 RUN Enable p 145 14 3 Wire p 144 15 2nd Source p 120 16 Exchange p 183 ij Up p 142 18 Down p 142 20 U D Clear p 142 21 Analog Hold p 88 22 I Term Clear p 151 23 PID Openloop p 151 24 PGain2 p 151 25 XCEL Stop p 107 26 2nd Motor p 181 34 Pre Excite E 38 TimerIn p 193 40 dis Aux Ref p 135 46 FWD JOG p 141 47 REV JOG p 141 49 XCEL H p 102 50 User Seq p 125 51 Fire Mode p 132
261. lay changed O o No 1 Yes parameters oho3E4 Reserved oho3E5 Delete all fault O o No 1 Yes history oho3E6 Delete user O o No 1 Yes registrated codes oho3E7 Hide parameter o Hex O Write 0 9999 mode Read o Unlock 1 Lock oho3E8 Lock parameter o Hex O Write 0 9999 mode Read o Unlock 1 Lock oho3E9 Easy start on O o No 1 Yes easy parameter setup mode oho3EA Initializing power O o No 1 Yes consumption oho3EB Initialize inverter O o No 1 Yes operation accumulative time oho3EC Initialize cooling O o No 1 Yes fan accumulated operation time Note e When setting parameters in the inverter memory control area the values are reflected to the inverter operation and saved Parameters set in other areas via communication are reflected to the inverter operation but are not saved All set values are cleared following an inverter power cycle and revert back to its previous values When setting parameters via communication ensure that a parameter save is completed prior to shutting the inverter down e Bet parameters very carefully After setting a parameter to o via communication set it to another value If a parameter has been set to a value other than o and a non zero value is entered again an error message is returned The previously set value can be identified by reading the parameter when operating the inverter via communication 263 e E 3 9 E e E
262. layed when Pr og is set higher than o 305 Z Q SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions Comm Initial Addes Name LCD Display Setting Range Value Property V F o None 1 Free Run Motion 2 Dec 12 ohiBoC at speed iie id o None O A JO p 223 command loss 2 Hola Input 4 Hold Output 5 LostPreset Time to decide Ke 1352 oh1BoD speed command Time 0 1 120 s 1 0 OJA O p 223 loss Operation frequency ieee Start frequency 1422 oh1BoE at speed Maximum 0 00 OJA JO p 223 Preset F command frequency Hz loss 2 ohaBoF Analog input Al Lost o Halfa o Half of oa lo m 15 loss decision level Level xi 1 Below x1 Overload warning OLWam o No a nen selection Select 1 Yes one RE REM Overload alarm OL Warn i 0 18 oh1B12 sal Level 30 180 150 O A O p 215 Overload warning OLWam 19 oh1B13 time Time 0 0 30 0 5 10 0 O A O p 215 o None Motion at OL Trip Free Run 1 Free A B E overload fault Select Run i S p 215 Dec Overload fault OL Trip 21 oh1B15 level Level 30 200 180 O A O p 215 Overload fault OL Trip 22 oh1B16 pms Time 0 0 60 0 s 60 0 O A O p 215 No Underload ULWam 25 ahbg warning selection Sel 1 Yes aN Sy he p 226 Underload UL Warn 26 oh1B1A Wand qs Time 0 0 600 0 5 10 0 OJA p 226 27 oh1B1B Underloadfault ULTrip Sel o None o None O A p 226 32 Displayed when Pr 12 is not set to o NONE
263. led as the motor will begin rotating when the inverter starts up 4 10 Setting Acceleration and Deceleration Times 4 10 1Acc Dec Time Based on Maximum Frequency Acc Dec time values can be set based on maximum frequency not on inverter operation frequency To set Acc Dec time values based on maximum frequency set bA 08 Acc Dec reference in the Basic group to o Max Freq Acceleration time set at the ACC Acceleration time code in the Operation group dr o3 in an LCD keypad refers to the time required for the inverter to reach the maximum frequency from a stopped 0Hz state Likewise the value set at the dEC deceleration time code in the Operation group dr o4 in an LCD keypad refers to the time required to return to a stopped state oHz from the maximum frequency 98 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range ACC Accelerationtime AccTime 20 0 0 0 600 0 sec dEC Deceleration time Dec Time 30 0 0 0 600 0 Sec Operation Maximum 20 Max Freq 60 00 40 00 400 00 Hz frequency o8 REEE relevance RampT Mode o Max Freq 0i bA frequency 09 Time scale Time scale 1 0 15eC 0 2 99 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Acc Dec Time Based on Maximum Frequency Setting Details Code Description bA 08 RampT Mode Set the parameter value to o Max Freq to setup Acc Dec time based on maximum freq
264. less vector control operation set dr og Control Mode to 4 IM sensorless select the capacity of the motor you will use at dr 14 Motor Capacity and select the appropriate codes to enter the rating plate information of the motor Code Input Motor Rating Plate Information drv 18 Base Freq Base frequency bA 11 Pole Number Motor pole number bA 12 Rated Slip Rated slip bA 13 Rated Curr Rated current bA 15 Rated Volt Rated voltage 5 bA 16 Efficiency Efficiency when no information is on the rating plate default values are used After setting each code set bA 20 Auto tuning to 1 All rotation type or 2 All static type and run auto tuning Because rotation type auto tuning is more accurate than static type auto tuning select 1 All rotation type and run auto tuning if you can rotate the motor Note Excitation Current A motor can be operated only after magnetic flux is generated by current flowing through a coil The power supply used to generate the magnetic flux is called the excitation current The stator coil that is used with the inverter does not have a permanent magnetic flux so the magnetic flux must be generated by supplying an excitation current to the coil before operating the motor 163 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Sensorless Vector Control Operation Setting Details Code Cn 20 SL2 G View Sel Description Setting Function 0 No Does not display sens
265. ll other values the output is o If the condition is met the output parameter is C If the condition is not met the output is o False If the C parameter is oxoooo and if the condition is met the output is 1 True TIMER Adds 1 each time a user sequence completes a loop A Max Loop B Timer Run Stop C Choose output mode If input of B is 1 timer stops output is o If input is o timer runs If input of C is 1 output the current timer value If input of Cis o output 1 when timer value exceeds A Max value If the C parameter is oxoooo C will be recognized as o Timer overflow Initializes the timer value to o 15 LIMIT Sets a limit for the A parameter If input to A is between B and C output the input to A If input to A is largerthan B output B If input of A is smallerthan C output C B parameter must be greater than or equal to the C parameter 16 AND Output the AND operation A and B and C If the C parameter is oxoooo operate only with A B 17 18 OR XOR Output the OR operation A B C If the C parameter is oxoooo operate only with A B Output the XOR operation A B C If the C parameter is oxoooo operate only with A B 19 AND OR Output the AND OR operation A andB C If the C parameter is oxoooo operate only with A B 20 SWITCH Output a value after selecting one of two inputs if A then B otherwise C If the input at A is 1 the
266. lt trip occurs on the output side GFT 09 2 Trip of the inverter and causes the current to exceed the specified value The specified value varies depending on inverter capacity E Thermal Latch Displayed based on inverse time limit thermal characteristics ETH to prevent motor overheating Operates when Pr 40 is set to a value other than o OUL Phase Latch Displayed when a 3 phase inverter output has one or more POT Lies N Open phases in an open circuit condition Operates when bit 1 of Pr o5 is setto 1 In Phase Latch Displayed when a 3 phase inverter input has one or more Open phases in an open circuit condition Operates only when bit 2 of Pr o5 is setto 1 Inverter OLT Latch Displayed when the inverter has been protected from IOL l S i overload and resultant overheating based on inverse time limit thermal characteristics Allowable overload rates for the inverter are 150 for 1 min and 200 for 4 sec Protection is based on inverter rated capacity and may vary depending on the device s capacity No Motor Latch Displayed when the motor is not connected during inverter NMT i i Trip operation Operates when Pr 31 is setto 1 Sinus H inverters rated for 4 okW or less do not support the ground fault trip GFT feature Therefore an over current trip OCT or over voltage trip OVT may occur when there is a low resistance ground fault Protection Functions Using Abnormal Internal Circuit Conditions and External Signals
267. lti function terminal block Set one of the multi function terminals to 20 U D Clear and apply signals to it during constant speed operation The saved frequency and the up down operation configuration will be deleted Saved frequency Output frequency P3 U D Clear Run cmd FX p 143 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 4 3 Wire Operation The 3 wire operation latches the signal input the signal stays on after the button is released and is used when operating the inverter with a push button OUD ode ame D Displa Pa ete o G g Range Operation drv Command source Cmd Source 1 Fx Rx 1 In 65 71 Pxterminal Px Define Px P1 14 3 Wire 3 configuration P5 Displayed under DRV 06 in an LCD keypad To enable the 3 wire operation the following circuit sequence is necessary The minimum input time t for 3 wire operation is 1ms and the operation stops when both forward and reverse operation commands are entered at the same time PT 1 FX In 65 jJ P4 6 JOG In 68 14 3 Wire In 69 5 J c Z N 3 wire operation 144 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 5 5 Safe Operation Mode When the multi function terminals are configured to operate in safe mode operation commands can be entered in the Safe operation mode only Safe operation mode is used to safely and carefully control the inverter through the
268. lti function output1 Ga Define TA Ri i i OU setting 41 Gen EE DO Status 00 11 bit monitor 57 Detection frequency FDT Frequency 30 00 0 00 Maximum 58 Detection frequency band FDT Band 10 00 frequency In 65 71 Px terminal configuration Px Define 16 Exchange Displayed as HB B h onthe keypad Multi function Output Terminal and Relay Setting Details n D V et e D wn uonpeloJd Code Description OU 31 Relay1 Set relay Relay 1 output options QU 33 Q1 Define a options for multi function output terminal O1 Q1 is open collector Set output terminal and relay functions according to OU 57 FDT Frequency OU 58 FDT Band settings and fault trip conditions Setting Function o None No output signal 1 FDT 1 Detects inverter output frequency reaching the user set OU 41 DO Status frequency Outputs a signal when the absolute value set frequency output frequency lt detected frequency width 2 When detected frequency width is 10Hz FDT 1 output is as shown in the graph below 203 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 40Hz Frequency 20Hz reference 40Hz qmm 35Hz Operation 15Hz Frequency gt io Q1 1 l RUN cmd gp 2 FDT 2 Outputs a signal when the user set frequency and detected frequency FDT Frequency are equal and fulfills FDT 1 condition at the same time Absolute value set frequency detected frequency lt
269. m Time 0 120 60 O A JO 33 The Pr 61 63 codes are displayed when the Pr 60 CAP DiagPrec is set to more than o 308 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm E Initial M 25 Addes LCD Display Setting Range Value Property V F SL Ref Cooling fan fault FANTrip Tnp 1 A f 79 er selection Mode 1 Warming Warning i GE Moti lecti Opt Tri Er NODE F otion selection ptTrip 1 Free 80 ohiBso atoptian tip Mode 1 Free Run Run OJA O 10 p 232 2 Dec Low voltage fault 81 oh1B51 decision delay LVT Delay 0 0 60 0 s 0 0 XA O O p 228 time o No 82 oh1B52 LV2 Selection LV2 Enable 0 XA IO 10 1 Yes Accumulated FanTime 86 oh1Bs6 percent of fan Perc 0 0 100 0 0 0 A JO 10 usage Fan exchan i 87 oh1B57 a ros ange Exchange 0 0 100 o 96 90 0 O A O O warning level level FanTime o No 54 i A 88 oh1B58 Fanresettime Rst a ves 0 XI O JO Bit 00 10 CAP FAN oo 8 haB CAP FAN Stat IA O 1O1 A iar AVS State o1 CAP Warning 10 FAN Warning Warning 54 S i 9 ones information 7 ere 1 yc egm 91 oh1BsB Fault history 1 4H O Jol na 924 ohiBsC Fault history 2 S 7 10 JOJ 2 93 ohaBsD Fault history 3 E 45 JO 10 94 o0hiBsE Fault history 4 7 O O 955 ohiBsF Fault history 5 S 4 JO JOJ Fault history o No 54 ohiB
270. m LCD segment is On the corresponding bit is set to Off Item Bit status On Bit status Off Keypad d im LCD keypad Setting Function Bit 2 Bit 1 Y Output open phase protection Y Input open phase protection 220 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 6 2 2 External Trip Signal Set one of the multi function input terminals to 4 External Trip to allow the inverter to stop operation when abnormal operating conditions arise Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Settingrange Unit In 65 71 Pxterminal setting Px Define 4 External Trip options Px P1 P7 87 Multi function input DI NC NO Sel B H H H bit contact selction HHR TI D GU et TD wn uUoInp3JOLJ 221 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features External Trip Signal Setting Details Code Description In 87 DI NC NO Sel Selects the type of input contact If the mark of the switch is at the bottom o it operates as an A contact Normally Open If the mark is at the top 1 it operates as a B contact Normally Closed The corresponding terminals for each bit are as follows Bit 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Terminal P P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 Pa External Trip A terminal On E External Trip B terminal On E Frequenc PA A EE PB Runcm
271. mand 14 Run 15 Stop 16 Steady 17 Inverter Line 18 Comm Line 19 Speed Search 22 Ready 28 Timer Out 29 Trip 31 DBWarnt6ED 34 On Off Control 35 BRControl 36 CAP Warning 37 FAN Exchange 38 Fire Mode 39 TO Multi function 41 oh1629 output DO Status 00 IA p 203 monitor S Em RR Multi function DO On n 50 oh1632 output Dela 0 00 100 00 S 0 00 OJA JO O p 208 o2 On delay y D S fe Multi function DO Off 5 51 0h1633 output 0 00 100 00 S 0 00 OJA JO 10 p 208 Delay Off delay Multi function O3 Relay1 output DO o Acontact NO a 5a omen contact NC NO Sel 29 X 0 O p208 B contact NC selection Fault output TripOut 53 oh1635 On delay OnDly 0 00 100 00 S 0 00 O A JO O p 207 54 oh1636 Fault output TripOut 0 00 100 00 S 0 00 OJA JO O p 207 41 The initial value 0000 will be displayed on the keypad as H A H H 295 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 2 Table of Functions Code Comm OU Address LCD Display Setting Range Property V F SL Off delay OffDly h16 Ter Lua 0 00 100 00 S 0 00 O A O O p 1 55 37 On delay Delay i P 193 Timer TimerOff 56 oh1638 Off delay Delay 0 00 100 00 5 0 00 OJA JO O p 193 Detected FDT 0 00 Maximum By Ontes9 frequency Frequency frequency Hz S BIA JO N De 0 00 Maximum
272. meter Display This feature displays all the parameters that are different from the factory defaults Use this feature to track changed parameters LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit vewa Group Code CNF Changed parameter display Changed Para o Available on LCD keypad only Changed Parameter Display Setting Details Code Description Function Setting CNF 41 Changed Para o View All Display all parameters 1 View Changed Display changed parameters only 5 26 User Group Create a user defined group and register user selected parameters from the existing function groups The user group can carry up to a maximum of 64 parameter registrations T1 Dm GU et c TD n uUonp3JOLJ LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit UserGrp Group Code Name 42 Multi function key settings MultiKey Sel 3 SelKey SEES Delete all user registered 45 ee 3 UserGrp AllDel o No 5 Available on LCD keypad only 189 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO User Group Setting Details Description Code CNF 42 Multi Key Sel 190 Select 3 UserGrp SelKey from the multi function key setting options If user group parameters are not registered setting the multi function key to the user group select key UserGrp SelKey will not display user group USR Grp item on the Keypad Follow the procedures below to register parameters to a user gr
273. mit 2 La so inc limit 2 is j Jump frequency Jump Hi2 a pa Jump frequency lower limit Hz upper limit 2 2 Maximum frequency Jump frequency impias lans 0 00 Jump frequency upper Hz lower limit 3 limit3 oa H 33 upper limit 3 PN 18500 3 Maximum frequency Frequency Ad 33 Aet cea ad 29 or Ad 28 10V Vi voltage input 20mA l current input O when the frequency reference decreases when the frequency reference increases 119 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 19 2nd Operation Mode Setting Apply two types of operation modes and switch between them as required For both the first and second command source set the frequency after shifting operation commands to the multi function input terminal Mode swiching can be used to stop remote control during an operation using the communication option and to switch operation mode to operate via the local panel or to operate the inverter from another remote control location Select one of the multi function terminals from codes In 65 71 and set the parameter value to 15 2nd Source Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Gees drv Command source CmdSource i Fx Rx 1 0 4 tion Frq de ee teterenee Freq Ref Src 2 Vi 0 12 source 04 2 Command source Cmd 2nd Src o Keypad 0 4 A ni 05 ee biana Freq 2nd Src o KeyPad 1 0 12 source Px Define In 65 71 Pxterminal configurat
274. motor at a square reduction Square reduction V F pattern f VIF pattern Fans and pumps are appropriate loads for square p 108 operation b reduction V F operation E S LRT nables the user to configure aV F pattern tomatch the emm spreta characteristics of a motor This configuration is for special p 109 purpose motor applications to achieve optimal performance Manual configuration of the inverter to produce a momentary Manual torque boost torque boost This configuration is for loads that require alarge p 110 amount of starting torque such as elevators or lifts Automatic torque boost Automatic configuration of the inverter that provides auto 111 Learning Basic Features Basic Tasks 2 Description tuning that produces a momentary torque boost This configuration is for loads that require a large amount of starting torque such as elevators or lifts Adjusts the output voltage to the motor when the power Output voltage adjustment supply to the inverter differs from the motors rated input p 112 voltage Accelerating start is the general way to start motor operation Pesci The typical application configures the motor to accelerate to a Du target frequency in response to a run command howeverthere may be other start or acceleration conditions defined Configures the inverterto perform DC braking before the Semet BE rating motor starts rotating again This configuration is used when the emia motor will be ro
275. n 215 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Pr 21OL Trip Level Whenthe current supplied to the motor is greater than the preset value at the Pr 22OLTripTime overload trip level OL Trip Level and continues to be supplied during the overload trip time OL Trip Time the inverter output is either blocked according to the preset mode from Pr 17 or slows to a stop after deceleration T Pr 19 1 4 gt Current Multi function output gi Note Overload warnings warn of an overload before an overload fault trip occurs The overload warning signal may not work in an overload fault trip situation if the overload warn level OL Warn Level and the overload warn time OL Warn Time are set higher than the overload trip level OL Trip Level and overload trip time OL Trip Time 6 1 3 Stall Prevention and Flux Braking The stall prevention function is a protective function that prevents motor stall caused by overloads If a motor stall occurs due to an overload the inverter operation frequency is adjusted automatically When stall is caused by overload high currents are induced in the motor may cause motor overheat or damage the motor and interrupt operation of the motor driven devices To protect the motor from overload faults the inverter output frequency is adjusted automatically based on the size of load Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range Pr 50 St
276. n deceleration S curve parrten configuration Note The Actual Acc Dec time during an S curve application Actual acceleration time user configured acceleration time user configured acceleration time x starting gradient level 2 user configured acceleration time x ending gradient level 2 Actual deceleration time user configured deceleration time user configured deceleration time x starting gradient level 2 user configured deceleration time x ending gradient level 2 Caution Note that actual Acc Dec times become greater than user defined Acc Dec times when S curve Acc Dec patterns are in use 106 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features 4 12 Stopping the Acc Dec Operation Configure the multi function input terminals to stop acceleration or deceleration and operate the inverter at a fixed frequency Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit 65 71 Pxterminal Px Define Px P1 25 XCEL Stop 0 54 configuration P7 RE Px Run cmd 4 13 V F Voltage Frequency Control Configure the inverter s output voltages gradient levels and output patterns to achieve a target output frequency with V F control The amount of of torque boost used during low frequency operations can also be adjusted 4 13 1Linear V F Pattern Operation A linear V F pattern configures the inverter to increase or decrease the output voltage at a fixed rate for different operation frequencies ba
277. n an underload condition arises Pr 26ULWarnTime The protection function operates when the underload level condition Pr 28ULTripTime explained above is maintained for a set warning time or fault trip time This function does not operate if energy saving operation is activated at Ad 50 E Save Mode Pr 29 UL LF Level Setting Heavy Duty Pr 30 UL BF Level Do not support Pr 29 At Pr 30 the underload level is decided based on the motor s rated current Output current Rated slip x2 Output frequency Setting Normal Duty At Pr 29 the under load rate is decided based on twice the operation frequency of the motor s rated slip speed bA 12 Rated Slip At Pr 30 the under load rate is decided based on the base frequency set at dr 18 Base Freq An upper limit and lower limit is based on the inverter s rated current Output current Pr 30 Ed ih Output frequency Rated slip x2 Base frequency 227 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 6 3 1 Fan Fault Detection Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Settingrange Unit Pr 79 Cooling fan fault selection FAN Trip Mode Warning OU a Multi function relay 1 Relay 1 8 FANWarning OU 33 Multi function output 1 O1 Define Fan Fault Detection Setting Details H Code Description Pr 79 FAN Trip Mode Setthe cooling fan fault mode Setting Function 0 Trip The invert
278. n input terminals P2P communication configuration Multi keypad configuration Configures the inverter to share input and output devices with other inverters Enables the user to monitor multiple inverters with one monitoring device User sequence configuration Enables the user to implement simple sequences using various function blocks SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 75 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 1 Setting Frequency Reference The Sinus H inverter provides several methods to setup and modify a frequency reference for an operation The keypad analog inputs for example voltage V1 V2 and current I2 signals or RS 485 digital signals from higher level controllers such as PC or PLC can be used Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit KeyPad 1 KeyPad 2 V1 Frequency reference source Operation Frq Ref Freq Src 0 12 Int 485 Field Bus 12 Pulse 4 1 1 Keypad as the Source KeyPad 1 setting You can modify frequency reference by using the keypad and apply changes by pressing the ENT key To use the keypad as a frequency reference input source go to the Frq Frequency reference source code in the Operation group and change the parameter value to o Keypad 1 Input the frequency reference for an operation at the o oo Command Frequency code in the Operation group 76 Group Code Name LCD
279. n o Dec X A p 114 Power Braking Selection of o None o9 oh1309 prohibited Run Prevent Forward o None X A p 96 rotation Prev 12 Displayed when Ad 01 is set to 1 S curve 13 Displayed when Ad o2 is set to 1 S curve 277 2 Code Comm SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Initial Table of Functions Property VIE SL lT Name LCD Display Setting Range Value direction 2 Reverse Prev Starting with Power on o No 10 oh130A BoWeroh Run 1 Ves o No OJA 10 10 p 96 DC braking time DC Start 14 12 oh130C KERU Time 0 00 60 00 5 0 00 XJA O JO p 112 Amount of j a 0 13 oh130D applied DC DC Inj Level 0 200 50 X A O O p 112 Output blocking DC Block 14 oh130E time before DC Time 0 00 60 00 s 0 10 X A O JO p 114 braking 155 oh130F DC braking time AP 0 00 60 00 5 1 00 XJA O O p 114 165 oh1310 DC braking rate ids 0 200 50 X A O O p 114 DC braking DC Brake Start frequency 15 af EE frequency Freq 60Hz um X jO O pu Dwell frequency Acc Dwell SIME eque mor 20 oh1314 Maximum 5 00 XJA O JO p 147 on acceleration Freq frequency Hz Dwell operation 21 oh1315 timeon S 0 0 60 0 5 0 0 X A O O p 147 acceleration Start frequency 22 0h1316 Gala iaie Ba Maximum 5 00 X A JO JO p 147 on deceleration Freq frequency Hz Dwell operation 23 oh1317 time on Decne 0 0 60 0 5 0 0 X A O JO p 147 S Time de
280. n occur while using the Sinus H inverter Please refer to 6 Learning Protection Features on page 213 for details about faults and warnings Category LCD Display Details Major fault Latchtype OverCurrenta Over current trip Over Voltage Over voltage trip External Trip Trip due to an external signal NTC Open Temperature sensor fault trip Over Current2 ARM short current fault trip Option Trip x Option fault trip Over Heat Over heat fault trip Out Phase Open Output open phase fault trip In Phase Open Input open phase fault trip Inverter OLT Inverter overload fault trip Ground Trip Ground fault trip FanTrip Fan fault trip E Thermal Motor overheat fault trip Pre PID Fail Pre PID operation failure IO Board Trip IO Board connection fault trip Ext Brake External brake fault trip No Motor Trip No motor fault trip Low Voltage 2 Low voltage fault trip during operation 234 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP ParaWrite Trip Write parameter fault trip Leveltype Low Voltage Low voltage fault trip BX Emergency stop fault trip Lost Command Command loss trip Safety A B Err Safety A B contact trip Hardware EEP Err External memory error damage ADC Off Set Analog input error Watch Dog 1 CPU Watch Dog fault trip Watch Dog 2 Minor fault Over Load Motor overload fault trip Under Load Motor underload fault trip Warning
281. nd Motor Function droup 310 M2 2nd Motor group 55 magnetic contactor tn 38 MAINTENANCE iaceret imei qn 350 manual torque boost 110 rnc 237 master inverter ette 124 master DIE soot emet eene ins 122 19013001 ticis 351 micro surge filter 37 momentary power interruption 168 175 177 Tele 70 monitor registration protocol details 246 Operation State Monitor sss 209 Operation time monitor sse 211 motor output voltage adjustment 112 motor protection 213 motor rotational direction ss 50 motor thermal protection ETH EVD EE etes mens 213 E Tlhi rinal etcetera i xe RR 213 mounting bolt 26 mounting bracket 28 multi function input terminal multi function input terminal Px Definie c iiti i e cbe Re ae 289 multi keypad Multi KPD eteiset 124 27 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP multi keypad Multi keypad slave parameter sse 124 multi drop Link System s 236 Multi function open collector output terminal Multi function output item1 O1 Define 294 Multi function relay 1 item Relay 1 294 multi function input terminal 40 factory default siinus multi function input terminal Off filter multi function input terminal On filter PIAP anian E N mul
282. nditions for PI PROCESS output C o Const PI C 1 PI PROCESS B gt PI PROCESS OUT gt o Cz 2 Pl PROCESS B gt PI PROCESS OUT gt PI PROCESS B P gain A 100 gain 1 Bx Loop Time If there is an error with PI settings output 1 26 PI PROCESS Ais an input error B is an output limit C is the value of Const PI output Range of C is 0 32 767 27 UPCOUNT Upcounts the pulses and then output the value UPCOUNT A B C After receiving a trigger input A outputs are upcounted by C conditions If the B inputs is 1 do not operate and display o If the B inputs is o operate If the C parameter is o upcount when the input at A changes from o to 1 If the C parameter is 1 upcount when the input at A is changed from 1 to o If the C parameter is 2 upcount whenever the input at A changes Output range is 0732767 28 Note DOWNCOUNT Downcounts the pulses and then output the value DOWNCOUNT A B C After receiving a trigger input A outputs are downcounted by C conditions If the B input is 1 do not operate and display the initial value of C If the B input is o operate Downcounts when the A parameter changes from o to 1 The PI process block Pl PROCESS Block must be used after the PI control block PI CONTROL Block for proper PI control operation Pl control operation cannot be performed if there is another block between the two blocks or if the blocks are placed in an inco
283. ng Setting Range 15 Torque boost options Torque Boost o Manual 0 Dr 16 Forward torque boost Fwd Boost 2 0 0 0 15 0 17 Reverse torque boost Rev Boost 2 0 0 0 15 0 110 Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features CARRARO GROUP Manual Torque Boost Setting Details Code Description dr 16 Fwd Boost Set torque boost for forward operation dr 17 Rev Boost Set torque boost for reverse operation Voltage 100 without torque boost Fwd torque boost Time Caution Excessive torque boost will result in over excitation and motor overheating 4 14 2Auto Torque Boost Auto torque boost enables the inverter to automatically calculate the amount of output voltage required for torque boost based on the entered motor parameters Because auto torque boost requires motor related parameters such as stator resistance inductance and no load current auto tuning bA 20 has to be performed before auto torque boost can be configured Referto 5 9 Auto Tuning on page 1581 Similarly to manual torque boost configure auto torque boost while running a load that requires high starting torque such as lift type loads Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range torque boost mode Torque Boost oai 111 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 15 Output Voltage Setting Output voltage settings are required when a motor s rated voltage differs from the in
284. nsation Operation Setting Details Code Description dr og Control Mode Set dr og to 2 Slip Compen to carry out the slip compensation operation dr 14 MotorCapacity Setthe capacity of the motor connected to the inverter bA 11 Pole Number Enterthe number of poles from the motor rating plate bA 12 Rated Slip Enter the number of rated rotations from the motor rating plate bA 13 Rated Curr Enterthe rated current from the motor rating plate bA 14 Noload Curr Enterthe measured current when the load on the motor axis is removed and when the motor is operated at the rated frequency If no load current is difficult to measure enter a current equivalent to 30 5096 of the rated motor current bA 16 Efficiency Enterthe efficiency from the motor rating place bA 17 Inertia Rate Select load inertia based on motor inertia Setting Function 0 Less than 10 times motor inertia 1 10 times motor inertia 2 8 More than 10 times motor inertia Rpm x P Is fr 120 149 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features f Rated slip frequency f Rated frequency rpm Number of the rated motor rotations P Number of motor poles Motor Rotation Synchronous speed J Slip compensation Actual speed Load ratio 5 8 PID Control Pid control is one of the most common auto control methods It uses a combination of proportional integral and differential PID control that provides more effective
285. ntent by bit Status Parameter 1 Parameter communication code value registered at CM 31 38 Status Parameter 8 Read only Control Parameter oho110 0ho0117 1 Control Parameter 8 oho100 0ho107 Parameter communication code value registered at CM 51 58 Read Write access Note When registering control parameters register the operation speed ohooos oho380 oho381 and operation command ohooo6 oho382 parameters at the end of a parameter control frame For example when the parameter control frame has 5 parameter control items Para Control x register the operation speed at Para Control 4 and the operation command to Para Control 5 7 3 Communication Protocol The built in RS 485 communication supports Modbus RTU protocols CQ oO The slave device inverter responds to read and write requests from the master device PLC or PC E Request a S ENO Station ID CMD Data EOT LT ie Normal Response ACK Station ID CMD SUM EOT 1byte 1byte Error Response NAK Station ID CMD Error code SUM 1byte byte e Arequest starts with ENO and ends with EOT e Anormal response starts with ACK and ends with EOT Anerror response starts with NAK and ends with EOT 243 244 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features Astation ID indicates the inverter number and is displayed as a two byte ASCII HEX string that uses characters o 9 and A F e CMD Uses uppercase characters return
286. o None o None O A p 261 input 1 Communication 71 oh1747 multi function VirtualDI2 1 Fx o None O A p 261 input 2 Communication 72 oh1748 multi function VirtualDI3 2 Rx o None O A p 261 input 3 Communication 73 oh1749 multi function VirtualDl4 3 RST o None O A p 261 input 4 Communication 74 oh174A multi function VirtualDI5 4 ExternalTrip o None O A p 261 input 5 Communication 75 oh174B multi function VirtualDI6 5 BX o None O A p 261 input 6 Communication 76 oh174C multi function Virtual Dl7 6 JOG o None O A p 261 input 7 v ou ID Virtual nis en oNone oja p 261 En g D uondun4 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table of Functions Code Comm E E Initial T mr CM Address Name LCD Display Setting Range ane Pty VIF Ey Ref input 8 9 Speed H 11 XCEL L 12 XCEL M 13 RUN Enable 14 3 Wire 15 2ndSource 16 Exchange 17 Up 18 Down 20 U DClear 21 Analog Hold 22 l Term Clear a PID Openloop 24 PGain2 25 XCEL Stop 26 2nd Motor 34 Pre Excite 38 Timer In 40 dis Aux Ref 46 FWDJOG 47 REVJOG 49 XCEL H Communication multi function Virt DI A E 86 0h1756 hr Status 0 XI O JO p 240 monitoring Selection of o Int485 data frame Comm Mon A i 90 ents communication Sel 1 KeyPad OF 9 Ie monitor Data frame Rev Rcv Frame A i 91 oh175B bunt Num 0 65535 0 O O JO
287. o block the output from the inverter in an SA Safety input A emergency Conditions Safety NormalOperation Both the SA and SB terminals functionality SB Safety input B are connected to the SC terminal configuration OutputBlock One or both of the SA and SB terminals lose connection with the SC terminal SC Safety input power Ne 35m source 41 2 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter Output Communication Terminal Labels and Descriptions Function Label Description Analog output Digital output AO Name Voltage Current Output Used to send inverter output information to external devices output frequency output current output voltage or a DC voltage Operate switch SW3 to select the signal output type voltage or current at the AO terminal Output Signal Specifications e Output voltage o 10V e Maximum output voltage current 12V 10mA Output current o 20mA Maximum output current 24mA e Factory default output Frequency TO Pulse Output Multi functional open collector Sends pulse signals to external devices to provide a single output value from the inverter of either output frequency output current output voltage or DC voltage Output Signal Specifications e Output frequency o 32kHz e Output voltage o 12V e Factory default output Frequency DC 26V 100mA or less Factory default output Run EG 24 Common Extern
288. o carry out vector control without the rotation speed feedback from the motor but with an estimation of the motor rotation speed calculated by the inverter Compared to V F control sensorless vector control can generate greater torque at a lower level of current LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit dr 09 Control mode Control Mode 4 IM Sensorless 14 Motor capacity Motor Capacity Depends on the 0 15 motor capacity 18 Base frequency Base Freq 60 30 400 Hz bA 11 Motor pole number Pole Number 4 2 48 12 Rated slip speed Rated Slip Depends on the 0 3000 Hz motor capacity 3 Rated motor current Rated Curr Depends on the 1 1000 A motor capacity 14 Motor no load current Noload curr Depends on the 0 5 1000 A motor capacity 15 Rated motor voltage Rated Volt 220 380 440 480 170 480 V 16 Motor efficiency Efficiency Depends on the 70 100 motor capacity 20 Auto tuning Auto Tuning 1 All Cn 09 Pre Excite time PreExTime 1 0 0 0 60 0 S 10 Pre Excite amount Flux Force 100 0 100 0 300 0 20 Sensorless second gain SL2GViewSel 1 Yes 0 1 display setting 21 Sensorless speed ASR SL P Gain1 Depends onthe 0 5000 controller proportional motor capacity gain1 22 Sensorless speed ASR SL I Gain1 Dependsonthe 10 9999 ms controller integral gain 1 motor capacity 23 Sensorless speed ASR SLP Depends on the 1 1000 06 controller proportional Gain2 motor capa
289. o reset the trip status In 65 71 Px Define 6 3 6 Inverter Diagnosis State Check the diagnosis of components or devices for inverter to check if they need to be replaced Parameter Group Code Name LCD Display Setting Setting Range Bi CAP FAN 2010 PRT 89 bx Inverter State i i o1 CAP Warning Bit g 10 FAN Warning 6 3 7 Operation Mode on Option Card Trip Option card trips may occur when an option card is used with the inverter Set the operation mode for the inverter when a communication error occurs between the option card and the inverter body or when the option card is detached during operation Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range Pr Operation mode on option OptTrip Mode o None 0 3 card trip 1 Free Run Dec Unit 232 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP Operation Mode on Option Trip Setting Details Code Description Pr 80 Opt Trip Mode Setting Function 0 None No operation The inverter output is blocked and fault trip 1 Free Run i SUE information is shown on the keypad The motor decelerates to the value set at Pr o7 Trip 2 Dec DecTime 6 3 8 No Motor Trip If an operation command is run when the motor is disconnected from the inverter output terminal a no motor trip occurs and a protective operation is performed by the system Group Cod
290. off and the frequency reference 10 00Hz is displayed again 67 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning to Perform Basic Operations 10Hz Frequency P1 FX CM Wiring Diagram Operation Pattern Note The instructions in the table are based on the factory default parameter settings The inverter may not work correctly ifthe default parameter settings are changed after the inverter is purchased In such cases initialize all parameters to reset the factory default parameter settings before following the instructions in the table refer to 5 22 Parameter Initialization on page 186 3 3 6 Frequency Setting Potentiometer and Operation Keypad Step Instruction Keypad Display 1 Turn on the inverter Ensure that the first code of the Operation group is 2 selected and the code 0 00 Command Frequency is displayed 3 Press the 4 key 4 times to go to the drv code DRV Press the ENT key 4 The drv code in the Operation group is currently set to 1 Analog Terminal Press the Y key to change the parameter value to o 5 Keypad and then press the ENT key The new parameter value will flash Press the ENT key once again 6 The drv code is displayed again The frequency input has been R configured for the keypad 68 Press the 4 key To move tothe Frq Frequency reference source code allel UL Learning to Perform Basic Operations amp SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP M
291. om right to left 121 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Type A terminal setting On Aterminal setting Off Keypad H H LCD keypad I i 4 21 P2P Setting The P2P function is used to share input and output devices between multiple inverters To enable P2P setting RS 485 communication must be turned on Inverters connected through P2P communication are designated as either a master or slaves The Master inverter controls the input and output of slave inverters Slave inverters provide input and output actions When using the multi function output a slave inverter can select to use either the master inverter s output or its own output When using P2P communication first designate the slave inverter and then the master inverter If the master inverter is designated first connected inverters may interpret the condition as a loss of communication Master Parameter Group Code Name LCD Display ParameterSetting SettingRange Unit P2P CM 95 Communication Int 485 Func 1 P2P Master 0 3 selection 80 Analoginputi P2PInV1 0 0 12 000 81 Analog input2 P2PInl2 0 12 000 12 000 US 82 Digital input P2P In DI 0 o 0x7F bit 85 Analog output P2P Out AO1 0 0 10 000 88 Digital output P2P Out DO 0 0 0X03 bit Slave Parameter Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range P2P Communication Int 485 Func P2P Slave CM selection
292. on drv Command Source Cmd Source Fx Rx 2 0 4 Int 485 Field Bus Displayed under DRV 06 on the LCD keypad RK WINIBE O 4 5 1 The Keypad as a Command Input Device The keypad can be selected as a command input device to send command signals to the inverter This is configured by setting the drv command source code to o Keypad Press the RUN key on the keypad to start an operation and the STOP RESET key to end it Code Name LCD Display Unit Command source Displayed under DRV 06 on the LCD keypad group Parameter Setting Setting Range Operation Cmd Source 91 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 5 2 Terminal Block as a Command Input Device Fwd Rev Run Commands Multi function terminals can be selected as a command input device This is configured by setting the drv command source code in the Operation group to 1 Fx Rx Select 2 terminals for the forward and reverse operations and then set the relevant codes 2 of the 5 multi function terminal codes In 65 71 for P1 P7 to 1 Fx and 2 Rx respectively This application enables both terminals to be turned on or off at the same time constituting a stop command that will cause the inverter to stop operation Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit Operation drv Command source Cmd Source i Fx Rx 2 0 4 l 65 71 Px terminal Px Define Px P1 1 Fx n con
293. on accumulated time 211 Operation accumulated time initialization 211 option trip 232 Refer to Option Trip x Option TIP 234 OPON WP EE eae Since 234 OU Output Terminal Block Function group 293 OU Output Terminal group 55 Out Phase Open 234 output block by multi function terminal 231 output open phase fault trip Refer to Out Phase Open output terminal Refer to R S T terminal Output Terminal group Refer to OU output terminal group output communication terminal 42 24 terillal crore rit ceteri te einer es 42 Aa CaJBa terminal 42 AO terminal united 42 EGitetimitiali ccansstaaiansus tants stet sete tuten 42 S nT iit eremitae 42 S S SG terminal sees 42 TO terminal 5 eere 42 over current trip Refer to Over Current Over Current 234 339 Over Current2 uo occidens tonic 234 340 390 Technical Specification Over pg EEE over heat fault trip Over LOQG ersen overload fault trip overload warning een Over Voltage ts over voltage trip Refer to Over Voltage overload ttes Refer to Over Load overload overload trip ou teenie 215 overload warning eee 215 overload rate akaau 180 overload trip Refer to Over Load P Po 177 P1 terminals DC link terminals
294. on analog output OU 65TO Const 96 OU 66 TO Monitor Note If analog output item is set to constant the analog pulse output is dependent on the set parameter values Monitors analog output value Displays the maximum output pulse 32kHz as a percentage 96 of the standard OU 08 AO2 Gain and OU o9 AO2 Bias Tuning Mode on 4 20mA output 1 SetOU o7 AO2 Mode to constant and set OU 11 AO2 Const 96 to 0 0 2 SetOU oo AO2 Bias to 20 096 and then check current output 4mA output should be displayed 3 Ifthevalueislessthan 4mA gradually increase OU o9 AO2 Bias until 4mA is measured If the value is more than 4mA gradually decrease OU o9 AO2 Bias until 4mA is measured 4 SetQU 11A02 Const to 100 0 Set OU 08 AO2 Gain to 80 096 and measure current output at 20mA If the value is less than 20m A gradually increase OU 08 AO2 Gain until 20mA is measured If the value is more than 20m4A gradually decrease OU 08 AO2 Gain until 20mA is measured The functions for each code are identical to the descriptions for the o 10V voltage outputs with an output range 4 20mA 202 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 5 34 Digital Output 5 34 21 Multi function Output Terminal and Relay Settings LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit 30 Fault output item Trip Out Mode 010 bit Multi function relay1 31 setting Relay 1 29 Trip s Mu
295. on is The carrier frequency is too high Reduce the carrier frequency fe difficult in Over excitation has occurred due to an Reduce the torque boost value to avoid underload inaccurate V F setting at low speed over excitation applications While the inverter Noise occurs due to switching insidethe Change the carrier frequency to the isinoperation a inverter minimum value control unit Install a micro surge filter in the inverter malfunctions or output 347 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Troubleshooting Type Cause Remedy noise Occurs When the An earth leakage breaker will interrupt the Connect the inverter to a ground inverter is supply if current flows to ground during terminal operating the inverter operation Check that the ground resistance is less earth leakage than 1000 for 200V inverters and less breaker is activated than 10Q for 400V inverters Check the capacity of the earth leakage breaker and make the appropriate connection based on the rated current of the inverter Lower the carrier frequency Make the cable length between the inverter and the motor as short as possible The motor Phase to phase voltage of 3 phase power Check the input voltage and balance the vibrates severely source is not balanced voltage and does not rotate normally Check and test the motor s insulation The motor makes Resonance occurs between the motor s Slightly increase or decrease the carr
296. onfigure acceleration or deceleration patterns and Advanced AD 3 ip P to setup frequency limits Control CN Configures sensorless vector related features Configures input terminal related features includin Input Terminal IN er g digital multi functional inputs and analog inputs f Configures output terminal related features such as Output Terminal OU g P relays and analog outputs e Configures communication features for RS 485 or Communication CM 3 Mon a other communication options mon Configures PID control related sequences and Application AP 9 q operations Protection PR Configures motor or inverter protection features Configures secondary motor related features The secondary motor M2 group appears on the keypad pose Moton M2 only when one of the multi function input terminals In 65 n 71 has been set to 26 Secondary motor User Sequence US Used to implement simple sequences with various User Sequence Function UF _ function blocks 55 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning to Perform Basic Operations 3 2 Learning to Use the Keypad The keypad enables movement between groups and codes It also enables users to select and configure functions At code level you can set parameter values to turn on or off specific functions or decide how the functions will be used Refer to 8 Table of Functions on page 265 to find the functions you need Confirm the correct values or the correct range of the values and
297. onnect Must be above DC 500 V Megger circuit between inverter and 5 MQ input output short terminals and R S T U V W and earth terminals and terminal then measure from each terminal to the ground terminal using si a Megger T Isthere Tighten upall No anything loose screws abnormality T in the device Is there any Visual evidence of inspection parts 351 SANTERNO 2 Maintenance 352 CARRARO GROUP Inspection Inspectionitem Inspection Inspection Judgment Inspection equipment area details method standard overheating Cable Arethere any Visual No connections corroded inspection abnormality cables Isthere any damage to cable insulation Terminal block Isthere any Visual No damage inspection abnormality Smoothing Measure Measure with Rated Capacity meter condenser electrostatic capacity meter capacity over capacity 85 Relay Isthere any Visual No chattering inspection abnormality noise during operation Isthere any Visual damage tothe inspection contacts Braking resistor Is there any Visual No Digital multimeter damage from inspection abnormality anaog tester resistance Check for Disconnect one Must be disconnection side and within 10 measure with a ofthe rated Hostel value of the resistor Control Operation Check for Measure Balance the _ Digital multimeter circuit check output voltage volta
298. oooo FFFF Hex 0000 OJA p 242 address6 Output 374 0h1725 Communication Fare 0000 FFFF Hex 0000 O A p 242 address7 Output P 384 oh1726 Communication a zeus 0000 FFFF Hex 0000 OJA p 242 address8 Number of input Para Ctrl 5e dise parameters Num iss SR Iput Para 514 o0h1733 Communication 0000 FFFF Hex 0005 X A p 242 Control 1 address1 pede Para 52 0h1734 Communication 0000 FFFF Hex 0006 X A p 242 Control 2 address2 534 oh1735 Input Para 0000 FFFF Hex 0000 XJA p 242 44 Only the range of addresses set at COM 3o is displayed 45 Only the range of addresses set at COM 5o is displayed 298 Table of Functions Code Comm 2 Initial SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP CM Address Name LCD Display Setting Range Value Property V F s Ref Communication Control 3 address3 put Para 54 oh1736 Communication 0000 FFFF Hex 0000 XJA p 242 Control 4 address4 prr Para 554 oh1737 Communication oo00 FFFF Hex 0000 X A p 242 Control 5 addresss neue Para 56 oh1738 Communication C 0000 FFFF Hex 0000 X A p 242 ontrol 6 address6 input Para 57 oh1739 Communication C 0000 FFFF Hex 0000 X A p 242 ontrol 7 address7 d Para 58 oh173A Communication 0000 FFFF Hex 0000 X A p 242 Control 8 address8 Fieldbusdata FBusSwa No ER gni swap Sel P 1 Yes NA p 242 Communication 70 oh1746 multi function VirtualDl1
299. oop refers to a single execution of a user configured sequence that contains a maximum of 18 steps Users can select a Loop Time of between 10 1 000ms The codes for user sequences configuration can be found in the US group for user sequence settings and the UF group for function block settings Code Name LCD Display ParameterSetting SettingRange Unit AP 02 User sequence activation UserSeq En 0 0 User sequence operation Usareeq Gon o command M User sequence operation TT nime ha time i Output address link1 18 Ese ute o oxFFFF 28 18 US E Input value setting1 30 VoidParai 30 O 9999 9999 0 80 Analog input 1 eg UNE 0 0 12 000 81 Analog input 2 P2PInl2 0 12 000 82 Digital input P2P In D o 12 000 bit 85 Analog output P2P Out AO1 o o ox7F 88 Digital output P2P Out DO 0 0 0X03 bit 01 User function 1 User Func1 0 0 28 x 02 User function input 1 A Userlnputi A o o oxFFFF 03 User function input 1 B User Input 1 B 0 o oxFFFF 04 User function input 1 C User Input 1 C 0 o oxFFFF UF 05 User function output 1 User Output 1 0 32767 32767 06 User function 2 User Func2 0 0 28 i 07 User function input 2 A Userlnput2 A o o oxFFFF o8 User function input 2 B Userlnput2 B o o oxFFFF S 09 User function input 2 C Userlnput2 C o o oxFFFF 5 SANTERNO GROUP 125 2 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 126 Gr
300. or driven device by fine tuning the motor speed using operation frequencies that are proportional to a ratio of the main frequency reference nh D y et D wn uonpejoJd 5 1 Operating with Auxiliary References Frequency references can be configured with various calculated conditions that use the main and auxiliary frequency references simultaneously The main frequency reference is used as the operating frequency while auxiliary references are used to modify and fine tune the main reference LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Operation Frq Frequency Terence Freg Rer Src o Keypad i 0 12 s source 01 Arden TE QUERY Aux Ref Src 1 Vi 0 4 reference source Auxiliary frequency bA 02 reference calculation AuxCalcType o M G A 0 7 type 03 PUX de ae AuxRefGain o o 200 0 200 0 96 reference gain Pxterminal f In 65 71 configuration Px Define 40 disAuxRef 0 54 S 135 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features The table above lists the available calculated conditions for the main and auxiliary frequency references Refer to the table to see how the calculations apply to an example where the Frq code has been set to o Keypad 1 and the inverter is operating at a main reference frequency of 30 00Hz Signals at 10 10V are received at terminal V3 with the reference gain set at 5 In this example the resulting frequency reference is fine tuned within the
301. or will begin rotating when the inverter starts up 4 9 Reset and Restart Reset and restart operations can be setup for inverter operation following a fault trip based on the terminal block operation command if it is configured When a fault trip occurs the inverter cuts off the output and the motor will free run Another fault trip may be triggered if the inverter begins its operation while motor load is in a free run state Code Name Unit Do NS dmv Command source Cmd 1 Fx Rx 10r 0 4 P Source 2 Fx Rx 2 08 __ Reset restart setup RST Restart 1 Yes o 1 og No of auto restart Retry 0 10 Pr 0 Number 10 Auto restart delay time Retry Delay 1 0 0 60 sec Displayed under DRV o6 in an LCD keypad 97 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Freq A il Reset pn Run cmd pee pee quee Pr 08 0 Pr 08 1 Note To prevent a repeat fault trip from occurring set Cn 71 speed search options bit 2 equal to 1 The inverter will perform a speed search at the beginning of the operation e Ifthe speed search is not enabled the inverter will start its operation in a normal V F pattern and accelerate the motor If the inverter has been turned on without reset and restart enabled the terminal block command must be first turned off and then turned on again to begin the inverter s operation Caution Use caution when operating the inverter with Power on Run enab
302. orless Il vector control gain code 1 Yes Allows the userto set various gains applied when the motor rotates faster than medium speed approx 1 2 of the base frequency through sensorless II vector control Codes available when setting to 1 Yes Cn 23 ASR SL P Gain2 Cn 24 ASR SL Gain2 Cn 26 Flux P Gain Cn 27 Flux Gain Gain3 Cn 28 S Est P Gain1 Cn 29 S Est Gaina Cn 30 S Est Gaina Cn 31 ACR SL P Gain Cn 32 ACR SL I Gain Cn o9 PreExTime Sets pre excitation time Pre excitation is used to start the operation after performing excitation up to the motor s rated flux Cn 10 Flux Force Allows for the reduction of the pre excitation time The motor flux increases up to the rated flux with the time constant as shown in the following figure To reduce the time taken to reach the rated flux a higher motor flux base value than the rated flux must be provided When the magnetic flux reaches the rated flux the provided motor flux base value is reduced Magnetic flux Cn 10 Flux Force Excitation current l Cn 09 PreExTime Run cmd Cn 11 HoldTime Sets the zero speed control time hold time in the stopped position The output is blocked after zero speed operation for a set period when the motor decelerates and is stopped by a stop command Hold time at stop cmd P gt Output voltage Frequency Run cmd Cn 21 ASR SL P Gaina Cn 22 ASR SL Gain1 164 Chan
303. oup No Procedure 1 Set CNF 42 to 3 UserGrp SelKey A icon will be displayed at the top of the LCD display In the parameter mode PAR Mode move to the parameter you need to register and press the MULTI key For example if the MULTI key is pressed in the frequency reference in DRV o3 Cmd Frequency the screen below will be displayed usns U str nous 9 DRVO1 Cmd Frequency 40 CODE Oo gt Step Freq ly o 00 64 CODE Group name and code number of the parameter Name ofthe parameter Code number to be used in the user group Pressing the PROG ENT key on the code number 40 Code will register DRV 01 as code 4o inthe user group Q Existing parameter registered as the user group code 4o Q setting range ofthe user group code Entering o cancels the settings Set a code number to use to register the parameter in the user group Select code number and press PROG ENT key Changing the value in will also change the value in If no code is registered Empty Code will be displayed Entering o cancels the settings The registered parameters are listed in the user group in U amp M mode You can register one parameter multiple times if necessary For example a parameter can be registered as code 2 code 13 and more in the user group Follow the procedures below to delete parameters in the user group Learning Protection Features Z SANTERNO Learn
304. oup Code Name UF LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range 10 User function output 2 User Output 2 32767 32767 11 User function 3 User Func3 0 28 z 12 User function input 3 A User Input 3 A o oxFFFF 13 User function input 3 B User Input 3 B o oxFFFF x 14 User function input 3 C User Input 3 C o oxFFFF 15 User function output 3 User Output 3 32767 32767 16 Uer function 4 User Func4 0 28 17 User function input 4 A User Input 4 A o oxFFFF S 18 User function input 4 B User Input 4 B o oxFFFF a 19 User function input 4 C User Input 4 C o oxFFFF 20 User function output 4 User Output 4 32767 32767 21 User function 5 User Funcs 0 28 a 22 User function input 5 A User Input 5 A o oxFFFF 23 User function input 5 B User Input 5 B o oxFFFF s 24 User function input 5 C User Input 5 C o oxFFFF 25 User function output 5 User Output 5 32767 32767 26 User function 6 User Func6 0 28 27 User function input 6 A User Input 6 A o oxFFFF 28 User function input 6 B User Input 6 B o oxFFFF x 29 User function input 6 C User Input 6 C o oxFFFF 30 User function output 6 User Output 6 32767 32767 31 User function 7 User Func7 0 28 32 User function input 7 A User Input 7 A o oxFFFF 33 User function input 7 B User Input 7 B o oxFFFF 34 User function input 7 C User Input 7 C o oxFFFF 35 User function output 7 User Output 7 32767 32767 36 User
305. ow the inverter actually operates 3 1 About the Keypad The keypad is composed of two main components the display and the operation input keys Refer to the following illustration to identify part names and functions Z SANTERNO Learning to Perform Basic Operations CARRARO GROUP 3 1 1 About the Display The following table lists display part names and their functions No Name Function o 7 Segment Display Displays current operational status and parameter information i i i hen the E 3 o SET Indicator LED flashes during parameter configuration and when the ESC ES key operates as the multi function key 9 i j flash nm e RUN Indicator LED turns on steady during an operation and flashes a1 during acceleration or deceleration 9 FWD Indicator LED turns on steady during forward operation G e REV Indicator LED turns on steady during reverse operation The table below lists the way that the keypad displays characters letters and numbers 0 0 A A K K U U 1 1 B B L V V 2 2 C C M M W W 3 3 D D N N X x 4 4 E E O O Y Y 5 5 F F B P Zz Z 6 6 G G Q Q 7 7 H H R R 8 8 I S S 9 9 J J T T 53 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO 3 1 2 Operation Keys Learning to Perform Basic Operations The following table lists the names and functions of the keypad s operation keys Description RUN RUN key Used to run the inverter inputs a RUN command
306. pad If the LCD keypad is connected the corresponding functions will be found in the Drive DRV group SL Sensorless vector control dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A Keypad LCD keypad Common Comm Name Keypad Setting Range Initial Value Proprty V F SL Address Display ohiFoo Target 0 00 o Maximum 0 00 og 10 10 frequency frequency Hz ohiFoi Acceleration ACC 0 0 600 0 5 20 0 OH O JO time ohiFo2 Deceleration dEC 0 0 600 0 5 30 0 O7 10 JO time mi ohiFo3 Command drv o Keypad z XD 10 O ore source 1 Fx Rx 1 PxRxa we GQ 2 Fx Rx 2 3 Int 485 5 Field Bus ohiFo4 Frequency Frq o Keypad 1 o Keypad 1 X 7 O 10 p 76 reference 1 Keypad 2 source 2 Vi 4 V2 5 12 1 Table of options are provided separately in the option manual 265 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm Name ES Jes Range ed Property V F SL Ref Address Display 6 Int 485 8 Field Bus 12 Pulse oh1Fos Multi step Sti 0 00 Maximum 10 00 O 7 O JO p 89 speed frequency Hz frequency 1 ohiFo6 Multi step St2 0 00 Maximum 20 00 OH 10 JO p 89 speed frequency Hz frequency 2 oh1Fo7 Multi step St3 0 00 Maximum 30 00 O 7 O JO p 89 speed frequency Hz frequency 3 ohiFo8 Output current CUr 17 O 10 p 70 ohiFog Motor Rpm 17 O JO revolutions per minute ohiFoA Inverterdirect
307. pad ID Multi KPD ID CNF Multi function key l E selection Multi Key Sel 4 MultiKPD 0 4 Slave Parameter Unit LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit 01 Station ID Int485 St ID 3 99 3 CM P2P communication KPD R E 95 Aaa Int 485 Func 3 eady 0 3 Multi keypad Setting Details Code Description Prevents conflict by designating a unique identification value to an inverter CM o1 Int485 St ID Values can be selected from numbers between 3 99 CM 95 Int 485 Func Set the value to 3 KPD Ready for both master and slave inverter CNF 03 Multi KPD ID Select an inverter to monitor from the group of inverters CNF 42 Multi key Sel Select a multi function key type 4 Multi KPD Caution Multi keypad Multi KPD features work only with code version 1 00 IO S W version 0 11 and keypad S W version 1 07 or higher versions e The multi keypad feature will not work when the multi keypad ID CNF 03 Multi KPD ID setting is identical to the RS 485 communication station ID CM oa Int485 st ID setting e Themaster slave setting cannot be changed while the inverter is operating in slave mode 124 Learning Basic Features 4 23 User Sequence Setting 2 CARRARO User Sequence creates a simple sequence from a combination of different function blocks The sequence can comprise of a maximum of 18 steps using 29 function blocks and 30 void parameters 1L
308. pply has been turned off Use a multi meter to make sure that there is no voltage before working on the inverter motor or motor cable Z SANTERNO Safety Information CARRARO GROUP A Warning e This equipment must be grounded for safe and proper operation e Do not supply power to a faulty inverter If you find that the inverter is faulty disconnect the power supply and have the inverter professionally repaired e The inverter becomes hot during operation Avoid touching the inverter until it has cooled to avoid burns e Donot allow foreign objects such as screws metal chips debris water or oil to get inside the inverter Allowing foreign objects inside the inverter may cause the inverter to malfunction or result in a fire Donotoperate the inverter with wet hands Doing so may result in electric shock Caution Donotmodifythe interior workings of the inverter Doing so will void the warranty e The inverter is designed for 3 phase motor operation Do not use the inverter to operate a single phase motor Donot place heavy objects on top of electric cables Doing so may damage the cable and result in an electric shock Note Maximum allowed prospective short circuit current at the input power connection is defined in IEC 60439 1 as 100 kA Depending on the selected MCCB the SINUS H Series is suitable for use in circuits capable of delivering a maximum of 100 kA RMS symmetrical amperes at the drive s max
309. put configuration reference input Label Name Description Configurable for multi function input terminals Factory default terminals and setup are as follows Px Fx P2 Rx P1 P7 Multi function P3 BX Input 1 7 PRST e Ps Speed L e P6 Speed M e Pz Speed H CM Common Common terminal for analog terminal inputs and Sequence outputs VR Potentiometer Used to setup or modify a frequency reference via frequency analog voltage or current input CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter Function Label Name e Maximum Voltage Output 12V Maximum Current Output 100mA e Potentiometer 1 5kO Used to setup or modify a frequency reference via Voltage input for analog voltage input terminal Vi frequency reference input Unipolar o 10V 12V Max 3 A E a G E w Bipolar 10 10V 12V Max Used to setup or modify a frequency reference via analog voltage or current input terminals Switch between voltage V2 and current I2 modes using a control board switch SW2 Analog input als eis V2 Mode fiaurati l2 input for frequency conriguration reference input e Unipolar o 10V 12V Max I2 Mode Input current 4 20mA Maximum Input current 24mA e nputresistance 2490 Pulse input for Setup or modify frequency references using pulse frequency inputs from o to 32kHz reference input Low Level o o 8V pulse train e High Level 3 5 12V Used t
310. put voltage to the inverter Set bA 15 to configure the motor s rated operating voltage The set voltage becomes the output voltage of the inverter s base frequency When the inverter operates above the base frequency and when the motor s voltage rating is lower than the input voltage at the inverter the inverter adjusts the voltage and supplies the motor with the voltage set at bA 15 motor rated voltage If the motor s rated voltage is higher than the input voltage at the inverter the inverter will supply the inverter input voltage to the motor If bA 15 motor rated voltage is set to o the inverter corrects the output voltage based on the input voltage in the stopped condition If the frequency is higher than the base frequency when the input voltage is lower than the parameter setting the input voltage will be the inverter output voltage Group Code Name LCDDisplay Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit as Motor rated voltage Rated Volt Output voltage 480V 170V Base freq Output freq 4 16 Start Mode Setting Select the start mode to use when the operation command is input with the motor in the stopped condition 112 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features 4 16 1Acceleration Start Acceleration start is a general acceleration mode If there are no extra settings applied the motor accelerates directly to the frequency reference when the command is input Group Code Name Parameter
311. que Bias Select a multi functional input terminal to set as the 35 Speed Torque If you turn In 65 71 onthe terminal while the operation is stopped it operates in vector control 172 speed limit mode Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 5 13 Energy Saving Operation 5 13 1Manual Energy Saving Operation If the inverter output current is lower than the current which is set at bA 14 Noload Curr the output voltage must be reduced as low as the level set at Ad 51 Energy Save The voltage before the energy saving operation starts will become the base value of the percentage Manual energy saving operation will not be carried out during acceleration and deceleration Unit Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range operation Energy saving Ad Energy Save Current TI D V et e i D wn uonpoejoJd 5 13 2 Automatic Energy Saving Operation The amount of energy saving can be automatically calculated based on the rated motor current bA 13 and the no load current bA 14 From the calculations the output voltage can be adjusted Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Energy saving E Save Mode 2 operation Caution If operation frequency is changed or acceleration and deceleration is carried out by a stop command during the energy saving operation the actual Acc Dec time may take longer than the set Acc Dec time
312. quency set bA 08 acc dec reference in the Basic group to 1 Delta Freq Unit Sec Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range dEC Decelerationtime DecTime 30 0 0 0 600 0 bA 08 Acc Decreference RampTMode 1 Delta Freq 0 Acc Dec Time Based on Operation Frequency Setting Details Operation sec Code Description Set the parameter value to 1 Delta Freq to set Acc Dec times based on Maximum frequency 0 Max Freq Set the Acc Dec time based on Maximum frequency 1 Delta Freq Set the Acc Dec time based on Operation frequency If Acc Dec times are set to 5 seconds and multiple frequency references are used in bA 08 the operation in 2 steps at 10Hz and 30 Hz each acceleration stage will take 5 RampT Mode seconds refer to the graph below Frequency 30Hz Run cmd 5 sec 5 sec 27 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 101 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 10 3 Multi step Acc Dec Time Configuration Acc Dec times can be configured via a multi function terminal by setting the ACC acceleration time and dEC deceleration time codes in the Operation group LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Greer ACC Acceleration time AccTime 20 0 0 0 600 0 sec dEC Deceleration time DecTime 30 0 0 0 600 0 sec Multi step 70 82 EN AccTime 1 7 X Xx 0 0 600 0 sec acceleration time1 7 bA Multi step
313. quipment used within the European Union The EMC product standard EN 61800 3 covers requirements stated for drives 379 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Technical Specification EMI RFI POWER LINE FILTERS THE ES RANGE OF POWER LINE FILTERS FFM Footprint AND FV SERIES HAVE BEEN SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED WITH HIGH FREQUENCY ES INVERTERS THE USE OF ES FILTERS WITHTHE INSTALLATION ADVICE OVERLEAF HELP ENSURE TROUBLE FREE USE ALONG SIDE SENSITIVE DEVICES AND COMPLIANCE TO CONDUCTED EMISSION AND IMMUNITY STANDARDS EN61800 3 N CAUTION IN CASE OF LEAKAGE CURRENT A PROTECTIVE DEVICE IS USED ON POWER SUPPLY THAT COULD BE DAMAGED WHEN POWERING ON OFF THE DEVICE TO AVOID THIS THE SENSE CURRENT OF THE PROTECTIVE DEVICE SHOULD BE LARGER THAN THE VALUE OF THE LEAKAGE CURRENT SEE TABLE BELOW RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS To conform to the EMC directive it is necessary that these instructions be followed as closely as possible Follow the usual safety procedures when working with electrical equipment All electrical connections to the filter inverter and motor must be made by a qualified electrical technician 1 Check the filter rating label to ensure that the current voltage rating and part number are correct 2 For best results the filter should be fitted as closely as possible to the incoming mains supply of the wiring enclosure usually directly after the enclosures circuit breaker or supply swi
314. quired peripherals and optional devices resistor brakes contactors noise filters etc are available For more details on peripheral devices refer to 11 4 Peripheral Devices on page 368 Power source Input side Output side FP CT boss Rd CT TAL LL do I lk Circuit Magnetic AC reactor Motor breaker contactor Optional Optional DC reactor Optional Caution Figures in this manual are shown with covers or circuit breakers removed to show a more detailed view of the installation arrangements Install covers and circuit breakers before operating the inverter Operate the product according to the instructions in this manual Do not start or stop the inverter using a magnetic contactor installed on the input power supply Ifthe inverter is damaged and loses control the machine may cause a dangerous situation Install an additional safety device such as an emergency brake to prevent these situations High levels of current draw during power on can affect the system Ensure that correctly rated circuit breakers are installed to operate safely during power on situations Reactors can be installed to improve the power factor Note that reactors may be installed within 30 ft 9 14 m from the power source if the input power exceeds 10 times of inverter capacity Referto 11 5 Fuse and Reactor Specifications on page 368 and carefully select a reactor that meets the requirements
315. r models below 22kW capacity Pre PID Fail Latch Displayed when pre PID is operating with functions set at AP 34 AP 36 A fault trip occurs when a controlled variable PID feedback is measured below the set value and the low feedback continues as it is treated as a load fault Ext Brake Latch Operates when the external brake signal is provided by the multi function terminal Occurs when the inverter output starting current remains below the set value at Ad 41 Set either OU 31 or OU 32 to 35 BR Control on S sb bl alas Safety A B Err Level Displayed when at least one of the two safety input signals is off Protection Functions for Communication Options 35 e Keypad Display LCD Display Type Description Em LOR Lost Level Displayed when a frequency or operation command erroris GI Command detected during inverter operation by controllers other than the keypad e g using aterminal block and a communication mode Activate by setting Pr 12 to any value other than o IOT IO Board Trip Latch Displayed when the I O board or external communication card is not connected to the inverter or there is a bad connection 341 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Troubleshooting Keypad Display LCD Display Type Description Displayed when the error code continues for more than 5 ERRC S Y Errc gt rrc gt E rc gt Er c gt Err gt rc gt Er
316. rates how to configure Jog Frequency by modifying code 11 in the Drive group Jog Frequency from 10 00 Hz to 20 00 Hz You can configure the parameters for different codes in any other group in exactly the same way ur 4 A S WZ WZ Instruction 1 Goto code 11 Jog Frequency in the Drive group DR 11 Press the ENT key Press the 4 key 3 times to move to the 10s place value Number 1 at the 10s place position will flash The current Jog Frequency value 10 00 for code dr 11 is displayed 10 0 Press the 4 key to change the value to 2 to match the 10s place value ofthe target value 20 00 and then press the ENT key All parameter digits will flash on the display Press the ENT key once again to save the changes completed 5 Code dr 11 will be displayed The parameter change has been DR 11 64 3 3 4 Initializing All Parameters The following example demonstrates parameter initialization using code dr 93 Parameter Initialization in the Drive group Once executed parameter initialization will delete all modified values for all codes and groups CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning to Perform Basic Operations EZ C79 C 3 E B O do D a CA NA Instruction Keypad Display sdo diseg 1 Goto code o Jog Frequency in the Drive group Press the ENT key The current parameter value 9 will be displayed Press the
317. re not suitable for P2P a Lost Command alarm occurs Fan Warning Displayed when an error is detected from the cooling fan while Pr 79 is set to 1 Set the digital output terminal or relay 0U 31 or OU 33 to 8 Fan Warning to receive fan warning output signals Analarm occurs when the value set at PRT 86 is less than the value set EE s z 25 Eius at PRT 87 To receive fan exchange output signals set the digital output terminal or relay OUT 31 or OUT 33 to 38 Fan Exchange ECAP An alarm occurs when the value set at PRT 63 is less than the value set CAP at PRT 62 the value set at PRT 61 must be 2 Pre Diag To receive CAP Exchange exchange signals set the digital output terminal or relay OUT 31 or OUT 33 to 36 CAP Exchange N 34 Troubleshooting DB Warn ED detection level at Pr 66 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 2 Displayed when the DB resistor usage rate exceeds the set value Set the 9 2 Troubleshooting Fault Trips RetryTrTune Trtune error warning alarm is activated when Dr 9 is set to 4 The warning alarm occurs when the motor s rotor time constant Tr is either too low or too high When a fault trip or warning occurs due to a protection function referto the following table for possible causes and remedies Type Cause Remedy Over Load The load is greater than the motors rated Ensure that the motor and inverter have capacity appropriate capac
318. reference using the Keypad pa Frequency reference source configuration for the Configures the inverter to allow input voltages at the terminal p 77 terminal block input block V1 V2 and to setup or modify a frequency reference p 85 voltage Frequency reference source configuration for the Configures the inverter to allow input currents at the terminal 3 terminal block input block 12 and to setup or modify a frequency reference p current FEN S E Configures the inverter to allow input pulse at the terminal configuration for the p 86 S block TI and to setup or modify a frequency reference terminal block input pulse Frequencyreference source Configures the inverterto allow communication signals from configuration for RS 485 upper level controllers such as PLCs or PCs and to setup or p 87_ communication modify a frequency reference Frequency control using Enables the user to hold a frequency using analog inputs at 38 analog inputs terminals pos Motor operation display Configures the display of motor operation values Motor 88 options operation is displayed either in frequency Hz or speed rpm poe Multi step speed frequency Configures multi step frequency operations by receiving an 8 configuration input at the terminals defined for each step frequency p d Configures the inverterto allow the manual operation of the p Bones FWD REV and Stop keys Command source configuration for terminal Configures the inverter to
319. ressthe 4 key to change it to 1 and then press the ENT key 4 The parameter value 10 00 will flash Press the ENT key once again to save changes 10 00 5 A change of reference frequency to 10 00 Hz has been completed Refer to the wiring diagram at the bottom of the table and close 5 the switch between the P1 FX and CM terminals BEER ELE The RUN indicator light flashes and the FWD indicator light comes SUN Be on steady The current acceleration frequency is displayed 66 When the frequency reference is reached 10Hz open the switch between the P3 FX and CM terminals The RUN indicator light flashes again and the current deceleration cre ER EEE s 7 frequency is displayed When the frequency reaches oHz the RUN RUN Ha and FWD indicator lights turn off and the frequency reference 10 00H7z is displayed again Frequency PT FX CM o Wiring Diagram Operation Pattern Note The instructions in the table are based on the factory default parameter settings The inverter may not work correctly if the default parameter settings are changed after the inverter is purchased In such cases initialize all parameters to resetthe values to factory default parameter settings before following the instructions in the table refer to 5 22 Parameter Initialization on page 186 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning to Perform Basic Operations 3 3 5 Frequency Setting Potentiometer and Operation Termina
320. rnal Dimensions IP 20 Type on page 362 for detailed information about your model Inverters with small frames Size Eu A Eu B A1 A2 0 4 0 8kW have only two mounting brackets Inverters with large frames have 4 mounting brackets Installing the Inverter Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Caution Do not transport the inverter by lifting with the inverter s covers or plastic surfaces The inverter may tip over if covers break causing injuries or damage to the product Always support the inverter using the metal frames when moving it Hi capacity inverters are very heavy and bulky Use an appropriate transport method that is suitable for the weight Do not install the inverter on the floor or mount it sideways against a wall The inverter MUST be installed vertically on a wall or inside a panel with its rear flat on the mounting surface 29 30 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter 2 2 Cable Wiring Open the front cover remove the cable guides and control terminal cover and then install the ground connection as specified Complete the cable connections by connecting an appropriately rated cable to the terminals on the power and control terminal blocks Read the following information carefully before carrying out wiring connections to the inverter All warning instructions must be followed Caution Installthe inverter before carrying out wiring conne
321. rq code of Operation group and it continues for the time speed loss decision time set at Pr 13 Lost Cmd Time For example set the speed command to 2 V1 at the Frq code inthe Operation group and In o6 V1 Polarity to o Unipolar When the voltage input drops to less than half of the value set at In o8 Va Volt x 1 the protective function is activated 1 Below x1 The protective operation starts when the signal becomes smaller than the initial value of the analog input set by the speed command and it continues for the speed loss decision time set at Pr 13 Lost Cmd Time Codes In 08 and In 12 are used to set the standard values Pr 14 Lost Preset F In situations where speed commands are lost set the operation mode Pr 12 Lost Cmd Mode to 5 Lost Preset This operates the protection function and sets the frequency so that the operation can continue Set Pr 15 Al Lost Level to 1 Below x 1 Pr 12 Lost Cmd Mode to 2 Dec and Pr 13 Lost Cmd Time to 5 sec Then it operates as follows Frequency reference gt 5 SeC Frequency Q1 AEN Note If speed command is lost while using communication options or the integrated RS 485 communication the protection function operates after the command loss decision time set at Pr 13 Lost Cmd Time is passed 224 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 6 2 5 Dynamic Braking DB Resistor Configuration For Sinus H serie
322. rrect order 131 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 24 Fire Mode Operation This function is used to allow the inverter to ignore minor faults during emergency situations such as fire and provides continuous operation to fire pumps When turned on Fire mode forces the inverter to ignore all minor fault trips and repeat a Reset and Restart for major fault trips regardless of the restart trial count limit The retry delay time set at PR 10 Retry Delay still applies while the inverter performs a Reset and Restart Fire Mode Parameter Settings Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Fire Mode selection Fire Mode Sel Fire Mode 81 Fire Mode frequency aa 0 60 0 60 aa 82 Fire Mode run direction Fire Mode Dir 0 2 0 83 oe operation Fire Mode Cnt Not configurable In 65 71 Px terminal configuration S 51 Fire Mode 0 54 The inverter runs in Fire mode when Ad 80 Fire Mode Sel is set to 2 Fire Mode and the multi function terminal In 65 71 configured for Fire mode 51 Fire Mode is turned on The Fire mode count increases by 1 at Ad 83 Fire Mode Count each time a Fire mode operation is run Caution Fire mode operation may result in inverter malfunction Note that Fire mode operation voids the product warranty the inverter is covered by the product warranty only when the Fire mode count is o Fire Mode Function Setting Details Code Description De
323. rtual DI 8 CM 77 B6 Virtual DI 7 CM 76 Bs Virtual DI 6 CM 75 B4 Virtual DI 5 CM 74 B3 Virtual DI 4 CM 73 B2 Virtual DI 3 CM 72 Bi Virtual DI 2 CM 71 Bo Virtual DI 1 CM 70 oho386 Digital output Bis Reserved control Bla Reserved o Off 1 On Bl3 Reserved Bl2 Reserved Bla Reserved 2 Blo Reserved B9 Reserved B8 Reserved B7 Reserved B6 Reserved Bs Reserved B4 Reserved B3 Reserved B2 Reserved Bi Q1 I O board OU 33 None Bo Relay 1 I O board OU 31 None oho387 Reserved Reserved oho388 PID reference o i PID reference command oho389 PID feedback o 1 PID feedback value value oho38A Motor rated o A current oho38B Motor rated 1 V voltage oho38C Reserved oho38F oho390 Torque Ref 0 1 Torque command 261 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features Comm Address Parameter Seale Unit Assigned Content by Bit oho391 Fwd Pos 0 1 Forward motoring torque limit Torque Limit oho392 Fwd Neg 0 1 Forward regenerative torque limit Torque Limit oho393 Rev Pos 0 1 Reverse motoring torque limit Torque Limit oho394 Rev Neg 0 1 Reverse regenerative torque limit Torque Limit oho395 TorqueBias o 1 96 Torque bias oho396 oh399 Reserved oho39A Anytime Para Set the CNF 20 value refer to 5 36 Operation State Monitor on page 209 oho39B Monitor Line Set the CNF 21 value refer to 5 36 Operation Stat
324. run the auto tuning Setting Function o None Auto tuning function is not enabled Also if you select one ofthe auto tuning options and run it the parameter value will revert back to o when the auto tuning is complete bA 20 Auto Tuning J P 1 All rotating Measures all motor parameters including stator resistance type Rs stator inductance Lsigma no load current Noload Curr rotor time constant Tr etc while the motor is rotating As the motor is rotating while the parameters are being measured if the load is connected to the motor spindle the parameters may not be measured accurately 159 CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Z SANTERNO For accurate measurements remove the load attached to the motor spindle However note that the rotor time constant Tr must be measured in a stopped position 2 All static Measures all parameters while the motor is in the stopped type position Measures stator resistance Rs stator inductance Lsigma no load current Noload Curr rotor time constant Tr etc while the motor is in the stopped position As the motor is not rotating while the parameters are measured the measurements are not affected when the load is connected to the motor spindle However when measuring parameters do not rotate the motor spindle on the load side 3 Rs Lsigma Measures parameters while the motor is rotating The rotating measured motor par
325. s the braking resistor circuit is integrated inside the inverter Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range Unit Pr 66 Braking resistor DBWarn ED 10 0 30 configuration OU 31 Multi function relay 1 Relay 1 31 DB Wam ED item 33 Multi function output 01 Define 1 item Dynamic Breaking Resistor Setting Details Code Description Pr 66 DBWarn ED Set braking resistor configuration ED Duty cycle Braking resistor configuration sets the rate at which the braking resistor operates for one operation cycle The maximum time for continuous braking is 15 sec and the braking resistor signal is not output from the inverter after the 15 sec period has expired An example of braking resistor set up is as follows TI MD ed et e i D wn uoIp3JOLJ T dec ED M x 100 a T_acc T_steady T_dec T_stop Frequency 1 1 U T acc T steady 1 T dec T stop Example 1 T dec YED x 1009 w T dec T steady1 T acc T steady2 d 225 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Code Description Frequency LT des T acc T steady 1 T steady 2 Example 2 T acc Acceleration time to set frequency T steady Constant speed operation time at set frequency T dec Deceleration time to a frequency lower than constant speed operation orthe stop time from constant speed operation frequenc
326. s a Command Input Device Fwd Rev Run COmMMANdS EEE 92 4 5 3 Terminal Block as a Command Input Device Run and Rotation Direction CoOnmmandsl sese eee 93 4 5 4 RS 485 Communication as a Command Input Device 94 4 6 Local Remote Mode Switching eene 94 47 Forward or Reverse Run Prevention sese eee eee eee 96 EEE EG e M 96 SE 61000 NR m TT 97 4 10 Setting Acceleration and Deceleration Times es 98 4 10 1 Acc DecTime Based on Maximum Frequency eee 98 4 10 2 Acc DecTime Based on Operation Frequency 101 4 10 3 Multi step Acc Dec Time Configuration sss 102 4 10 4 Configuring Acc Dec Time Switch Frequency sss 103 4 24 Ace Dec Pattern Configuration conecte eee eee 104 SANTERNO Z SANTERNO Table of Contents CARRARO GROUP A412 Stopping the Acc Dec Operation sss sees eee 107 4433 WiF Voltage Frequency Control sicco estie ed pnta Rus arena ra eren 107 4 13 1 Linear VIE Pattern Operation cesses 107 4 13 2 Square Reduction V F pattern Operation sss 108 4 13 3 User VIF Pattern Operation sees cerne recette hber nts as 109 7 Asal Fram 69152 licec E annene nnt 110 4343 Maridal Torque Boost psp piste simu E pM bI n SURGE 110 4242 AUtO Torque ee o tiieimsquatani apa ej
327. s an IF error if lowercase characters are encountered please refer to the following table Character ASCII HEX Command R 52h Read W 57h Write X 58h Request monitor registration AE 59h Perform monitor registration e Data ASCII HEX for example when the data value is 3000 3000 gt o B B 8 h 30h 42h 42h 38h Error code ASCII HEX refer to 7 3 1 4 Error Code on page 247 e Transmission reception buffer size Transmission 39 bytes Reception 44 bytes e Monitor registration buffer 8 Words SUM Checks communication errors via sum SUM a total of the lower 8 bits values for station ID command and data Station ID CMD Data in ASCII HEX For example a command to read 1 address from address 3000 SUM 0 t 1 4 R 3 4 0 0 0 1 30h 31h 52h 33h 30h 30h 30h 31h 1A7h the control value is not included ENO ACK NAK etc ENQ StationlD CMD Address Numberof SUM Addresses osh 01 R 3000 ku A7 o4h ibyte 2bytes 1 byte 4 bytes 1 byte 2 bytes 1 byte Note Broadcasting Broadcasting sends commands to all inverters connected to the network simultaneously When commands are sent from station ID 255 each inverter acts on the command regardless of the station ID However no response is issued for commands transmitted by broadcasting Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features CARRARO GROUP 7 3 1 Detailed Read Protocol Read Request Reads successive n words from address XXXX S
328. sdy vi o epu gaa On Eme m ZA HUI 3SJSAU ules OLLLLLL CA Grav INO did J opemesey o o O A ssu IH NUT did EH pecAa doojuedo did Bunies 11082 UONDUNJ ANW Z1Ld zwuled d Buas JeuruJa uorpuny njnuJ Ld ureb 3ndinp 15 043u02 d peads uiew Qld 201d LOdV ad MT Oe asind paassssy panlesoy paassssy snapp p9Al9S9Hd oo Hu S oo E M PID control block diagram 155 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Note When the PID switch operation switching from PID operation to general operation enters the multi function input values are converted to Hz values The normal PID output PID OUT is unipolar and is limited by AP 29 PID Limit Hi and AP 30 PID Limit Lo A calculation of 100 0 is based on the dr 20 Max Freq parameter setting 5 8 2 Pre PID Operation When an operation command is entered that does not include PID control general acceleration occurs until the set frequency is reached When the controlled variables increase to a particular point the PID operation begins Pre PID Operation Setting Details Code Description AP 34 Pre PID Freq When general acceleration is required the frequency up to general acceleration is entered If Pre PID Freq is set to 30Hz the general operation continues until the control variable PID feedback variable set at AP 35 is exceeded AP 35 Pre PID Exit When the feedback vari
329. se the motor to continue rotating even if the inverter output is blocked 4 17 4Power Braking When the inverter s DC voltage rises above a specified level due to motor regenerated energy a control is made to either adjust the deceleration gradient level or reaccelerate the motor in order to reduce the regenerated energy Power braking can be used when short deceleration times are needed without brake resistors or when optimum deceleration is needed without causing an over voltage fault trip Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit 08 Stopmode ap Mode L Power Braking 116 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features Caution e To prevent overheating or damaging the motor do not apply power braking to the loads that require frequent deceleration Stall prevention and power braking only operate during deceleration and power braking takes priority over stall prevention In other words when both Pr 50 stall prevention and flux braking and Ad o8 power braking are set power braking will take precedence and operate Notethat if deceleration time is too short or inertia of the load is too great an overvoltage fault trip may occur e Note that if a free run stop is used the actual deceleration time can be longer than the pre set deceleration time 4 18 Frequency Limit Operation frequency can be limited by setting maximum frequency start frequency upper limit frequency and lower
330. sed on V F characteristics A linear V F pattern is partcularly useful when a constant torque load is applied LCD Display ParameterSetting SettingRange Unit dr 09 Control mode Control Mode o VIF 0 4 18 Base frequency Base Freq 50 00 30 00 400 00 Hz 19 Start frequency Start Freq 0 50 0 01 10 00 Hz bA 07 VIF pattern VIF Pattern 0 Linear 0 3 107 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Linear V F Pattern Setting Details Code Description Sets the base frequency A base frequency is the inverter s output frequency when dr 18 Base Freq running at its rated voltage Refer to the motors rating plate to set this parameter value Sets the start frequency A start frequency is a frequency at which the inverter starts voltage output The inverter does not produce output voltage while the frequency reference is lower than the set frequency However if a deceleration stop is made while operating above the start frequency output voltage will continue until the operation frequency reaches a full stop 0Hz Base Freq gt a Frequency Start Freq Inverter s rated voltage Voltage 4 13 2Square Reduction V F pattern Operation Square reduction V F pattern is ideal for loads such as fans and pumps It provides non linear acceleration and deceleration patterns to sustain torque throughout the whole frequency range Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Settin
331. splay Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit o Keypad 1 1 Keypad 2 2 lV Frequency reference 4 V2 Operation Frq Freq Ref Src 0 12 source 5 l2 6 Int485 8 Field Bus 12 Pulse ZEHN ep laa Frequency reference Operating frequency 1 Px Run command M 4 3 Changing the Displayed Units HzeRpm You can change the units used to display the operational speed of the inverter by setting Dr 21 Speed unit selection to o Hz or 1 Rpm This function is available only with the LCD keypad Group Code Name LCD Display Speed unit Parameter Setting Setting Range lo Hz Display Rpm Display Learning Basic Features 4 4 Setting Multi step Frequency 2 Multi step operations can be carried out by assigning different speeds or frequencies to the Px terminals Step o uses the frequency reference source set with the Frq code in the Operation group Pxterminal parameter values 7 Speed L 8 Speed M and 9 Speed H are recognized as binary commands and work in combination with Fx or Rx run commands The inverter operates according to the frequencies set with St 1 3 multi step frequency 1 3 bA 53 56 multi step frequency 4 7 and the binary command combinations Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit LCD Display Operation St1 St3 Multi step frequency Step Freq 1 3 i o Maximum 1 3 frequency bA 5356 Multi step frequency Step Freq 47 o Maxim
332. such cases initialize all parameters to reset the factory default parameter settings before following the instructions in the table refer to 5 22 Parameter Initialization on page 186 69 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning to Perform Basic Operations 3 4 Monitoring the Operation 3 4 1 Output Current Monitoring The following example demonstrates how to monitor the output current in the Operation group using the keypad Step Instruction Keypad Display Ensure that the first code of the Operation group is selected and the code 0 00 Command Frequency is displayed 2 Pressthe 4 or Y key to move to the Cur code 70 silas Press the ENT key 3 The output current 5 0A is displayed Press the ENT key again Returns to the Cur code Note You can use the dCL DC link voltage monitor and vOL output voltage monitor codes in the Operation group in exactly the same way as shown in the example above to monitor each function s relevant values CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning to Perform Basic Operations 3 4 2 Fault Trip Monitoring The following example demonstrates how to monitor fault trip conditions in the Operation group using the keypad Acceleration Over current trip es D v A G o A LL ra I I the display indicates that the fault occurred during acceleration Press the STOP RESET key 5 The inverter resets and the fault condition
333. t Crimp Terminal Connectors With Crimp Terminal Connectors Bare wire Bootlace Ferrule gt a P1 P7 CM VR V1 l2 a AO OQs EG 24 T1 TO 0 75 18 0 5 20 o ISA SB SC S S SG 3 A1 B1 C1 23 24 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter 2 Installing the Inverter This chapter describes the physical and electrical installation methods including mounting and wiring of the product Refer to the flowchart and basic configuration diagram provided below to understand the procedures and installation methods to be followed to install the product correctly Installation Flowchart Basic Configuration Diagram The flowchart lists the sequence to be followed during installation The steps cover equipment installation and testing of the product More information on each step is referenced in the steps Product Identification p 13 Select the Installation Location p 17 Mounting the Inverter p 26 Wiring the Ground Connection p 34 J E Power and Signal Wiring p 35 Post Installation Checks p 48 J Turning on the Inverter Parameter Configuration p 61 Testing p 50 Installing the Inverter Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP The reference diagram below shows a typical system configuration showing the inverter and peripheral devices Prior to installing the inverter ensure that the product is suitable for the application power rating capacity etc Ensure that all of the re
334. t at Pr 13 Setting Function 0 None The speed command immediately becomes the operation frequency without any protection function 1 Free Run The inverter blocks output The motor performs in free run condition 2 Dec The motor decelerates and then stops at the time set at Pr o7 Trip Dec Time 3 Hold Input The inverter calculates the average input value for 10 seconds before the loss of the speed command and uses it as the speed reference 4 Hold Output The inverter calculates the average output value for 10 seconds before the loss of the speed command and uses it as the speed reference 5 Lost Preset The inverter operates at the frequency set at Pr 14 Lost Preset F 7 2 5 Setting Virtual Multi Function Input Multi function input can be controlled using a communication address oho385 Set codes CM 70 77 to the functions to operate and then set the BIT relevant to the function to 1 at oho322 to operate it Virtual multi function operates independently from In 65 71 analog multi function inputs and cannot be set redundantly Virtual multi function input can be monitored using CM 86 Virt DI Status Before you configure the virtual multi function inputs set the DRV code according to the command source 240 RS 485 Communication Features Group Code Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP LCD Display Virtual DI x o CM 70 77 Communication multi 0 49 function input x x 1 8 86 Comm
335. t frequency deviation may result due to analog input variation and deviations in the calculations 5 2 Jog operation The jog operation allows for a temporary control of the inverter You can enter a jog operation command using the multi function terminals or by using the ESC key on the keypad The jog operation is the second highest priority operation after the dwell operation If a jog operation is requested while operating the multi step up down or 3 wire operation modes the jog operation overrides all other operation modes 5 2 1 Jog Operation 1 Forward Jog by Multi function Terminal The jog operation is available in either forward or reverse direction using the keypad or multi function terminal inputs The table below lists parameter setting for a forward jog operation using the multi function terminal inputs 139 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit dr 11 Jog frequency JOG Frequency 10 00 0 50 Maximum Hz frequency 12 Jog operation JOG AccTime 20 00 0 00 600 00 sec acceleration time 13 Jog operation JOG Dec Time 120 00 0 00 600 00 sec deceleration time In 65 71 Pxterminal Px Define Px 6 JOG configuration P1 P7 Forward Jog Description Details Code Description In 65 71 Px Define Select the jog frequency from P1 P7 and then select 6 Jog from In 65 71 SE Terminal settings for jog opera
336. t run prevention POOP Erevent 1 Forward Prev Set forward run prevention 2 Reverse Prev Set reverse run prevention 4 8 Power on Run A power on command can be setup to start an inverter operation after powering up based on terminal block operation commands if they have been configured To enable power on run set the drv command source code to 1 Fx Rx 1 or 2 Fx Rx 2 in the Operation group Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit Fx Rx Operation dN Command source CmdSource 1 2 dus 0 4 Fx Rx 2 Ad 10 Power on run Power on Run 1 Yes 0 1 Displayed under DRV 06 on the LCD keypad CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Basic Features Input Frequency Z z Ad 10 0 Ad 10 1 Note e A fault trip may be triggered if the inverter starts operation while a motor s load fan type load is in free run state To prevent this from happening set bit4 to 1 in Cn 71 speed search options of the Control group The inverter will perform a speed search at the beginning of the operation e Ifthe speed search is not enabled the inverter will begin its operation in a normal V F pattern and accelerate the motor If the inverter has been turned on without power on run enabled the terminal block command must first be turned off and then turned on again to begin the inverter s operation Caution Use caution when operating the inverter with Power on Run enabled as the mot
337. t the lifespan and reliability of the product The table below details the ideal operation and installation conditions for the inverter 2 z AmbientTemperature Heavy Duty 10 50 C 14 104 F Normal Duty 10 40 C 14 122 F S Ambient Humidity 90 relative humidity no condensation Storage Temperature 20 65 C 4 149 F Environmental Factors An environment free from corrosive or flammable gases oil residue or dust Altitude Vibration Lower than 1 000 m 3 280 ft above sea level less than 1G 9 8m sec Air Pressure 70 Ao6kPa The ambient temperature is the temperature measured at a point 5cm 2 from the surface of the inverter Caution Do not allow the ambient temperature to exceed the allowable range while operating the inverter 17 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter 1 4 Selecting and Preparing a Site for Installation When selecting an installation location consider the following points e The inverter must be installed on a wall that can support the inverter s weight e The location must be free from vibration Vibration can adversely affect the operation of the inverter The inverter can become very hot during operation Install the inverter on a surface that is fire resistant or flame retardant and with sufficient clearance around the inverter to allow air to circulate The illustrations below detail
338. t while the load is increasing at low speed Cn o4 Carrier Freq Cn 21ASR SL P Gain1 Cn 22 ASR SL I Gain1 Ifthe motor hunts at low speed increase the value of Cn 22 by increments of 5om s and if hunting does not occur increase the value of Cn 21 to find the optimal operating condition Ifthe amount of torque is insufficient increase the value of Cn 93 by increments of 5 Cn 93 SL Volt Comp3 Ifthe motor hunts or the amount of torque is 10Hz or lower i NOM insufficient in the 5 10Hz range decrease the value of Cn o4 by increments of 1kHz if Cn o4 is setto exceed 3kHz The motor hunts or overcurrent trip occurs in Cn 92 SL Volt Comp2 Increase the value of Cn 92 93 by increments of 5 regenerative load at low Cn 93SL Volt Comp3 at the same time speed 10 Hz or lower Over voltage trip occurs due to sudden acceleration deceleration or sudden load fluctuation with no brake resistor installed at mid speed 30Hz or higher Cn 24 ASR SL Gain2 Decrease the value of Cn 2 by decrements of 5 Over current trip occurs due to sudden load fluctuation at high speed 50 Hz or higher Cn 54 57 Trq Lmt Cn 94 SL FW Freq Decrease the value of Cn 54 57 by decrements of 10 ifthe parameter setting is 150 or higher Increase decrease the value of Cn 94 by 167 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features increments decrements of 5 set below 100 The motor hunts
339. t485BaudR 3 9600 bps 0 7 speed 04 Built in communication Int485 Mode o D8 PN S1 0 3 frame setting 05 Transmission delay after Resp Delay 5 0 1000 ms reception Communication Parameters Setting Details Code Description CM o1 Int485 St ID Set the inverter station ID between 1 and 250 CM o3 Int485 BaudR Seta communication setting speed up to 115 200 bps Setting Function o 1 200 bps 1 2 400 bps 2 4800 bps 3 9 600 bps 4 19 200 bps 5 38 400 bps 6 56K bps 7 115 Kbps CM o4Int485 Mode Seta communication configuration Set the data length parity check method and the number of stop bits Setting Function o D8 PN S1 8 bit data no parity check 1 stop bit 1 D8 PN S2 8 bit data no parity check 2 stop bits 2 D8 PE S1 8 bit data even parity 1 stop bit 3 D8 PO S1 8 bit data odd parity 1 stop bit CM o5 Resp Delay Set the response time for the slave inverter to react to the request from the master Response time is used in a system where the slave device response is 238 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO RS 485 Communication Features too fast for the master device to process Set this code to an appropriate value for smooth master slave communication Request Request Master TP 4 po kj K n gt Slave Response Response CM 5 Resp Delay CM 5 Resp Delay 7 2 3 Setting Operation Command and Frequency
340. tage is 410Vdc for 200V models and 820Vdc for 400V models 4 Torque Outputs the generated torque as a standard Outputs 10V at 250 of motor rated torque OU a A04 Mode 5 Ouput Power Monitors output wattage 200 of rated output is the maximum display voltage 10V 6 Idse Outputs the maximum voltage at 200 of no load current 7 Iqse Outputs the maximum voltage at 250 of rated torque current rated torque current rated curre UILI no load current 8 Target Freq Outputs set frequency as a standard Outputs 10V at the maximum frequency dr 20 9 Ramp Freq Outputs frequency calculated with Acc Dec function as a standard May vary with actual output frequency Outputs 10V 12 PIDRefValue Outputs command value of a PID controller as a standard Outputs approximately 6 6V at 100 13 PIDFdkValue Outputs feedback volume of a PID controller as a standard Outputs approximately 6 6V at 100 14 PID Output Outputs output value of a PID controller as a standard Outputs approximately 10V at 100 15 Constant Outputs OU o5 AO1 Const value as a standard Learning Protection Features OU o2 AO1 Gain OU 03 AO1 Bias 27 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Adjusts output value and offset If frequency is selected as an output item it will operate as shown below _ Frequency A01 x A01 Gain AO1 Bias MaxFreq The graph below illustrates the analog voltage output AO1 changes depend on OU o2 AO1 Gain and O
341. tage output from an external source or use the voltage output from the VR terminal to provide inputs to V1 Refer to the diagrams below for the wiring required for each application External source application Internal source VR application Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit F Operation Frq naal Aden FreqRefSrc 2 Vi 0 12 source 0 00 Fri n Maxi 01 SNS Ga Freq at 100 ee Max Hz maximum analog input frequency Frequency l V3 Monitor 05 V1 input monitor IV 0 00 0 00 12 00 V o6 Vipolarity options V Polarity o Unipolar 0 1 Va input filter time 07 Va Filter 10 0 10000 ms constant Vai minimum in 08 cee Vi volt x1 0 00 0 00 10 00 V in voltage Vi output at minimum 09 P Va Perc y1 0 00 0 00 100 00 voltage V1 maximum input 10 P V1 Volt x2 10 00 0 00 12 00 V voltage V10 maximum 11 PE CANNE Vi Percy2 100 00 0 100 906 voltage 6 Rotation direti 16 ne dieetion Vilnverting o No 0 1 options 17 V1 Quantizing level V1 Quantizing 0 04 ont O04 Vag Quantizing is disabled if o is selected o 10V Input Voltage Setting Details Code Description Configures the frequency reference at the maximum input voltage when a potentiometer is connected to the control terminal block A frequency set with code In o1 becomes the maximum frequency only if the value s
342. tails The frequency set at Ad 81 Fire mode frequency is used for the inverter operation in Fire mode The Fire mode frequency takes priority over the Jog frequency Multi step frequencies andthe keypad input frequency Ad 81 Fire Fire mode Mode frequency frequency __ reference Dr o3 A i ie I s When Fire mode operation is turned on the inverter accelerates for Fire mode Acc Dec the time set at Dr o3 Acc Time and then decelerates based on the Dr o4 Dec Gan l Time times deceleration time set at Dr o4 Dec Time It stops when the Px terminal input is turned off Fire mode operation is turned off 132 Learning Basic Features Code Description PR 10 Retry Seley Fault trip process Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Details Some fault trips are ignored during Fire mode operation The fault trip history is saved but trip outputs are disabled even when they are configured at the multi function output terminals Fault trips that are ignored in Fire mode BX External Trip Low Voltage Trip Inverter Overheat Inverter Overload Overload Electrical Thermal Trip Input Output Open Phase Motor Overload Fan Trip No Motor Trips and other minor fault trips For the following fault trips the inverter performs a Reset and Restart until the trip conditions are released The retry delay time set at PR 10 Retry Delay applies while the inverter performs a Reset and Restart Fault trips that force a R
343. tating before the voltage is supplied from the inverter Deceleration stop is the typical method used to stop a motor The Deceleration stop motor decelerates to oHz and stops on a stop command however p 114 there may be other stop or deceleration conditions defined Configures the inverterto apply DC braking during motor E deceleration The frequency at which DC braking occurs must Stopp by DE braking be defined and during deceleration when the motor reaches pun the defined frequency DC braking is applied Configures the inverterto stop output to the motor using a stop Free run stop command The motor will free run until it slows down and p 116 stops Power braking Configures the inverterto provide optimal motor deceleration without tripping over voltage protection Start maximum frequency configuration Configures the frequency reference limits by defining a start frequency and a maximum frequency LA Upper lower frequency limit configuration Configures the frequency reference limits by defining an upper limit and a lower limit Frequency jump 2 Operation Configuration Configures the inverter to avoid running a motor in mechanically resonating frequencies Used to configure the 2 operation mode and switch between the operation modes according to your requirements LA Multi function input terminal control configuration Enables the user to improve the responsiveness of the multi functio
344. tation ID CMD Address Numberof SUM Addresses osh o1 FA R ODO ABT lt n XX o4h abyte 2 bytes abyte 4 bytes 1 byte 2 bytes 1 byte Total bytes 12 Characters are displayed inside single quotation marks Read Normal Response Station ID o6h o1 FA R XXXX XX og h 1 byte 2 bytes 1 byte nx 4 bytes 2 bytes 1 byte Total bytes 7 x n x 4 a maximum of 39 Read Error Response NAK Station ID CMD Error code SUM EOT ash o1 FA R wr XX o4h E 1byte 2 bytes 1byte 2 bytes 2 bytes a byte Total bytes 9 8 e I 7 3 1 1 Detailed Write Protocol Write Request Writes successive n words to address XXXX Addresses mc W poo faen oox Pr ibyte 4bytes Total bytes 12 n x 4 a maximum of 44 ENQ StationID CMD Address Number of Data SUM Write Normal Response Station ID o6h 01 FA W XXX XX og h 1 byte 2 bytes 1 byte nx 4 bytes 2 bytes 1 byte Total bytes 7 n x 4 a maximum of 39 245 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features Write Error Response Station ID ash o1 FA NU vest XX o4h 1 byte 2 bytes 1 byte 2 bytes 2 bytes 1 byte Total bytes 9 7 3 1 2 Monitor Registration Detailed Protocol Monitor registration request is made to designate the type of data that requires continuous monitoring and periodic updating Monitor Registration Request Registration requests for n addresses where
345. tch 3 The back panel of the wiring cabinet of board should be prepared for the mounting dimensions of the filter Care should be taken to remove any paint etc from the mounting holes and face area of the panel to ensure the best possible earth connection of the filter 4 Mount the filter securely 5 Connect the mains supply to the filter terminals marked LINE connect any earth cables to the earth stud provided Connect the filter terminals marked LOAD to the mains input of the inverter using short lengths of appropriate gauge cable 380 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Technical Specification 6 Connect the motor and fit the ferrite core output ferrite ring as close to the inverter as possible Armoured or screened cable should be used with the 3 phase conductors only threaded twice through the center of the ferrite core The earth conductor should be securely earthed at both inverter and motor ends The screen should be connected to the enclosure body via and earthed cable gland 7 Connect any control cables as instructed in the inverter instructions manual IT IS IMPORTANT THAT ALL LEAD LENGTHS ARE KEPT AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE AND THAT INCOMING MAINS AND OUTGOING MOTOR CABLES ARE KEPT WELL SEPARATED i Y L Ss FFM Filters Footprint INVERTER SHIELDED CABLE E Motor FILTER INVERTER SHIELDED CABLE QW Standard
346. ted groups However during a fault trip situation or operation parameters cannot be initialized dr 93 Parameter initialization 0 No 0 16 CNF 40 Parameter initialization Parameter Init 0 NO 0 16 For keypad For LCD keypad Parameter Initialization Setting Details Code Description Setting LCD Display Function o No No 7 Initialize all data Select 3 All Grp and press PROG ENT 1 Initialize allgroups All Grp key to start initialization On completion o No will be displayed S 2 Initialize dr group DRV Grp Initialize data by groups S 3 Initialize bA group BASGrp Select initialize group and E 4 Initialize Ad group ADVGrp press PROG ENT key to start 5 Initialize Cn group CONGrp initialization On completion 6 Initialize In group INGrp o No will be displayed 7 Initialize OU group OUT Grp 8 Initialize CM group COM Grp 9 Initialize AP group APP Grp 12 Initialize Pr group PRT Grp 13 Initialize M2 group M2 Grp Initialize ae OperationGroup aap 186 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 5 23 Parameter View Lock Use parameter view lock to hide parameters after registering and entering a user password Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit 50 Parameter view lock View Lock Set Unlocked 0 9999 CNF Parameter view lock ViewLockPw Password gagas passwor
347. tempos 125 function block parameter 129 SEUNG X 125 Boi o PE 125 US GOUD iiin aE 125 user function operation condition 129 void parameter seen 125 129 User Sequence Function group Refer to UF User Sequence Function group User Sequence group Refer to US user sequence group user V F pattern Operation essere 109 using the keypad 56 groups codes 11 56 Jog Operation Key nectit catches 59 moving directly to a code sss 57 using the using the keypad parameter setting sssssssssseeeeene 58 V SIE GGG antt ertet tte e tete 107 linear V F pattern operation 107 Square reductionV F pattern Operation 108 user V F pattern Operation sees eee ereer 109 V1 terminal 41 77 V2 analog input selection switch SW2 41 PUO ce 85 I2 voltage Input incarne 85 variable resistor variable torque load 108 169 voltage drop 37 voltage current output terminal Refer to AO terminal VR terminal 40 77 393 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Warning Vid alo SEE 3 core cable siters control terminal board wiring 394 Technical Specification COPPEN CADE ces Lectt 30 cover disassembly sss 30 ee 43 alaeo A 34 power t
348. ter stop DC braking frequency 386 Technical Specification DC link voltage s 134 168 d lta WINING ae 46 fo 1 NG EE 180 Digital Output n 203 digital SOUfCe eto ert tette 95 disposal etn dr Drive group draw operation Drive group Dwell Operation 147 Acc Dec dewel frequency sss 147 acceleration Dwell sss 147 deceleration Dwell css 147 E earth leakage breaker 348 EEP Rom Empty tete 185 EG terminal e elle 42 electronic thermal overheating protection ETH emergency stop fault Ip Refer to BX energy buttfering operation 168 energy saving operation 173 automatic energy saving operation 173 manual energy saving operation 173 eOr COI ita D 247 FE frame emor ient 247 IA illegal data address 247 ID illegal data value e 247 IF illegal function enn 247 WMi write mode error sss 247 Technical Specification multi function key sse 94 remote local operation switching 95 ETH Refer to electronic thermal overheating protection ETH E Thermal Exciting Current 163 external 24V power terminal Refer to 24 terminal e
349. the items that are monitored on the keypad p 209 Z SANTERNO Table of Contents CARRARO GROUP Table of Contents i Preparing the Installation issssssinsanssssvensssvasssesessisssnsneiesessnaisnasssonisuinnedaannsnenenanens 13 1 1 Product Identification sss 13 L2 Part NaMe Siosan 15 1 3 Installation Considerations vamser in intente 17 14 Selecting and Preparing a Site for Installation sss 18 Xr Cable Selection ciue ME RIDGE DM RUNE PN R DU EE 22 2 Installing the Inverter uesesuarse ummmsennmemmevinnmemivnh i anaana 24 2 4 Mounting theInyeltel uuvmssnmsenmbenmeenneeadsttvvvdamnt 26 elis TM 30 3 3 Post Installation Checklist eee 48 CERIS 6 em 50 3 Learning to Perform Basic Operations eese 52 2 1 About the oHm 52 3 1 1 About the Display M 53 3 1 2 Operation t PUES 54 PREMIUM 55 3 2 Learning to Use the Keypad sese 56 3 2 1 Group and Code Selection sigue quiu qii ates iive iR amit i E qM SEES 56 3 2 2 Navigating Directly to Different Codes sss 57 3 2 3 Setting Parameter Values icuisea etie uit et rid pate si e darent 58 3 2 4 Configuring the ESC Key sii bi eee eee 59 33 Actual Application Examples eee eee eee 61 3 31 Acceleration Time Configuration sse 61 3 3 2 Frequency Reference Configuration sss 62 333 JogfPregquercyConfiqutatigti uo tpa cesceder eee 6
350. the required installation clearances 10cm 4 minimum i2 minimum 2 minimum 5cm 5cm gcm 2 minimum p RENE 10cm 4 minimum XUL LOS ES S Ensure sufficient air circulation is provided around the inverter when it is installed If the inverter is to be installed inside a panel enclosure or cabinet rack carefully consider the position of the inverter s cooling fan and the ventilation louver The cooling fan must be positioned to efficiently transfer the heat generated by the operation of the inverter Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP 19 CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter Z SANTERNO If you are installing multiple inverters in one location arrange them side by side and remove the top covers The top covers MUST be removed for side by side installations Use a flat head screwdriver to remove the top covers 20 Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP e Ifyou are installing multiple inverters of different ratings provide sufficient clearance to meet the clearance specifications of the largest inverter Der em mm iocm 4 minimum
351. ti function input terminal control multi function key ESC key ctt imt ret 59 Multi Key Sel senten 337 multi function key Options cesses 337 multi function output multi function output terminal delay time settings multi function output terminal multi function output on off control 195 multi function output terminal and relay settings 203 multi function output terminal delay time settings R 208 trip output by multi function output terminal and e LEN 207 multi function open collector output terminal B ONDES Refer to Q1 terminal multi keypad ttn 124 master parameter eee 124 multi keypad Te 124 multi step frequency Speed L Speed M Speed H sss 90 N N terminal DC link terminal no motor trip 233 No Motor Trip te 234 340 NO 46 80 Normal Duty tss 17 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP normal load 180 355 Normal PWM ttt 180 NPN mode Sink tte 45 oOut Phase Open 340 open phase protection 220 Operation frequency Refer to frequency setting operation group 265 Operation group ttt 55 operation noise 179 carrier frequency sss 180 frequency jump sees 119 Operation CHS asses cde atnan traite 211 operation accumulated time 211 Operati
352. ting Address 1 Int485 St ID Register 0X1103 1 251 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features 7 4 Compatible Common Area Parameter The following are common area parameters compatible with Sinus M Comm Address Parameter Scale Unit RW Assigned Content by Bit ohoooo Inverter model R 6 Sinus H ohooo1 Inverter capacity R 0 0 75 kW 1 1 5kW 2 2 2 KW 4 5 5 KW 5 7 5 kW 6 11 kW 7 15kW 8 18 5 kW 9 22 kW 256 0 4 kW 257 1 1 kW 259 4 0 kW ohooo2 Inverter input R 0 220V product voltage 1 440V product ohooo3 Version R Example oho100 Version 1 00 Example oho101 Version 1 01 ohooo4 Reserved R W ohooos Command 0 01 Hz R W frequency ohooo6 Operation R Bas Reserved command option B14 o Keypad Freq B13 1 Keypad Torq B12 2 16 Terminal block multi B11 step speed B10 17 Up 18 Down Bg 19 STEADY 22 V1 24 V2 25 12 26 Reserved 27 Built in 485 28 Communication option 30 JOG 31 PID B8 o Keypad B7 1 Fx Rx 1 B6 2 Fx Rx 2 3 Built in 485 4 Communication option RW B5 Reserved B4 Emergency stop B3 W Trip initialization 0 1 R Trip status B2 Reverse operation R Bi Forward operation F Bo Stop S ohooo7 Acceleration time 10 1 S RAW l 252 RS 485 Communication Features CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO
353. ting Communication Parameters sss ese sees sees eee essere eee eee ee 238 7 2 3 Setting Operation Command and Frequency 239 7 24 Command Loss Protective Operation sss 240 7 2 5 Setting Virtual Multi Function Input esse eee eee eee 240 7 2 6 Saving Parameters Defined by Communication 241 7 27 Total Memory Map for Communication sse esse sees eee eee 242 7 2 8 Parameter Group for Data Transmission see eee eee eee ee 242 7 3 Communication Protocol sse nennen 243 7 4 Compatible Common Area Parameter senes 252 7 5 Sinus H Expansion Common Area Parameter sss 255 7 53 Monitoring Area Parameter Read Only sss 255 7 5 2 Control Area Parameter Read Write esses 260 7 5 3 Inverter Memory Control Area Parameter Read and Write 262 8 Tableof Functions LN 265 8 1 Operation Group EEE Rt 265 92 Drivegroup PAR PN arasia 267 8 3 Basic Function group PARC DA sees 272 Z SANTERNO Table of Contents CARRARO GROUP 8 4 Expanded Function group PAR Ad aca utenti torta rnt depen Ec 277 8 5 Control Function group PAR CH sss 282 8 6 Input Terminal Block Function group PARIN es 287 8 7 Output Terminal Block Function group PAROU ses 293 8 8 Communication Function group
354. tion bA 41 User Freq 1 Set the parameter values to assign arbitrary frequencies User Freq 1 4 for start bA 48 User Volt 4 and maximum frequencies Voltages can also be set to correspond with each frequency and for each user voltage User Volt 1 4 109 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features The 100 output voltage in the figure below is based on the parameter settings of bA 15 motor rated voltage If bA 15 is set to o it will be based on the input voltage Voltage 1 Pe icut BAAB bA 46 oO gt Ja amp l L t tv m er RN Start freq bA 41 Frequency bA 45 Base freq bA 43 bA 47 Caution Whena normal induction motor is in use care must be taken not to configure the output pattern away from a linear V F pattern Non linear V F patterns may cause insufficient motor torque or motor overheating due to over excitation e When a user V F pattern is in use forward torque boost dr 16 and reverse torque boost dr 17 do not operate 4 14 Torque Boost 4 14 1Manual Torque Boost Manual torque boost enables users to adjust output voltage during low speed operation or motor start Increase low speed torque or improve motor starting properties by manually increasing output voltage Configure manual torque boost while running loads that require high starting torque such as lift type loads LCD Display Parameter Setti
355. tion dr 11 JOG Frequency Set the operation frequency dr 12 JOG Acc Time Set the acceleration speed dr 13 JOG DecTime Set the deceleration speed If a signal is entered at the jog terminal while an FX operation command is on the operation frequency changes to the jog frequency and the jog operation begins dr 13 ACC dr 03 dr 12 dEC dr 04 Jog dec time Acc time Jog acc time Dec time Operation frequency Operation rii frequency Jog frequency dr 11 Jog frequency Operation frequency Jog frequency Operation frequency Jog frequency CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features 5 2 2 Jog Operation 2 Fwd Rev Jog by Multi function Terminal For jog operation 1 an operation command must be entered to start operation but while using jog operation 2 a terminal that is set for a forward or reverse jog also starts an operation The priorities for frequency Acc Dec time and terminal block input during operation in relation to other operating modes Dwell 3 wire up down etc are identical to jog operation 1 If a different operation command is entered during a jog operation it is ignored and the operation maintains the jog frequency Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter setting Setting Range Unit dr 11 Jog frequency JOG Frequency 10 00 0 50 Maximum Hz frequency 12 Jog operation JOG Acc Time 20 00 0 00 600 00 Sec acceleration time 13 Opera
356. tion JOG DecTime 30 00 0 00 600 00 sec deceleration time In 65 71 Pxterminal Px Define Px P1 P7 46 FWD JOG S configuration 47 REVJOG TEGE EEE TVU 23 dr 12 dr 13 dr 12 dr 13 aa Jog acc time Jog dec time Jog acc time Jog dec time a3 lt gt PE i d gt ao St did O n PW dai 3775 Operation Jog frequency i Jog frequency frequency j N A O ON NE rt t dat d 3 EM E amp xJogHreq EM MEE dr 12 dr13 E Jogiacc time log dec time FWD Jog m E REV Jog p EE EM 141 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 5 2 3 Jog Operation by Keypad Group Code LCD Display ParameterSetting Setting Range Unit Dr 90 ESC key functions 1 JOG Key 06 Command source Cmd Source o Keypad Displayed under DRV 06 on the LCD keypad Set dr go to 1 JOG Key and set the drv code in the Operation group to o Keypad When the ESC key is pressed the SET display light flashes and the jog operation is ready to start Pressing the RUN key starts the operation and the inverter accelerates or decelerates to the designated jog frequency Releasing the RUN key stops the jog operation Set the Acc Dec time for the jog operation frequency at dr 12 and dr 13 dr 12 dr13 Jog acc time Jog dec time dr11 Jog frequenc gt Run cmd 5 3 Up down Operation The Acc Dec time can be controlled through input at the multi function terminal block Similar to a flowm
357. tion is used to automatically restart the paige inverter when a trip condition is released after the inverter stops Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Advanced Tasks Description operating due to activation of protective devices fault trips Used to switch equipment operation by connecting two motors to Second motor i l one inverter Configure and operate the second motor using the p 181 operation T terminal input defined for the second motor operation Commercial power Eu Usedto switch the power source to the motor from the inverter source switch f p 183 E output to a commercial power source or vice versa operation Cooling fan control Used to control the cooling fan of the inverter p 184 s Setthe timer value and control the On Off state of the multi function Timer settings p 193 output and relay Used to control the On Off operation of the load s electronic braking Brake control p 194 system Multi function output Set standard values and turn On Off the output relays or multi On Off control function output terminals according to the analog input value pas Regeneration P a s Used during a press operation to avoid motor regeneration by preventionforpress E p 196 increasing the motor operation speed operation Draw operation is an openloop tension control This feature allows a constant tension to be applied to the material that is drawn by a mot
358. to warning signals TI D GU et ie 3 TD n uUoIp3JOLJ 6 3 4 Output Block by Multi Function Terminal When the multi function input terminal is set as the output block signal terminal and the signal is input to the terminal then the operation stops LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range Unit Output Block by Multi Function Terminal Setting Details Group Code Px terminal setting options Code Description In 65 71 Px Define When the operation of the multi function input terminal is set to 5 BX and is tured on during operation the inverter blocks the output and BX is displayed on the keypad display While BX is displayed on the keypad screen the inverter s operation information including the operation frequency and current at the time of BX signal can be monitored The inverter resumes operation when the BX terminal turns off and operation command is input 231 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 6 3 5 Trip Status Reset Restart the inverter using the keypad or analog input terminal to reset the trip status Group Code LCD Display Parameter Setting Settingrange Unit Px terminal setting Px Define Px P1 P7 3 options Trip Status Reset Setting Details Description Press Stop Reset key on the keypad or use the multi function input terminal to restart the inverter Set the multi function input terminal to 3 RST and turn on the terminal t
359. uency Configuration Description 0 Max Freq Set the Acc Dec time based on maximum frequency 1 Delta Freq Set the Acc Dec time based on operating frequency If for example maximum frequency is 60 00Hz the Acc Dec times are set to 5 seconds and the frequency reference for operation is set at 30Hz half of 60Hz the time required to reach 30Hz therefore is 2 5 seconds half of 5 seconds Max Freq Frequenc Run cmd Acc time Dec time bA og Time scale Caution Use the time scale for all time related values It is particularly useful when a more accurate Acc Dec times are required because of load characteristics or when the maximum time range needs to be extended Configuration Description 0 0 015eC Sets 0 01 second as the minimum unit 1 O 1sec Sets o 1second as the minimum unit 2 1sec Sets 1second as the minimum unit Note that the range of maximum time values may change automatically when the units are changed If for example the acceleration time is set at 6000 seconds a time scale change from 1 second to 0 01 second will result in a modified acceleration time of 60 00 seconds 100 Learning Basic Features 4 10 2Acc Dec Time Based on Operation Frequency Acc Dec times can be set based on the time required to reach the next step frequency from the existing operation frequency To set the Acc Dec time values based on the existing operation fre
360. uency setting bA 02 I2 Display by percentage or auxiliary frequency Hz depending on the operation setting condition Auxiliary reference gain setting bA 03 50 n 01 32 Factory default Example an input current of 10 4mA is applied to I2 with the frequency corresponding to 20mA of 60Hz The table below shows auxiliary frequency A as 24Hz 60 Hz X f 30 4 mA 4 ImA 20 mA 4 mA or 40 100 X 10 4 mA 4 mA 20 mA 4 mA f Setting Calculating final command frequency 0 M Hz G A Hz 30Hz M 50 G x24Hz A 42Hz 1 M Hz G A 30Hz M x 50 G x40 A 6Hz 2 M Hz G A 30Hz M 50 G x40 A 150Hz 3 M Hz M Hz G A 30Hz M 30 Hz x 50 G x4 0 A 36Hz 4 M Hz G 2 A 50 Hz 30Hz M 50 G x2x 40 A 50 x60Hz 24Hz 5 MIHZI iGDA 2 A 6 so 6 30Hz M x 50 G x2x 40 A 50 3Hz Reverse 6 MIBZJ IGD 6 2 A 6 5o 6 30Hz M 50 G x2x 60 40 300Hz Reverse 7 M HZ M HZ G 2 A 30Hz M 30Hz M x50 G x2x 40 A 50 27Hz 50 M main frequency reference Hz or rpm G auxiliary reference gain A auxiliary frequency reference Hz or rpm or gain fthe frequency setting is changed to rpm it is converted to rpm instead of Hz Auxiliary Reference Operation Ex 3 V1 is Main Frequency and I2 is Auxiliary Frequency Main frequency Vi frequency command setting to 5V and is set to 30Hz
361. um 4 7 frequency L S Px terminal Px Define Px 7 speed EE P1 P7 Speed 054 In 3 9 Speed H 89 Me epcamimand InCheckTime 1 1 5000 ms delay time SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 89 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Multi step Frequency Setting Details Code Operation group St1 St3 Step Freq 1 3 bA 53 56 Step Freq 4 7 Description Configure multi step frequency1 3 If an LCD keypad is in use bA 50 52 is used instead of St1 St3 multi step frequency 1 3 Configure multi step frequency 4 7 90 In 65 71 Px Define Choose the terminals to setup as multi step inputs and then set the relevant codes In 65 71 to 7 Speed L 8 Speed M or 9 Speed H Provided that terminals P3 P4 and P5 have been set to Speed L Speed M and Speed H respectively the following multi step operation will be available An example of a multi step operation Speed Fx Rx P5 P4 P3 0 v E z z 1 v y 2 v M v H 3 v F v v 4 v v 5 v v v 6 v 4 4 A 7 Y v v v Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features 4 5 Command Source Configuration Various devices can be selected as command input devices for the Sinus H inverter Input devices available to select include keypad multi function input terminal RS 485 communication and field bus adapter Parameter Setting Setting Range Keypad Fx Rx 1 Operati
362. un without interruption based onthe command atthe terminal block If a reverse operation Rx signal is ON at the terminal block at startup the inverter will operate in the reverse direction even if it was running in the forward direction in local operation mode before the reset Digital source commands all command sources except terminal block command sources which are analog sources are digital command sources that include the keypad LCD keypad and communication sources The inverter stops operation when switching to remote operation mode and then starts operation when the next command is given 95 96 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Caution Use local remote operation mode switching only when it is necessary Improper mode switching may result in interruption ofthe inverter s operation 4 7 Forward or Reverse Run Prevention The rotation direction of motors can be configured to prevent motors to only run in one direction Pressing the REV key on the LCD keypad when direction prevention is configured will cause the motor to decelerate to oHz and stop The inverter will remain on Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit o None Ad 09 Run prevention options RunPrevent i ForwardPrev o 2 2 Reverse Prev Forward Reverse Run Prevention Setting Details Code Description Choose a direction to prevent Setting Description 0 None Do not se
363. unction that uses the output current of the inverter without a separate temperature sensor to predict a rise in motor temperature to protect the motor based on its heat characteristics Group Code LCD Display Parameter Setting Settingrange Unit ay Pr 40 Electronic thermal ETHTrip Sel 0 None 0 2 v je prevention fault trip ce selection p 41 Motorcoolingfantype Motor Cooling o Self cool 2 42 Electronic thermal one ETH imin 150 120 200 minute rating 43 Electronic thermal ETH Cont 120 50 150 prevention continuous rating EE Electronic Thermal ETH Prevention Function Setting Details Code Description Pr 40 ETH Trip Sel ETH can be selected to provide motor thermal protection The LCD screen displays E Thermal Setting Function o None The ETH function is not activated 1 Free Run The inverter output is blocked The motor coasts to a halt free run 2 Dec The inverter decelerates the motorto a stop Pr 41 Motor Cooling Select the drive mode of the cooling fan attached to the motor Setting Function o Self cool As the cooling fan is connected to the motor axis the 213 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features cooling effect varies based on motor speed Most universal induction motors have this design 1 Forced cool Additional power is supplied to operate the cooling fan This provides extended operation at low spee
364. unction8 oh1E24 User Func8 NOP ADD SUB ADDSUB MIN MAX ABS NEGATE MPYDIV 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 REMAINDER 10 COMPARE GT 11 COMPARE GEO 12 COMPARE o NOP XJA 12 E R CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Table of Functions Code Comm Name Setting Range Initial Property V F SL Ref UF Address Value EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 TIMER 15 LIMIT 16 AND 17 OR 18 XOR 19 ANDOR 20 SWITCH 21 BITTEST 22 BITSET 23 BITCLEAR 24 LOWPASSFILTER 25 PI CONTORL 26 PI PROCESS 27 UPCOUNT 28 DOWNCOUNT 37 User function User o oxF FFF 0 XA JO JO p 12 oh1E25 input8 A Input8 A 38 oh1E26 se o oxFFFF 0 XA O O p 12 39 dapas User function User o oxF FFF 0 XA 10 10 input8 C Input8 C 40 oh1E28 ue Ai ed m 32767 32767 0 JA O JO 41 User functiong User Funcg u SL D p 125 p 125 p 125 p 125 uon gt un3 o NOP o NOP X A O 10 1 ADD 2 SUB 3 ADDSUB 4 MIN 5 MAX 6 7 8 9 oh1E29 ABS NEGATE MPYDIV REMAINDER 323 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Code Comm Name UF Address Setting Range 10 COMPARE GT 11 COMPARE GEQ 12 COMPARE EQUAL 13 COMPARE NEQUAL 14 15 TIMER
365. unication multi Virt DI Status function input monitoring pm Example When sending an Fx command by controlling virtual multi function input in the common area via Int485 set CM 70 to FX and set address oho322 to ohoooa Note The following are values and functions that are applied to address oho322 Setting Function ohooo1 Forward operation Fx ohooo3 Reverse operation Rx ohoooo Stop 7 2 6 Saving Parameters Defined by Communication If you turn off the inverter after setting the common area parameters or keypad parameters via communication and operate the inverter the changes are lost and the values changed via communication revert to the previous setting values when you turn on the inverter Set CNF 48 to 1 Yes to allow all the changes over comunication to be saved so that the inverter retains all the existing values even after the power has been turned off Setting address oho3Eo to o and then setting it again to 1 via communication allows the existing parameter settings to be saved However setting address oho3Eo to 1 and then setting it to o does not carry out the same function Parameters defined by communication can only be saved using an LCD keypad Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range 1 Yes Available on an LCD keypad only Group Unit 241 oO E E M EM k 3 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP RS 485 Communication Features 7
366. user sequence is running SL Sensorless vector control function dr o9 O X Write enabled during operation 7 L A keypad LCD keypad common Comm Name LCD Display Setting Initial Property V F SL Ref Address Range Value kor KONAL 00 Jump code Jump Code 1 99 31 OJA O 10 pz 01 oh1Do1 User sequence User Seq Con o0 Stop o Stop X A O 10 p 125 operation 1 Run command 2 Digital In Run 02 oh1Do2 User sequence US Loop Time 0 0 015 10 025 X A O 10 p 125 operation loop 110 025 time 2 0 05S 3 0 45 4 0 55 5 15 11 oh1DoB Output address Link UserOuta 0 oxFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 linka 12 oh1DoC Output address Link UserOut2 o oxFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 link2 13 oh1DoD Output address Link UserOut3 o oxFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 link3 14 oh1 DoE Output address Link UserOutg 0 oxFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 link4 15 oh1DoF Output address Link UserOuts 0 oxFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 link5 16 oh1D10 Output address Link UserOut6 o oxFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 link6 17 oh1D11 Output address Link UserOut o oxFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 link7 18 oh1D12 Output address Link UserOut8 0 oxFFFF 0 XJA O 10 p 125 link8 19 oh1D13 Output address Link UserOutg o oxFFFF 0 X A O 10 p 125 linkg 20 oh1D14 Output address Link 0 0xFFFF 0 XJA O O p 125 link1o UserOutio 21 oh1D15 Output address Link 0 0xFFFF 0 XJA O O p 125 linka1 UserOut11 22 oh1D16 Output a
367. ut only one item can be displayed in the status window at a time pain D x L LH v o Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting Range Unit Display item condition TA 20 display window Anytime Para o Frequency v o cre 2 Monitor mode display 1 Monitor Line 1 o Frequency Hz 22 Monitor mode display 2 Monitor Line 2 2 OutputCurrent A 23 Monitor mode display 3 MonitorLine 3 3 OutputVoltage V 24 Monitor mode initialize Mon Mode Init o No Available on LCD keypad only Operation State Monitor Setting Details Code Description Select items to display on the top right side of the LCD keypad screen Choose the parameter settings based on the information to be displayed Codes CNF 20 23 share the same setting options as listed in the table below Setting Function Cita a meee 0 Frequency On stop displays the set frequency During operation displays the actual output frequency Hz 1 Speed On stop displays the set speed rpm During operation displays the actual operating speed rpm 2 Output Current Displays output current 3 Output Voltage Displays output voltage 209 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 4 Output Power Displays output power 5 WHour Counter Displays inverter power consumption DCLinkVoltage Displays DC link voltage within the inverter 7 DI Status Displays input term
368. v Flux braking during deceleration Setting Function 0001 Stall If inverter output current exceeds the preset stall level protection Pr 52 54 56 58 during acceleration the motor stops during accelerating and starts decelerating If current level acceleration stays above the stall level the motor decelerates to the start frequency dr 19 If the current level causes deceleration below the preset level while operating the stall protection function the motor resumes acceleration 0010 Stall Similar to stall protection function during acceleration protection the output frequency automatically decelerates when while the current level exceeds the preset stall level while operatingat operating at constant speed When the load current 217 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features constant decelerates below the preset level it resumes speed acceleration 0100 Stall The inverter decelerates and keeps the DC link voltage protection below a certain level to prevent an over voltage fault during trip during deceleration As a result deceleration times deceleration can be longer than the set time depending on the load 1000 Fluxbraking When using flux braking deceleration time may be during reduced because regenerative energy is expended at deceleration the motor 1100 Stall Stall protection and flux braking operate together protection during deceleration to achieve the short
369. vel 100 00 0 00 Output 68 Output terminal off level Off C Level 10 00 terminal on level Multi function relay1 33 lan Relay 1 ff 24 Multi function output1 a nS 3 Q1 Define item Multi function Output On Off Control Setting Details Description Ad 66 On OffCtrSrc Select analog input On Off control Ad 67 On C Level Ad 68 Off C Level Set On Off level at the output terminal 195 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features Analog input Multi function relay output 5 32 Press Regeneration Prevention Press regeneration prevention is used during press operations to prevent braking during the regeneration process If motor regeneration occurs during a press operation motor operation speed automatically goes up to avoid the regeneration zone Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit 2 Select press regeneration RegenAvdSel o No he i prevention for press Press regeneration 350V 200V 300 400V 75 prevention operation RegenAvd Level voltage level 700V 400V 600 800V Press regeneration 76 prevention compensation CompFreq Limit 1 00 Hz 0 00 10 00Hz Hz frequency limit Press regeneration prevention P gain Press regeneration prevention gain Ad 77 RegenAvd Pgain 50 0 0 0 100 0 78 RegenAvd Igain 500 ms 20 30000ms ms Press Regeneration Prevention Setting Details
370. voltage drops below the low voltage protective level 12 Over Heat Outputs signal when the inverter overheats 13 Lost command Outputs a signal when there is a loss of analog input terminal and RS 485 communication command at the terminal block Outputs a signal when communication power and expansion an I O power card is installed and also outputs a signal when losing analog input and communication power commands 14 RUN Outputs a signal when operation command is entered and the inverter outputs voltage No signal output during DC braking 205 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features Frequenc 1 Ql Wa Run cmd pm 15 Stop Outputs a signal at operation command off and when there is no inverter output voltage 16 Steady Outputs a signal in steady operation 17 Inverter line Outputs a signal while the motor is driven by the inverter line 18 Comm line Outputs a signal while the motor is driven by a commercial power source For details referto Supply Power Transition on page 183 19 Speed search Outputs a signal during inverter speed search operation For details refer to 5 14 Speed Search Operation on page 174 22 Ready Outputs signal when the inverter is in stand by operation and ready to receive an external operation command 28 Timer Out A timer function to operate terminal output after a certain time b
371. when the load increases from the base frequency or higher Cn 22 ASR SL Gain1 Cn 23 ASR SL Gain2 Increase the value of Cn 22 by increments of 50m s or decrease the value of Cn 24 by decrements of 5 Cn 28 S Est P Gain1 Cn 29 S Est Gain1 The motor hunts as the load increases At low speed 10Hz or lower increase the value of Cn 29 by increments of 5 At mid speed 30 Hz or higher increase the value of Cn 28 by increments of 500 If the parameter setting is too extreme over current trip may occur at low speed The motor speed level bA 20 Auto Tuning decreases Select 6 Tr static type from bA 24 and run bA 24 Rotor time constant tuning Hunting Symptom of irregular vibration of the equipment 5 11 Kinetic Energy Buffering Operation When the input power supply is disconnected the inverter s DC link voltage decreases and a low voltage trip occurs blocking the output A kinetic energy buffering operation uses regenerative energy generated by the motor during the blackout to maintain the DC link voltage This extends the time for a low voltage trip to occur after an instantaneous power interruption Group Code Name LCD Display _ ParameterSetting Setting Range Unit Kinetic energy buffering KEB Select a Wee i i selection 78 reke ee Beng KEB Start Lev 130 110 140 96 start level ah Kinetic energy buffering 0 79 stop level KEB Stop Lev 135 125 145 80 Heg
372. will be applied to the remaining acceleration within the 15 30Hz frequency range Sets the gradient level as acceleration ends when using an S curve Acc Dec pattern Ad 03 defines S curve gradient level as a percentage above half of total acceleration If the frequency reference and the maximum frequency are set at 60Hz and Ad o4 is set to 50 setting Ad o4 configures acceleration to increase from 30Hz half of 60Hz to 60Hz end of acceleration Linear acceleration will be applied within the 30 45Hz frequency range The inverter will perform an S curve acceleration forthe remaining acceleration in the 45 60Hz frequency range Ad os Dec S Start Ad o6 Dec S End Run cmd zm Acc time k n d Sets the rate of S curve deceleration Configuration for codes Ad o5 and Ad o6 may be performed the same way as configuring codes Ad o3 and Ad o4 S curve Dec time k n d Acceleration deceleration pattern configuration 105 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Basic Features Frequency 60Hz os EG Freq reference 40Hz fb bee EE p 30HZ i L L ee 1 2 of Freq reference 15Hz TN n T EN H Time S curve acceleration S curve deceleration Acceleration Deceleration A eoHz 1 6oHz S curve acc 1 S curve dec 40HZ LEE 40Hz 30Hz S curve acc 30Hz S curve dec 15Hz 15Hz Time Time Acceleratio
373. with an asymmetrical grounding structure for example a grounded delta connection Personal injury or death by electric shock may result Waitatleast 10 minutes before opening the covers and exposing the terminal connections Before starting work on the inverter test the connections to ensure all DC voltage has been fully discharged Personal injury or death by electric shock may result Before using the inverter confirm the power supply s grounding system Disable the EMC filter if the power source has an asymmetrical grounding connection Refer to the figures below to locate the EMC filter on off terminal and replace the metal bolt with the plastic bolt If the EMC filter is required in the future reverse the steps and replace the plastic bolt with the metal bolt to reconnect the EMC filter Z SANTERNO Installing the Inverter CARRARO GROUP Steel bolt Plastic bolt OT EMC ON EMC OFF Step 7 Re assembling the Covers and Routing Bracket Re assemble the cable routing bracket and the covers after completing the wiring and basic configurations Note that the assembly procedure may vary according to the product group or frame size of the product 47 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Installing the Inverter 2 3 Post Installation Checklist After completing the installation check the items in the following table to make sure that the inverter has been safely an
374. x 390542 489722 santerno com sales santerno com Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Safety Information Safety Information Read and follow all safety instructions in this manual precisely to avoid unsafe operating conditions property damage personal injury or death Safety symbols in this manual A Danger Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in severe injury or death A Warning Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in injury or death Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that if not avoided could result in minor injury or property damage Safety information Danger e Donotopenthe cover of the equipment while it is on or operating Likewise do not operate the inverter while the cover is open Exposure of high voltage terminals or charging area to the external environment may result in an electric shock Do not remove any covers or touch the internal circuit boards PCBs or electrical contacts on the product when the power is on or during operation Doing so may result in serious injury death or serious property damage Donotopenthe cover of the equipment even when the power supply to the inverter has been turned off unless it is necessary for maintenance or regular inspection Opening the cover may result in an electric shock even when the power supply is off e Theequipment may hold charge long after the power su
375. xternal dimensions 0 8 1 5kW Single Phase 1 5 2 2kW 3 Phase 364 5 5 22kW 3 phase sees 367 External dimensions o 4kW Single Phase 0 4 0 8kW 3 Phase 362 External Trip sissien 234 340 external trip signal 221 F factory default Ea op FAR Ti fari WANTING EE etia pens Fan Warming ete fatal nR A AMIN kiana A TORR fatal 339 fault warning list enn 234 ira As dil 339 2 tint AIL Le major fault fault signal output terminal Refer to AI CI BI terminal FE FRAME ERROR ttt 247 ferrite fieldbus communication option sse eee ereer 120 Se TT Refer to fieldbus filter time constant 78 filter time constant number 121 flux braking free TUN SLOP JE 116 frequency JUMP tt 119 27 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP frequency limit 117 frequency JUMP sisirain ainicin 119 frequency upper and lower limit value 118 maximumyjstart frequency sss 117 TI Pulse Input asees E Va voltage input nnnc variable resistor ee frequency setting Pulse train terminal Refer to TI terminal frequency setting voltage terminal Refer to VI terminal HIS AA NA AEN E ENEA T IAN 370 G COUN EE 34 dass3 ground seen 34 cl ss3 010 ao ttr itte 34 ground terminal 34 Ground Ground Cable Specifications
376. y T stop Stop time until operation resumes Caution Do not set the braking resistor to exceed the resistor s power rating If overloaded it can overheat and cause a fire When using a resistor with a heat sensor the sensor output can be used as an external trip signal for the inverter s multi function input 6 3 Under load Fault Trip and Warning Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range Pr 04 Load level selection Load Duty o Normal Duty 25 Under load warning ULWamsSel i Yes 0 1 S selection 26 Under load warning time UL Warm Time 10 0 0 600 sec 27 Under load trip selection UL Trip Sel 1 Free Run 28 Under load trip timer ULTripTime 30 0 0 600 sec 29 Underloadupperlimit ULLFLevel 30 10 100 level 30 Under load lower limit ULBFLevel 30 10 100 level 226 CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features Under Load Trip and Warning Setting Details Code Description Pr 27 UL Trip Sel Sets the underload fault trip occurs If set to o None does not detect the underload fault trip If set to 1 Free Run the output is blocked in an underload fault trip situation If set to 2 Dec the motor decelerates and stops when an underload trip occurs Pr 25 UL Warn Sel Sets the underload warning options Set to 1 Yes and set the multi function output terminals at OU 31 and 33 to 7 Underload The warning signals are output whe
377. y be damaged easily Caution e Use caution when decelerating while using stall protection as depending on the load the deceleration time can take longer than the time set Acceleration stops when stall protection operates during acceleration This may make the actual acceleration time longer than the preset acceleration time When the motor is operating Stall Level 1 applies and determines the operation of stall protection 219 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Learning Protection Features 6 2 Inverter and Sequence Protection 6 2 1 Open phase Protection Open phase protection is used to prevent overcurrent levels induced at the inverter inputs due to an open phase within the input power supply Open phase output protection is also available An open phase at the connection between the motor and the inverter output may cause the motor to stall due to a lack of torque Group Code Name LCD Display Parameter Setting Setting range Unit TD mem ooo oo phase protection 06 Open phase input IPOV Band 40 voltage band Shak ai om Uk The value is displayed on the keypad as Un A Input and Output Open phase Protection Setting Details Code Description Pr o5 Phase Loss Chk When open phase protection is operating input and output configurations are Pr o6 IPO V Band displayed differently When the top LCD segment is On the corresponding bit is set to On When the botto
378. y using multi function terminal block input For more details referto 5 29 Timer Settings on page 193 29 Trip Outputs a signal after a fault trip Refer to 5 31 Multi Function Output On Off Control on page 195 31 DB Warn ED Refer to 6 2 5 Dynamic Braking DB Resistor Configuration on page 225 34 On Off Control Outputs a signal using an analog input value as a standard Refer to 5 31 Multi Function Output On Off Control on page 195 35 206 BR Control Outputs a brake release signal Refer to 5 30Brake Controlon page 194 Z SANTERNO Learning Protection Features CARRARO GROUP 5 34 2 Fault Trip Output using Multi Function Output Terminal and Relay The inverter can output fault trip state using multi function output terminal Q1 and relay Relay 1 Parameter Setting SettingRange Unit 30 Fault trip output mode Trip Out Mode 010 bit 31 Multi function relay1 Relay 1 29 Tip OU 33 Multi function output O1 Define 14 Run 53 Fault trip output on delay TripOut OnDly 0 00 0 00 100 00 sec 54 Faulttrip output off delay TripOut OffDly o oo 0 00 100 00 sec Fault Trip Output by Multi function Output Terminal and Relay Setting Details Code Description Fault trip relay operates based on the fault trip output settings Item bit on bit off Keypad H H TD LCD keypad i i ceo B2

SINUS H USER MANUAL

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents